OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc/openrisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-dev/] [or1k-gcc/] [gcc/] [config/] [sparc/] [sparc.c] - Blame information for rev 867

Go to most recent revision | Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 709 jeremybenn 
/* Subroutines for insn-output.c for SPARC.
2 
   Copyright (C) 1987, 1988, 1989, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998,
3 
   1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
4 
   2011
5 
   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 
   Contributed by Michael Tiemann (tiemann@cygnus.com)
7 
   64-bit SPARC-V9 support by Michael Tiemann, Jim Wilson, and Doug Evans,
8 
   at Cygnus Support.
9 
 
10 
This file is part of GCC.
11 
 
12 
GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
13 
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
14 
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
15 
any later version.
16 
 
17 
GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
18 
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
19 
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
20 
GNU General Public License for more details.
21 
 
22 
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
23 
along with GCC; see the file COPYING3.  If not see
24 
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
25 
 
26 
#include "config.h"
27 
#include "system.h"
28 
#include "coretypes.h"
29 
#include "tm.h"
30 
#include "tree.h"
31 
#include "rtl.h"
32 
#include "regs.h"
33 
#include "hard-reg-set.h"
34 
#include "insn-config.h"
35 
#include "insn-codes.h"
36 
#include "conditions.h"
37 
#include "output.h"
38 
#include "insn-attr.h"
39 
#include "flags.h"
40 
#include "function.h"
41 
#include "except.h"
42 
#include "expr.h"
43 
#include "optabs.h"
44 
#include "recog.h"
45 
#include "diagnostic-core.h"
46 
#include "ggc.h"
47 
#include "tm_p.h"
48 
#include "debug.h"
49 
#include "target.h"
50 
#include "target-def.h"
51 
#include "common/common-target.h"
52 
#include "cfglayout.h"
53 
#include "gimple.h"
54 
#include "langhooks.h"
55 
#include "reload.h"
56 
#include "params.h"
57 
#include "df.h"
58 
#include "dwarf2out.h"
59 
#include "opts.h"
60 
 
61 
/* Processor costs */
62 
 
63 
struct processor_costs {
64 
  /* Integer load */
65 
  const int int_load;
66 
 
67 
  /* Integer signed load */
68 
  const int int_sload;
69 
 
70 
  /* Integer zeroed load */
71 
  const int int_zload;
72 
 
73 
  /* Float load */
74 
  const int float_load;
75 
 
76 
  /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
77 
  const int float_move;
78 
 
79 
  /* fadd, fsub */
80 
  const int float_plusminus;
81 
 
82 
  /* fcmp */
83 
  const int float_cmp;
84 
 
85 
  /* fmov, fmovr */
86 
  const int float_cmove;
87 
 
88 
  /* fmul */
89 
  const int float_mul;
90 
 
91 
  /* fdivs */
92 
  const int float_div_sf;
93 
 
94 
  /* fdivd */
95 
  const int float_div_df;
96 
 
97 
  /* fsqrts */
98 
  const int float_sqrt_sf;
99 
 
100 
  /* fsqrtd */
101 
  const int float_sqrt_df;
102 
 
103 
  /* umul/smul */
104 
  const int int_mul;
105 
 
106 
  /* mulX */
107 
  const int int_mulX;
108 
 
109 
  /* integer multiply cost for each bit set past the most
110 
     significant 3, so the formula for multiply cost becomes:
111 
 
112 
        if (rs1 < 0)
113 
          highest_bit = highest_clear_bit(rs1);
114 
        else
115 
          highest_bit = highest_set_bit(rs1);
116 
        if (highest_bit < 3)
117 
          highest_bit = 3;
118 
        cost = int_mul{,X} + ((highest_bit - 3) / int_mul_bit_factor);
119 
 
120 
     A value of zero indicates that the multiply costs is fixed,
121 
     and not variable.  */
122 
  const int int_mul_bit_factor;
123 
 
124 
  /* udiv/sdiv */
125 
  const int int_div;
126 
 
127 
  /* divX */
128 
  const int int_divX;
129 
 
130 
  /* movcc, movr */
131 
  const int int_cmove;
132 
 
133 
  /* penalty for shifts, due to scheduling rules etc. */
134 
  const int shift_penalty;
135 
};
136 
 
137 
static const
138 
struct processor_costs cypress_costs = {
139 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int load */
140 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int signed load */
141 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int zeroed load */
142 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* float load */
143 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
144 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* fadd, fsub */
145 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
146 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
147 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (7), /* fmul */
148 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (37), /* fdivs */
149 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (37), /* fdivd */
150 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (63), /* fsqrts */
151 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (63), /* fsqrtd */
152 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* imul */
153 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* imulX */
154 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
155 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* idiv */
156 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* idivX */
157 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
158 
  0, /* shift penalty */
159 
};
160 
 
161 
static const
162 
struct processor_costs supersparc_costs = {
163 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int load */
164 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int signed load */
165 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int zeroed load */
166 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (0), /* float load */
167 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
168 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fadd, fsub */
169 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fcmp */
170 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
171 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fmul */
172 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fdivs */
173 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* fdivd */
174 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fsqrts */
175 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fsqrtd */
176 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* imul */
177 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* imulX */
178 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
179 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* idiv */
180 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* idivX */
181 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
182 
  1, /* shift penalty */
183 
};
184 
 
185 
static const
186 
struct processor_costs hypersparc_costs = {
187 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int load */
188 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int signed load */
189 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int zeroed load */
190 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* float load */
191 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
192 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fadd, fsub */
193 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
194 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
195 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmul */
196 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* fdivs */
197 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fdivd */
198 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* fsqrts */
199 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* fsqrtd */
200 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* imul */
201 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* imulX */
202 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
203 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* idiv */
204 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* idivX */
205 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
206 
  0, /* shift penalty */
207 
};
208 
 
209 
static const
210 
struct processor_costs leon_costs = {
211 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int load */
212 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int signed load */
213 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int zeroed load */
214 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* float load */
215 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
216 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fadd, fsub */
217 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
218 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
219 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmul */
220 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (15), /* fdivs */
221 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (15), /* fdivd */
222 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* fsqrts */
223 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* fsqrtd */
224 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* imul */
225 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* imulX */
226 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
227 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* idiv */
228 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* idivX */
229 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
230 
  0, /* shift penalty */
231 
};
232 
 
233 
static const
234 
struct processor_costs sparclet_costs = {
235 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int load */
236 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
237 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int zeroed load */
238 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* float load */
239 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
240 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fadd, fsub */
241 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
242 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fmovr */
243 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmul */
244 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fdivs */
245 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fdivd */
246 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fsqrts */
247 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fsqrtd */
248 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* imul */
249 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* imulX */
250 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
251 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* idiv */
252 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* idivX */
253 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
254 
  0, /* shift penalty */
255 
};
256 
 
257 
static const
258 
struct processor_costs ultrasparc_costs = {
259 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int load */
260 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
261 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int zeroed load */
262 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* float load */
263 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
264 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fadd, fsub */
265 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fcmp */
266 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* fmov, fmovr */
267 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fmul */
268 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (13), /* fdivs */
269 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* fdivd */
270 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (13), /* fsqrts */
271 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* fsqrtd */
272 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* imul */
273 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* imulX */
274 
  2, /* imul bit factor */
275 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (37), /* idiv */
276 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (68), /* idivX */
277 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* movcc/movr */
278 
  2, /* shift penalty */
279 
};
280 
 
281 
static const
282 
struct processor_costs ultrasparc3_costs = {
283 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int load */
284 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
285 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int zeroed load */
286 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* float load */
287 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
288 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fadd, fsub */
289 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* fcmp */
290 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* fmov, fmovr */
291 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fmul */
292 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (17), /* fdivs */
293 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (20), /* fdivd */
294 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (20), /* fsqrts */
295 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (29), /* fsqrtd */
296 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* imul */
297 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* imulX */
298 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
299 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (40), /* idiv */
300 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (71), /* idivX */
301 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* movcc/movr */
302 
  0, /* shift penalty */
303 
};
304 
 
305 
static const
306 
struct processor_costs niagara_costs = {
307 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int load */
308 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
309 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int zeroed load */
310 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* float load */
311 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
312 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* fadd, fsub */
313 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (26), /* fcmp */
314 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* fmov, fmovr */
315 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (29), /* fmul */
316 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (54), /* fdivs */
317 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (83), /* fdivd */
318 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (100), /* fsqrts - not implemented in hardware */
319 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (100), /* fsqrtd - not implemented in hardware */
320 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (11), /* imul */
321 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (11), /* imulX */
322 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
323 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (72), /* idiv */
324 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (72), /* idivX */
325 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
326 
  0, /* shift penalty */
327 
};
328 
 
329 
static const
330 
struct processor_costs niagara2_costs = {
331 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int load */
332 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
333 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int zeroed load */
334 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* float load */
335 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
336 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fadd, fsub */
337 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fcmp */
338 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fmov, fmovr */
339 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fmul */
340 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (19), /* fdivs */
341 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (33), /* fdivd */
342 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (19), /* fsqrts */
343 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (33), /* fsqrtd */
344 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* imul */
345 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (5), /* imulX */
346 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
347 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (26), /* idiv, average of 12 - 41 cycle range */
348 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (26), /* idivX, average of 12 - 41 cycle range */
349 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
350 
  0, /* shift penalty */
351 
};
352 
 
353 
static const
354 
struct processor_costs niagara3_costs = {
355 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int load */
356 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int signed load */
357 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* int zeroed load */
358 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (3), /* float load */
359 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* fmov, fneg, fabs */
360 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* fadd, fsub */
361 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* fcmp */
362 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* fmov, fmovr */
363 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* fmul */
364 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* fdivs */
365 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (37), /* fdivd */
366 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* fsqrts */
367 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (37), /* fsqrtd */
368 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* imul */
369 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (9), /* imulX */
370 
  0, /* imul bit factor */
371 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (31), /* idiv, average of 17 - 45 cycle range */
372 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (30), /* idivX, average of 16 - 44 cycle range */
373 
  COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* movcc/movr */
374 
  0, /* shift penalty */
375 
};
376 
 
377 
static const struct processor_costs *sparc_costs = &cypress_costs;
378 
 
379 
#ifdef HAVE_AS_RELAX_OPTION
380 
/* If 'as' and 'ld' are relaxing tail call insns into branch always, use
381 
   "or %o7,%g0,X; call Y; or X,%g0,%o7" always, so that it can be optimized.
382 
   With sethi/jmp, neither 'as' nor 'ld' has an easy way how to find out if
383 
   somebody does not branch between the sethi and jmp.  */
384 
#define LEAF_SIBCALL_SLOT_RESERVED_P 1
385 
#else
386 
#define LEAF_SIBCALL_SLOT_RESERVED_P \
387 
  ((TARGET_ARCH64 && !TARGET_CM_MEDLOW) || flag_pic)
388 
#endif
389 
 
390 
/* Vector to say how input registers are mapped to output registers.
391 
   HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM cannot be remapped by this function to
392 
   eliminate it.  You must use -fomit-frame-pointer to get that.  */
393 
char leaf_reg_remap[] =
394 
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,
395 
  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 14, -1,
396 
  -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
397 
  8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, -1, 15,
398 
 
399 
  32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
400 
  40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
401 
  48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55,
402 
  56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
403 
  64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71,
404 
  72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,
405 
  80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87,
406 
  88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
407 
  96, 97, 98, 99, 100, 101, 102};
408 
 
409 
/* Vector, indexed by hard register number, which contains 1
410 
   for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
411 
   function treatment.  */
412 
char sparc_leaf_regs[] =
413 
{ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
414 
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0,
415 
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
416 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1,
417 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
418 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
419 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
420 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
421 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
422 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
423 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
424 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
425 
  1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1};
426 
 
427 
struct GTY(()) machine_function
428 
{
429 
  /* Size of the frame of the function.  */
430 
  HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size;
431 
 
432 
  /* Size of the frame of the function minus the register window save area
433 
     and the outgoing argument area.  */
434 
  HOST_WIDE_INT apparent_frame_size;
435 
 
436 
  /* Register we pretend the frame pointer is allocated to.  Normally, this
437 
     is %fp, but if we are in a leaf procedure, this is (%sp + offset).  We
438 
     record "offset" separately as it may be too big for (reg + disp).  */
439 
  rtx frame_base_reg;
440 
  HOST_WIDE_INT frame_base_offset;
441 
 
442 
  /* Some local-dynamic TLS symbol name.  */
443 
  const char *some_ld_name;
444 
 
445 
  /* Number of global or FP registers to be saved (as 4-byte quantities).  */
446 
  int n_global_fp_regs;
447 
 
448 
  /* True if the current function is leaf and uses only leaf regs,
449 
     so that the SPARC leaf function optimization can be applied.
450 
     Private version of current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs, see
451 
     sparc_expand_prologue for the rationale.  */
452 
  int leaf_function_p;
453 
 
454 
  /* True if the prologue saves local or in registers.  */
455 
  bool save_local_in_regs_p;
456 
 
457 
  /* True if the data calculated by sparc_expand_prologue are valid.  */
458 
  bool prologue_data_valid_p;
459 
};
460 
 
461 
#define sparc_frame_size                cfun->machine->frame_size
462 
#define sparc_apparent_frame_size       cfun->machine->apparent_frame_size
463 
#define sparc_frame_base_reg            cfun->machine->frame_base_reg
464 
#define sparc_frame_base_offset         cfun->machine->frame_base_offset
465 
#define sparc_n_global_fp_regs          cfun->machine->n_global_fp_regs
466 
#define sparc_leaf_function_p           cfun->machine->leaf_function_p
467 
#define sparc_save_local_in_regs_p      cfun->machine->save_local_in_regs_p
468 
#define sparc_prologue_data_valid_p     cfun->machine->prologue_data_valid_p
469 
 
470 
/* 1 if the next opcode is to be specially indented.  */
471 
int sparc_indent_opcode = 0;
472 
 
473 
static void sparc_option_override (void);
474 
static void sparc_init_modes (void);
475 
static void scan_record_type (const_tree, int *, int *, int *);
476 
static int function_arg_slotno (const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *, enum machine_mode,
477 
                                const_tree, bool, bool, int *, int *);
478 
 
479 
static int supersparc_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
480 
static int hypersparc_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
481 
 
482 
static void sparc_emit_set_const32 (rtx, rtx);
483 
static void sparc_emit_set_const64 (rtx, rtx);
484 
static void sparc_output_addr_vec (rtx);
485 
static void sparc_output_addr_diff_vec (rtx);
486 
static void sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors (void);
487 
static bool sparc_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode, rtx, bool);
488 
static bool sparc_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode, rtx);
489 
static rtx sparc_builtin_saveregs (void);
490 
static int epilogue_renumber (rtx *, int);
491 
static bool sparc_assemble_integer (rtx, unsigned int, int);
492 
static int set_extends (rtx);
493 
static void sparc_asm_function_prologue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
494 
static void sparc_asm_function_epilogue (FILE *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
495 
#ifdef TARGET_SOLARIS
496 
static void sparc_solaris_elf_asm_named_section (const char *, unsigned int,
497 
                                                 tree) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
498 
#endif
499 
static int sparc_adjust_cost (rtx, rtx, rtx, int);
500 
static int sparc_issue_rate (void);
501 
static void sparc_sched_init (FILE *, int, int);
502 
static int sparc_use_sched_lookahead (void);
503 
 
504 
static void emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (const char *, int, rtx *);
505 
static void emit_soft_tfmode_binop (enum rtx_code, rtx *);
506 
static void emit_soft_tfmode_unop (enum rtx_code, rtx *);
507 
static void emit_soft_tfmode_cvt (enum rtx_code, rtx *);
508 
static void emit_hard_tfmode_operation (enum rtx_code, rtx *);
509 
 
510 
static bool sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree, tree);
511 
static void sparc_init_libfuncs (void);
512 
static void sparc_init_builtins (void);
513 
static void sparc_vis_init_builtins (void);
514 
static rtx sparc_expand_builtin (tree, rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode, int);
515 
static tree sparc_fold_builtin (tree, int, tree *, bool);
516 
static int sparc_vis_mul8x16 (int, int);
517 
static tree sparc_handle_vis_mul8x16 (int, tree, tree, tree);
518 
static void sparc_output_mi_thunk (FILE *, tree, HOST_WIDE_INT,
519 
                                   HOST_WIDE_INT, tree);
520 
static bool sparc_can_output_mi_thunk (const_tree, HOST_WIDE_INT,
521 
                                       HOST_WIDE_INT, const_tree);
522 
static void sparc_reorg (void);
523 
static struct machine_function * sparc_init_machine_status (void);
524 
static bool sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (enum machine_mode, rtx);
525 
static rtx sparc_tls_get_addr (void);
526 
static rtx sparc_tls_got (void);
527 
static const char *get_some_local_dynamic_name (void);
528 
static int get_some_local_dynamic_name_1 (rtx *, void *);
529 
static int sparc_register_move_cost (enum machine_mode,
530 
                                     reg_class_t, reg_class_t);
531 
static bool sparc_rtx_costs (rtx, int, int, int, int *, bool);
532 
static rtx sparc_function_value (const_tree, const_tree, bool);
533 
static rtx sparc_libcall_value (enum machine_mode, const_rtx);
534 
static bool sparc_function_value_regno_p (const unsigned int);
535 
static rtx sparc_struct_value_rtx (tree, int);
536 
static enum machine_mode sparc_promote_function_mode (const_tree, enum machine_mode,
537 
                                                      int *, const_tree, int);
538 
static bool sparc_return_in_memory (const_tree, const_tree);
539 
static bool sparc_strict_argument_naming (cumulative_args_t);
540 
static void sparc_va_start (tree, rtx);
541 
static tree sparc_gimplify_va_arg (tree, tree, gimple_seq *, gimple_seq *);
542 
static bool sparc_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode);
543 
static bool sparc_tls_referenced_p (rtx);
544 
static rtx sparc_legitimize_tls_address (rtx);
545 
static rtx sparc_legitimize_pic_address (rtx, rtx);
546 
static rtx sparc_legitimize_address (rtx, rtx, enum machine_mode);
547 
static rtx sparc_delegitimize_address (rtx);
548 
static bool sparc_mode_dependent_address_p (const_rtx);
549 
static bool sparc_pass_by_reference (cumulative_args_t,
550 
                                     enum machine_mode, const_tree, bool);
551 
static void sparc_function_arg_advance (cumulative_args_t,
552 
                                        enum machine_mode, const_tree, bool);
553 
static rtx sparc_function_arg_1 (cumulative_args_t,
554 
                                 enum machine_mode, const_tree, bool, bool);
555 
static rtx sparc_function_arg (cumulative_args_t,
556 
                               enum machine_mode, const_tree, bool);
557 
static rtx sparc_function_incoming_arg (cumulative_args_t,
558 
                                        enum machine_mode, const_tree, bool);
559 
static unsigned int sparc_function_arg_boundary (enum machine_mode,
560 
                                                 const_tree);
561 
static int sparc_arg_partial_bytes (cumulative_args_t,
562 
                                    enum machine_mode, tree, bool);
563 
static void sparc_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *, int, rtx) ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
564 
static void sparc_file_end (void);
565 
static bool sparc_frame_pointer_required (void);
566 
static bool sparc_can_eliminate (const int, const int);
567 
static rtx sparc_builtin_setjmp_frame_value (void);
568 
static void sparc_conditional_register_usage (void);
569 
#ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING
570 
static const char *sparc_mangle_type (const_tree);
571 
#endif
572 
static void sparc_trampoline_init (rtx, tree, rtx);
573 
static enum machine_mode sparc_preferred_simd_mode (enum machine_mode);
574 
static reg_class_t sparc_preferred_reload_class (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass);
575 
static bool sparc_print_operand_punct_valid_p (unsigned char);
576 
static void sparc_print_operand (FILE *, rtx, int);
577 
static void sparc_print_operand_address (FILE *, rtx);
578 
static reg_class_t sparc_secondary_reload (bool, rtx, reg_class_t,
579 
                                           enum machine_mode,
580 
                                           secondary_reload_info *);
581 
 
582 
#ifdef SUBTARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
583 
/* Table of valid machine attributes.  */
584 
static const struct attribute_spec sparc_attribute_table[] =
585 
{
586 
  /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler,
587 
       do_diagnostic } */
588 
  SUBTARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE,
589 
  { NULL,        0, 0, false, false, false, NULL, false }
590 
};
591 
#endif
592 
 
593 
/* Option handling.  */
594 
 
595 
/* Parsed value.  */
596 
enum cmodel sparc_cmodel;
597 
 
598 
char sparc_hard_reg_printed[8];
599 
 
600 
/* Initialize the GCC target structure.  */
601 
 
602 
/* The default is to use .half rather than .short for aligned HI objects.  */
603 
#undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
604 
#define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.half\t"
605 
 
606 
#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP
607 
#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.uahalf\t"
608 
#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP
609 
#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.uaword\t"
610 
#undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP
611 
#define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.uaxword\t"
612 
 
613 
/* The target hook has to handle DI-mode values.  */
614 
#undef TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
615 
#define TARGET_ASM_INTEGER sparc_assemble_integer
616 
 
617 
#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
618 
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE sparc_asm_function_prologue
619 
#undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
620 
#define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE sparc_asm_function_epilogue
621 
 
622 
#undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
623 
#define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST sparc_adjust_cost
624 
#undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
625 
#define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE sparc_issue_rate
626 
#undef TARGET_SCHED_INIT
627 
#define TARGET_SCHED_INIT sparc_sched_init
628 
#undef TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
629 
#define TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD sparc_use_sched_lookahead
630 
 
631 
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
632 
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall
633 
 
634 
#undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
635 
#define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS sparc_init_libfuncs
636 
#undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
637 
#define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS sparc_init_builtins
638 
 
639 
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
640 
#define TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS sparc_legitimize_address
641 
#undef TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
642 
#define TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS sparc_delegitimize_address
643 
#undef TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
644 
#define TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P sparc_mode_dependent_address_p
645 
 
646 
#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
647 
#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN sparc_expand_builtin
648 
#undef TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
649 
#define TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN sparc_fold_builtin
650 
 
651 
#if TARGET_TLS
652 
#undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS
653 
#define TARGET_HAVE_TLS true
654 
#endif
655 
 
656 
#undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
657 
#define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM sparc_cannot_force_const_mem
658 
 
659 
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
660 
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK sparc_output_mi_thunk
661 
#undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
662 
#define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK sparc_can_output_mi_thunk
663 
 
664 
#undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
665 
#define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG sparc_reorg
666 
 
667 
#undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
668 
#define TARGET_RTX_COSTS sparc_rtx_costs
669 
#undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
670 
#define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST hook_int_rtx_bool_0
671 
#undef TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
672 
#define TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST sparc_register_move_cost
673 
 
674 
#undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
675 
#define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE sparc_promote_function_mode
676 
 
677 
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
678 
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE sparc_function_value
679 
#undef TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
680 
#define TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE sparc_libcall_value
681 
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
682 
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P sparc_function_value_regno_p
683 
 
684 
#undef TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
685 
#define TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX sparc_struct_value_rtx
686 
#undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
687 
#define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY sparc_return_in_memory
688 
#undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
689 
#define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK must_pass_in_stack_var_size
690 
#undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
691 
#define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE sparc_pass_by_reference
692 
#undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
693 
#define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES sparc_arg_partial_bytes
694 
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
695 
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE sparc_function_arg_advance
696 
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
697 
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG sparc_function_arg
698 
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
699 
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG sparc_function_incoming_arg
700 
#undef TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
701 
#define TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY sparc_function_arg_boundary
702 
 
703 
#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
704 
#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS sparc_builtin_saveregs
705 
#undef TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
706 
#define TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING sparc_strict_argument_naming
707 
 
708 
#undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START
709 
#define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_VA_START sparc_va_start
710 
#undef TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
711 
#define TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR sparc_gimplify_va_arg
712 
 
713 
#undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
714 
#define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P sparc_vector_mode_supported_p
715 
 
716 
#undef TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
717 
#define TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE sparc_preferred_simd_mode
718 
 
719 
#ifdef SUBTARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
720 
#undef TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
721 
#define TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES SUBTARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
722 
#endif
723 
 
724 
#ifdef SUBTARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
725 
#undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
726 
#define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE sparc_attribute_table
727 
#endif
728 
 
729 
#undef TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING
730 
#define TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING SPARC_RELAXED_ORDERING
731 
 
732 
#undef TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
733 
#define TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE sparc_option_override
734 
 
735 
#if TARGET_GNU_TLS && defined(HAVE_AS_SPARC_UA_PCREL)
736 
#undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
737 
#define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL sparc_output_dwarf_dtprel
738 
#endif
739 
 
740 
#undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
741 
#define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END sparc_file_end
742 
 
743 
#undef TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
744 
#define TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED sparc_frame_pointer_required
745 
 
746 
#undef TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
747 
#define TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE sparc_builtin_setjmp_frame_value
748 
 
749 
#undef TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
750 
#define TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE sparc_can_eliminate
751 
 
752 
#undef  TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
753 
#define TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS sparc_preferred_reload_class
754 
 
755 
#undef TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
756 
#define TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD sparc_secondary_reload
757 
 
758 
#undef TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
759 
#define TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE sparc_conditional_register_usage
760 
 
761 
#ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING
762 
#undef TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
763 
#define TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE sparc_mangle_type
764 
#endif
765 
 
766 
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
767 
#define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P sparc_legitimate_address_p
768 
 
769 
#undef TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
770 
#define TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P sparc_legitimate_constant_p
771 
 
772 
#undef TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
773 
#define TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT sparc_trampoline_init
774 
 
775 
#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P
776 
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P sparc_print_operand_punct_valid_p
777 
#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND
778 
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND sparc_print_operand
779 
#undef TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS
780 
#define TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS sparc_print_operand_address
781 
 
782 
/* The value stored by LDSTUB.  */
783 
#undef TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
784 
#define TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL 0xff
785 
 
786 
struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
787 
 
788 
static void
789 
dump_target_flag_bits (const int flags)
790 
{
791 
  if (flags & MASK_64BIT)
792 
    fprintf (stderr, "64BIT ");
793 
  if (flags & MASK_APP_REGS)
794 
    fprintf (stderr, "APP_REGS ");
795 
  if (flags & MASK_FASTER_STRUCTS)
796 
    fprintf (stderr, "FASTER_STRUCTS ");
797 
  if (flags & MASK_FLAT)
798 
    fprintf (stderr, "FLAT ");
799 
  if (flags & MASK_FMAF)
800 
    fprintf (stderr, "FMAF ");
801 
  if (flags & MASK_FPU)
802 
    fprintf (stderr, "FPU ");
803 
  if (flags & MASK_HARD_QUAD)
804 
    fprintf (stderr, "HARD_QUAD ");
805 
  if (flags & MASK_POPC)
806 
    fprintf (stderr, "POPC ");
807 
  if (flags & MASK_PTR64)
808 
    fprintf (stderr, "PTR64 ");
809 
  if (flags & MASK_STACK_BIAS)
810 
    fprintf (stderr, "STACK_BIAS ");
811 
  if (flags & MASK_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES)
812 
    fprintf (stderr, "UNALIGNED_DOUBLES ");
813 
  if (flags & MASK_V8PLUS)
814 
    fprintf (stderr, "V8PLUS ");
815 
  if (flags & MASK_VIS)
816 
    fprintf (stderr, "VIS ");
817 
  if (flags & MASK_VIS2)
818 
    fprintf (stderr, "VIS2 ");
819 
  if (flags & MASK_VIS3)
820 
    fprintf (stderr, "VIS3 ");
821 
  if (flags & MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS)
822 
    fprintf (stderr, "DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS ");
823 
  if (flags & MASK_SPARCLET)
824 
    fprintf (stderr, "SPARCLET ");
825 
  if (flags & MASK_SPARCLITE)
826 
    fprintf (stderr, "SPARCLITE ");
827 
  if (flags & MASK_V8)
828 
    fprintf (stderr, "V8 ");
829 
  if (flags & MASK_V9)
830 
    fprintf (stderr, "V9 ");
831 
}
832 
 
833 
static void
834 
dump_target_flags (const char *prefix, const int flags)
835 
{
836 
  fprintf (stderr, "%s: (%08x) [ ", prefix, flags);
837 
  dump_target_flag_bits (flags);
838 
  fprintf(stderr, "]\n");
839 
}
840 
 
841 
/* Validate and override various options, and do some machine dependent
842 
   initialization.  */
843 
 
844 
static void
845 
sparc_option_override (void)
846 
{
847 
  static struct code_model {
848 
    const char *const name;
849 
    const enum cmodel value;
850 
  } const cmodels[] = {
851 
    { "32", CM_32 },
852 
    { "medlow", CM_MEDLOW },
853 
    { "medmid", CM_MEDMID },
854 
    { "medany", CM_MEDANY },
855 
    { "embmedany", CM_EMBMEDANY },
856 
    { NULL, (enum cmodel) 0 }
857 
  };
858 
  const struct code_model *cmodel;
859 
  /* Map TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT to value for -m{cpu,tune}=.  */
860 
  static struct cpu_default {
861 
    const int cpu;
862 
    const enum processor_type processor;
863 
  } const cpu_default[] = {
864 
    /* There must be one entry here for each TARGET_CPU value.  */
865 
    { TARGET_CPU_sparc, PROCESSOR_CYPRESS },
866 
    { TARGET_CPU_v8, PROCESSOR_V8 },
867 
    { TARGET_CPU_supersparc, PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC },
868 
    { TARGET_CPU_hypersparc, PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC },
869 
    { TARGET_CPU_leon, PROCESSOR_LEON },
870 
    { TARGET_CPU_sparclite, PROCESSOR_F930 },
871 
    { TARGET_CPU_sparclite86x, PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X },
872 
    { TARGET_CPU_sparclet, PROCESSOR_TSC701 },
873 
    { TARGET_CPU_v9, PROCESSOR_V9 },
874 
    { TARGET_CPU_ultrasparc, PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC },
875 
    { TARGET_CPU_ultrasparc3, PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3 },
876 
    { TARGET_CPU_niagara, PROCESSOR_NIAGARA },
877 
    { TARGET_CPU_niagara2, PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2 },
878 
    { TARGET_CPU_niagara3, PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3 },
879 
    { TARGET_CPU_niagara4, PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4 },
880 
    { -1, PROCESSOR_V7 }
881 
  };
882 
  const struct cpu_default *def;
883 
  /* Table of values for -m{cpu,tune}=.  This must match the order of
884 
     the PROCESSOR_* enumeration.  */
885 
  static struct cpu_table {
886 
    const char *const name;
887 
    const int disable;
888 
    const int enable;
889 
  } const cpu_table[] = {
890 
    { "v7",             MASK_ISA, 0 },
891 
    { "cypress",        MASK_ISA, 0 },
892 
    { "v8",             MASK_ISA, MASK_V8 },
893 
    /* TI TMS390Z55 supersparc */
894 
    { "supersparc",     MASK_ISA, MASK_V8 },
895 
    { "hypersparc",     MASK_ISA, MASK_V8|MASK_FPU },
896 
    /* LEON */
897 
    { "leon",           MASK_ISA, MASK_V8|MASK_FPU },
898 
    { "sparclite",      MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLITE },
899 
    /* The Fujitsu MB86930 is the original sparclite chip, with no FPU.  */
900 
    { "f930",           MASK_ISA|MASK_FPU, MASK_SPARCLITE },
901 
    /* The Fujitsu MB86934 is the recent sparclite chip, with an FPU.  */
902 
    { "f934",           MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLITE|MASK_FPU },
903 
    { "sparclite86x",   MASK_ISA|MASK_FPU, MASK_SPARCLITE },
904 
    { "sparclet",       MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLET },
905 
    /* TEMIC sparclet */
906 
    { "tsc701",         MASK_ISA, MASK_SPARCLET },
907 
    { "v9",             MASK_ISA, MASK_V9 },
908 
    /* UltraSPARC I, II, IIi */
909 
    { "ultrasparc",     MASK_ISA,
910 
    /* Although insns using %y are deprecated, it is a clear win.  */
911 
      MASK_V9|MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS },
912 
    /* UltraSPARC III */
913 
    /* ??? Check if %y issue still holds true.  */
914 
    { "ultrasparc3",    MASK_ISA,
915 
      MASK_V9|MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS|MASK_VIS2 },
916 
    /* UltraSPARC T1 */
917 
    { "niagara",        MASK_ISA,
918 
      MASK_V9|MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS },
919 
    /* UltraSPARC T2 */
920 
    { "niagara2",       MASK_ISA,
921 
      MASK_V9|MASK_POPC|MASK_VIS2 },
922 
    /* UltraSPARC T3 */
923 
    { "niagara3",       MASK_ISA,
924 
      MASK_V9|MASK_POPC|MASK_VIS2|MASK_VIS3|MASK_FMAF },
925 
    /* UltraSPARC T4 */
926 
    { "niagara4",       MASK_ISA,
927 
      MASK_V9|MASK_POPC|MASK_VIS2|MASK_VIS3|MASK_FMAF },
928 
  };
929 
  const struct cpu_table *cpu;
930 
  unsigned int i;
931 
  int fpu;
932 
 
933 
  if (sparc_debug_string != NULL)
934 
    {
935 
      const char *q;
936 
      char *p;
937 
 
938 
      p = ASTRDUP (sparc_debug_string);
939 
      while ((q = strtok (p, ",")) != NULL)
940 
        {
941 
          bool invert;
942 
          int mask;
943 
 
944 
          p = NULL;
945 
          if (*q == '!')
946 
            {
947 
              invert = true;
948 
              q++;
949 
            }
950 
          else
951 
            invert = false;
952 
 
953 
          if (! strcmp (q, "all"))
954 
            mask = MASK_DEBUG_ALL;
955 
          else if (! strcmp (q, "options"))
956 
            mask = MASK_DEBUG_OPTIONS;
957 
          else
958 
            error ("unknown -mdebug-%s switch", q);
959 
 
960 
          if (invert)
961 
            sparc_debug &= ~mask;
962 
          else
963 
            sparc_debug |= mask;
964 
        }
965 
    }
966 
 
967 
  if (TARGET_DEBUG_OPTIONS)
968 
    {
969 
      dump_target_flags("Initial target_flags", target_flags);
970 
      dump_target_flags("target_flags_explicit", target_flags_explicit);
971 
    }
972 
 
973 
#ifdef SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
974 
  SUBTARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS;
975 
#endif
976 
 
977 
#ifndef SPARC_BI_ARCH
978 
  /* Check for unsupported architecture size.  */
979 
  if (! TARGET_64BIT != DEFAULT_ARCH32_P)
980 
    error ("%s is not supported by this configuration",
981 
           DEFAULT_ARCH32_P ? "-m64" : "-m32");
982 
#endif
983 
 
984 
  /* We force all 64bit archs to use 128 bit long double */
985 
  if (TARGET_64BIT && ! TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_128)
986 
    {
987 
      error ("-mlong-double-64 not allowed with -m64");
988 
      target_flags |= MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128;
989 
    }
990 
 
991 
  /* Code model selection.  */
992 
  sparc_cmodel = SPARC_DEFAULT_CMODEL;
993 
 
994 
#ifdef SPARC_BI_ARCH
995 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
996 
    sparc_cmodel = CM_32;
997 
#endif
998 
 
999 
  if (sparc_cmodel_string != NULL)
1000 
    {
1001 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64)
1002 
        {
1003 
          for (cmodel = &cmodels[0]; cmodel->name; cmodel++)
1004 
            if (strcmp (sparc_cmodel_string, cmodel->name) == 0)
1005 
              break;
1006 
          if (cmodel->name == NULL)
1007 
            error ("bad value (%s) for -mcmodel= switch", sparc_cmodel_string);
1008 
          else
1009 
            sparc_cmodel = cmodel->value;
1010 
        }
1011 
      else
1012 
        error ("-mcmodel= is not supported on 32 bit systems");
1013 
    }
1014 
 
1015 
  /* Check that -fcall-saved-REG wasn't specified for out registers.  */
1016 
  for (i = 8; i < 16; i++)
1017 
    if (!call_used_regs [i])
1018 
      {
1019 
        error ("-fcall-saved-REG is not supported for out registers");
1020 
        call_used_regs [i] = 1;
1021 
      }
1022 
 
1023 
  fpu = target_flags & MASK_FPU; /* save current -mfpu status */
1024 
 
1025 
  /* Set the default CPU.  */
1026 
  if (!global_options_set.x_sparc_cpu_and_features)
1027 
    {
1028 
      for (def = &cpu_default[0]; def->cpu != -1; ++def)
1029 
        if (def->cpu == TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT)
1030 
          break;
1031 
      gcc_assert (def->cpu != -1);
1032 
      sparc_cpu_and_features = def->processor;
1033 
    }
1034 
 
1035 
  if (!global_options_set.x_sparc_cpu)
1036 
    sparc_cpu = sparc_cpu_and_features;
1037 
 
1038 
  cpu = &cpu_table[(int) sparc_cpu_and_features];
1039 
 
1040 
  if (TARGET_DEBUG_OPTIONS)
1041 
    {
1042 
      fprintf (stderr, "sparc_cpu_and_features: %s\n", cpu->name);
1043 
      fprintf (stderr, "sparc_cpu: %s\n",
1044 
               cpu_table[(int) sparc_cpu].name);
1045 
      dump_target_flags ("cpu->disable", cpu->disable);
1046 
      dump_target_flags ("cpu->enable", cpu->enable);
1047 
    }
1048 
 
1049 
  target_flags &= ~cpu->disable;
1050 
  target_flags |= (cpu->enable
1051 
#ifndef HAVE_AS_FMAF_HPC_VIS3
1052 
                   & ~(MASK_FMAF | MASK_VIS3)
1053 
#endif
1054 
                   );
1055 
 
1056 
  /* If -mfpu or -mno-fpu was explicitly used, don't override with
1057 
     the processor default.  */
1058 
  if (target_flags_explicit & MASK_FPU)
1059 
    target_flags = (target_flags & ~MASK_FPU) | fpu;
1060 
 
1061 
  /* -mvis2 implies -mvis */
1062 
  if (TARGET_VIS2)
1063 
    target_flags |= MASK_VIS;
1064 
 
1065 
  /* -mvis3 implies -mvis2 and -mvis */
1066 
  if (TARGET_VIS3)
1067 
    target_flags |= MASK_VIS2 | MASK_VIS;
1068 
 
1069 
  /* Don't allow -mvis, -mvis2, -mvis3, or -mfmaf if FPU is disabled.  */
1070 
  if (! TARGET_FPU)
1071 
    target_flags &= ~(MASK_VIS | MASK_VIS2 | MASK_VIS3 | MASK_FMAF);
1072 
 
1073 
  /* -mvis assumes UltraSPARC+, so we are sure v9 instructions
1074 
     are available.
1075 
     -m64 also implies v9.  */
1076 
  if (TARGET_VIS || TARGET_ARCH64)
1077 
    {
1078 
      target_flags |= MASK_V9;
1079 
      target_flags &= ~(MASK_V8 | MASK_SPARCLET | MASK_SPARCLITE);
1080 
    }
1081 
 
1082 
  /* -mvis also implies -mv8plus on 32-bit */
1083 
  if (TARGET_VIS && ! TARGET_ARCH64)
1084 
    target_flags |= MASK_V8PLUS;
1085 
 
1086 
  /* Use the deprecated v8 insns for sparc64 in 32 bit mode.  */
1087 
  if (TARGET_V9 && TARGET_ARCH32)
1088 
    target_flags |= MASK_DEPRECATED_V8_INSNS;
1089 
 
1090 
  /* V8PLUS requires V9, makes no sense in 64 bit mode.  */
1091 
  if (! TARGET_V9 || TARGET_ARCH64)
1092 
    target_flags &= ~MASK_V8PLUS;
1093 
 
1094 
  /* Don't use stack biasing in 32 bit mode.  */
1095 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
1096 
    target_flags &= ~MASK_STACK_BIAS;
1097 
 
1098 
  /* Supply a default value for align_functions.  */
1099 
  if (align_functions == 0
1100 
      && (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
1101 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
1102 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA
1103 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2
1104 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3
1105 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4))
1106 
    align_functions = 32;
1107 
 
1108 
  /* Validate PCC_STRUCT_RETURN.  */
1109 
  if (flag_pcc_struct_return == DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN)
1110 
    flag_pcc_struct_return = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? 0 : 1);
1111 
 
1112 
  /* Only use .uaxword when compiling for a 64-bit target.  */
1113 
  if (!TARGET_ARCH64)
1114 
    targetm.asm_out.unaligned_op.di = NULL;
1115 
 
1116 
  /* Do various machine dependent initializations.  */
1117 
  sparc_init_modes ();
1118 
 
1119 
  /* Set up function hooks.  */
1120 
  init_machine_status = sparc_init_machine_status;
1121 
 
1122 
  switch (sparc_cpu)
1123 
    {
1124 
    case PROCESSOR_V7:
1125 
    case PROCESSOR_CYPRESS:
1126 
      sparc_costs = &cypress_costs;
1127 
      break;
1128 
    case PROCESSOR_V8:
1129 
    case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE:
1130 
    case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
1131 
      sparc_costs = &supersparc_costs;
1132 
      break;
1133 
    case PROCESSOR_F930:
1134 
    case PROCESSOR_F934:
1135 
    case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
1136 
    case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
1137 
      sparc_costs = &hypersparc_costs;
1138 
      break;
1139 
    case PROCESSOR_LEON:
1140 
      sparc_costs = &leon_costs;
1141 
      break;
1142 
    case PROCESSOR_SPARCLET:
1143 
    case PROCESSOR_TSC701:
1144 
      sparc_costs = &sparclet_costs;
1145 
      break;
1146 
    case PROCESSOR_V9:
1147 
    case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
1148 
      sparc_costs = &ultrasparc_costs;
1149 
      break;
1150 
    case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
1151 
      sparc_costs = &ultrasparc3_costs;
1152 
      break;
1153 
    case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA:
1154 
      sparc_costs = &niagara_costs;
1155 
      break;
1156 
    case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2:
1157 
      sparc_costs = &niagara2_costs;
1158 
      break;
1159 
    case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3:
1160 
    case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4:
1161 
      sparc_costs = &niagara3_costs;
1162 
      break;
1163 
    case PROCESSOR_NATIVE:
1164 
      gcc_unreachable ();
1165 
    };
1166 
 
1167 
  if (sparc_memory_model == SMM_DEFAULT)
1168 
    {
1169 
      /* Choose the memory model for the operating system.  */
1170 
      enum sparc_memory_model_type os_default = SUBTARGET_DEFAULT_MEMORY_MODEL;
1171 
      if (os_default != SMM_DEFAULT)
1172 
        sparc_memory_model = os_default;
1173 
      /* Choose the most relaxed model for the processor.  */
1174 
      else if (TARGET_V9)
1175 
        sparc_memory_model = SMM_RMO;
1176 
      else if (TARGET_V8)
1177 
        sparc_memory_model = SMM_PSO;
1178 
      else
1179 
        sparc_memory_model = SMM_SC;
1180 
    }
1181 
 
1182 
#ifdef TARGET_DEFAULT_LONG_DOUBLE_128
1183 
  if (!(target_flags_explicit & MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128))
1184 
    target_flags |= MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128;
1185 
#endif
1186 
 
1187 
  if (TARGET_DEBUG_OPTIONS)
1188 
    dump_target_flags ("Final target_flags", target_flags);
1189 
 
1190 
  maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_SIMULTANEOUS_PREFETCHES,
1191 
                         ((sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
1192 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA
1193 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2
1194 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3
1195 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4)
1196 
                          ? 2
1197 
                          : (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
1198 
                             ? 8 : 3)),
1199 
                         global_options.x_param_values,
1200 
                         global_options_set.x_param_values);
1201 
  maybe_set_param_value (PARAM_L1_CACHE_LINE_SIZE,
1202 
                         ((sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
1203 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
1204 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA
1205 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2
1206 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3
1207 
                           || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4)
1208 
                          ? 64 : 32),
1209 
                         global_options.x_param_values,
1210 
                         global_options_set.x_param_values);
1211 
 
1212 
  /* Disable save slot sharing for call-clobbered registers by default.
1213 
     The IRA sharing algorithm works on single registers only and this
1214 
     pessimizes for double floating-point registers.  */
1215 
  if (!global_options_set.x_flag_ira_share_save_slots)
1216 
    flag_ira_share_save_slots = 0;
1217 
}
1218 
 
1219 
/* Miscellaneous utilities.  */
1220 
 
1221 
/* Nonzero if CODE, a comparison, is suitable for use in v9 conditional move
1222 
   or branch on register contents instructions.  */
1223 
 
1224 
int
1225 
v9_regcmp_p (enum rtx_code code)
1226 
{
1227 
  return (code == EQ || code == NE || code == GE || code == LT
1228 
          || code == LE || code == GT);
1229 
}
1230 
 
1231 
/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
1232 
   be loaded into an integer register using a single
1233 
   sethi instruction.  */
1234 
 
1235 
int
1236 
fp_sethi_p (rtx op)
1237 
{
1238 
  if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
1239 
    {
1240 
      REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
1241 
      long i;
1242 
 
1243 
      REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
1244 
      REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
1245 
      return !SPARC_SIMM13_P (i) && SPARC_SETHI_P (i);
1246 
    }
1247 
 
1248 
  return 0;
1249 
}
1250 
 
1251 
/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
1252 
   be loaded into an integer register using a single
1253 
   mov instruction.  */
1254 
 
1255 
int
1256 
fp_mov_p (rtx op)
1257 
{
1258 
  if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
1259 
    {
1260 
      REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
1261 
      long i;
1262 
 
1263 
      REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
1264 
      REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
1265 
      return SPARC_SIMM13_P (i);
1266 
    }
1267 
 
1268 
  return 0;
1269 
}
1270 
 
1271 
/* Nonzero if OP is a floating point constant which can
1272 
   be loaded into an integer register using a high/losum
1273 
   instruction sequence.  */
1274 
 
1275 
int
1276 
fp_high_losum_p (rtx op)
1277 
{
1278 
  /* The constraints calling this should only be in
1279 
     SFmode move insns, so any constant which cannot
1280 
     be moved using a single insn will do.  */
1281 
  if (GET_CODE (op) == CONST_DOUBLE)
1282 
    {
1283 
      REAL_VALUE_TYPE r;
1284 
      long i;
1285 
 
1286 
      REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (r, op);
1287 
      REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (r, i);
1288 
      return !SPARC_SIMM13_P (i) && !SPARC_SETHI_P (i);
1289 
    }
1290 
 
1291 
  return 0;
1292 
}
1293 
 
1294 
/* Return true if the address of LABEL can be loaded by means of the
1295 
   mov{si,di}_pic_label_ref patterns in PIC mode.  */
1296 
 
1297 
static bool
1298 
can_use_mov_pic_label_ref (rtx label)
1299 
{
1300 
  /* VxWorks does not impose a fixed gap between segments; the run-time
1301 
     gap can be different from the object-file gap.  We therefore can't
1302 
     assume X - _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is a link-time constant unless we
1303 
     are absolutely sure that X is in the same segment as the GOT.
1304 
     Unfortunately, the flexibility of linker scripts means that we
1305 
     can't be sure of that in general, so assume that GOT-relative
1306 
     accesses are never valid on VxWorks.  */
1307 
  if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
1308 
    return false;
1309 
 
1310 
  /* Similarly, if the label is non-local, it might end up being placed
1311 
     in a different section than the current one; now mov_pic_label_ref
1312 
     requires the label and the code to be in the same section.  */
1313 
  if (LABEL_REF_NONLOCAL_P (label))
1314 
    return false;
1315 
 
1316 
  /* Finally, if we are reordering basic blocks and partition into hot
1317 
     and cold sections, this might happen for any label.  */
1318 
  if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
1319 
    return false;
1320 
 
1321 
  return true;
1322 
}
1323 
 
1324 
/* Expand a move instruction.  Return true if all work is done.  */
1325 
 
1326 
bool
1327 
sparc_expand_move (enum machine_mode mode, rtx *operands)
1328 
{
1329 
  /* Handle sets of MEM first.  */
1330 
  if (GET_CODE (operands[0]) == MEM)
1331 
    {
1332 
      /* 0 is a register (or a pair of registers) on SPARC.  */
1333 
      if (register_or_zero_operand (operands[1], mode))
1334 
        return false;
1335 
 
1336 
      if (!reload_in_progress)
1337 
        {
1338 
          operands[0] = validize_mem (operands[0]);
1339 
          operands[1] = force_reg (mode, operands[1]);
1340 
        }
1341 
    }
1342 
 
1343 
  /* Fixup TLS cases.  */
1344 
  if (TARGET_HAVE_TLS
1345 
      && CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
1346 
      && sparc_tls_referenced_p (operands [1]))
1347 
    {
1348 
      operands[1] = sparc_legitimize_tls_address (operands[1]);
1349 
      return false;
1350 
    }
1351 
 
1352 
  /* Fixup PIC cases.  */
1353 
  if (flag_pic && CONSTANT_P (operands[1]))
1354 
    {
1355 
      if (pic_address_needs_scratch (operands[1]))
1356 
        operands[1] = sparc_legitimize_pic_address (operands[1], NULL_RTX);
1357 
 
1358 
      /* We cannot use the mov{si,di}_pic_label_ref patterns in all cases.  */
1359 
      if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == LABEL_REF
1360 
          && can_use_mov_pic_label_ref (operands[1]))
1361 
        {
1362 
          if (mode == SImode)
1363 
            {
1364 
              emit_insn (gen_movsi_pic_label_ref (operands[0], operands[1]));
1365 
              return true;
1366 
            }
1367 
 
1368 
          if (mode == DImode)
1369 
            {
1370 
              gcc_assert (TARGET_ARCH64);
1371 
              emit_insn (gen_movdi_pic_label_ref (operands[0], operands[1]));
1372 
              return true;
1373 
            }
1374 
        }
1375 
 
1376 
      if (symbolic_operand (operands[1], mode))
1377 
        {
1378 
          operands[1]
1379 
            = sparc_legitimize_pic_address (operands[1],
1380 
                                            reload_in_progress
1381 
                                            ? operands[0] : NULL_RTX);
1382 
          return false;
1383 
        }
1384 
    }
1385 
 
1386 
  /* If we are trying to toss an integer constant into FP registers,
1387 
     or loading a FP or vector constant, force it into memory.  */
1388 
  if (CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
1389 
      && REG_P (operands[0])
1390 
      && (SPARC_FP_REG_P (REGNO (operands[0]))
1391 
          || SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
1392 
          || VECTOR_MODE_P (mode)))
1393 
    {
1394 
      /* emit_group_store will send such bogosity to us when it is
1395 
         not storing directly into memory.  So fix this up to avoid
1396 
         crashes in output_constant_pool.  */
1397 
      if (operands [1] == const0_rtx)
1398 
        operands[1] = CONST0_RTX (mode);
1399 
 
1400 
      /* We can clear or set to all-ones FP registers if TARGET_VIS, and
1401 
         always other regs.  */
1402 
      if ((TARGET_VIS || REGNO (operands[0]) < SPARC_FIRST_FP_REG)
1403 
          && (const_zero_operand (operands[1], mode)
1404 
              || const_all_ones_operand (operands[1], mode)))
1405 
        return false;
1406 
 
1407 
      if (REGNO (operands[0]) < SPARC_FIRST_FP_REG
1408 
          /* We are able to build any SF constant in integer registers
1409 
             with at most 2 instructions.  */
1410 
          && (mode == SFmode
1411 
              /* And any DF constant in integer registers.  */
1412 
              || (mode == DFmode
1413 
                  && ! can_create_pseudo_p ())))
1414 
        return false;
1415 
 
1416 
      operands[1] = force_const_mem (mode, operands[1]);
1417 
      if (!reload_in_progress)
1418 
        operands[1] = validize_mem (operands[1]);
1419 
      return false;
1420 
    }
1421 
 
1422 
  /* Accept non-constants and valid constants unmodified.  */
1423 
  if (!CONSTANT_P (operands[1])
1424 
      || GET_CODE (operands[1]) == HIGH
1425 
      || input_operand (operands[1], mode))
1426 
    return false;
1427 
 
1428 
  switch (mode)
1429 
    {
1430 
    case QImode:
1431 
      /* All QImode constants require only one insn, so proceed.  */
1432 
      break;
1433 
 
1434 
    case HImode:
1435 
    case SImode:
1436 
      sparc_emit_set_const32 (operands[0], operands[1]);
1437 
      return true;
1438 
 
1439 
    case DImode:
1440 
      /* input_operand should have filtered out 32-bit mode.  */
1441 
      sparc_emit_set_const64 (operands[0], operands[1]);
1442 
      return true;
1443 
 
1444 
    default:
1445 
      gcc_unreachable ();
1446 
    }
1447 
 
1448 
  return false;
1449 
}
1450 
 
1451 
/* Load OP1, a 32-bit constant, into OP0, a register.
1452 
   We know it can't be done in one insn when we get
1453 
   here, the move expander guarantees this.  */
1454 
 
1455 
static void
1456 
sparc_emit_set_const32 (rtx op0, rtx op1)
1457 
{
1458 
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (op0);
1459 
  rtx temp = op0;
1460 
 
1461 
  if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
1462 
    temp = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
1463 
 
1464 
  if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
1465 
    {
1466 
      gcc_assert (!small_int_operand (op1, mode)
1467 
                  && !const_high_operand (op1, mode));
1468 
 
1469 
      /* Emit them as real moves instead of a HIGH/LO_SUM,
1470 
         this way CSE can see everything and reuse intermediate
1471 
         values if it wants.  */
1472 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp,
1473 
                              GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1)
1474 
                                & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff)));
1475 
 
1476 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
1477 
                              op0,
1478 
                              gen_rtx_IOR (mode, temp,
1479 
                                           GEN_INT (INTVAL (op1) & 0x3ff))));
1480 
    }
1481 
  else
1482 
    {
1483 
      /* A symbol, emit in the traditional way.  */
1484 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp,
1485 
                              gen_rtx_HIGH (mode, op1)));
1486 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
1487 
                              op0, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (mode, temp, op1)));
1488 
    }
1489 
}
1490 
 
1491 
/* Load OP1, a symbolic 64-bit constant, into OP0, a DImode register.
1492 
   If TEMP is nonzero, we are forbidden to use any other scratch
1493 
   registers.  Otherwise, we are allowed to generate them as needed.
1494 
 
1495 
   Note that TEMP may have TImode if the code model is TARGET_CM_MEDANY
1496 
   or TARGET_CM_EMBMEDANY (see the reload_indi and reload_outdi patterns).  */
1497 
 
1498 
void
1499 
sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx temp)
1500 
{
1501 
  rtx temp1, temp2, temp3, temp4, temp5;
1502 
  rtx ti_temp = 0;
1503 
 
1504 
  if (temp && GET_MODE (temp) == TImode)
1505 
    {
1506 
      ti_temp = temp;
1507 
      temp = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp));
1508 
    }
1509 
 
1510 
  /* SPARC-V9 code-model support.  */
1511 
  switch (sparc_cmodel)
1512 
    {
1513 
    case CM_MEDLOW:
1514 
      /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
1515 
         than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
1516 
         to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
1517 
         than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
1518 
 
1519 
         The executable must be in the low 4TB of the virtual address
1520 
         space.
1521 
 
1522 
         sethi  %hi(symbol), %temp1
1523 
         or     %temp1, %lo(symbol), %reg  */
1524 
      if (temp)
1525 
        temp1 = temp;  /* op0 is allowed.  */
1526 
      else
1527 
        temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1528 
 
1529 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp1, gen_rtx_HIGH (DImode, op1)));
1530 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0, gen_rtx_LO_SUM (DImode, temp1, op1)));
1531 
      break;
1532 
 
1533 
    case CM_MEDMID:
1534 
      /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
1535 
         than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
1536 
         to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
1537 
         than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
1538 
 
1539 
         The executable must be in the low 16TB of the virtual address
1540 
         space.
1541 
 
1542 
         sethi  %h44(symbol), %temp1
1543 
         or     %temp1, %m44(symbol), %temp2
1544 
         sllx   %temp2, 12, %temp3
1545 
         or     %temp3, %l44(symbol), %reg  */
1546 
      if (temp)
1547 
        {
1548 
          temp1 = op0;
1549 
          temp2 = op0;
1550 
          temp3 = temp;  /* op0 is allowed.  */
1551 
        }
1552 
      else
1553 
        {
1554 
          temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1555 
          temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1556 
          temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1557 
        }
1558 
 
1559 
      emit_insn (gen_seth44 (temp1, op1));
1560 
      emit_insn (gen_setm44 (temp2, temp1, op1));
1561 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp3,
1562 
                              gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp2, GEN_INT (12))));
1563 
      emit_insn (gen_setl44 (op0, temp3, op1));
1564 
      break;
1565 
 
1566 
    case CM_MEDANY:
1567 
      /* The range spanned by all instructions in the object is less
1568 
         than 2^31 bytes (2GB) and the distance from any instruction
1569 
         to the location of the label _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is less
1570 
         than 2^31 bytes (2GB).
1571 
 
1572 
         The executable can be placed anywhere in the virtual address
1573 
         space.
1574 
 
1575 
         sethi  %hh(symbol), %temp1
1576 
         sethi  %lm(symbol), %temp2
1577 
         or     %temp1, %hm(symbol), %temp3
1578 
         sllx   %temp3, 32, %temp4
1579 
         or     %temp4, %temp2, %temp5
1580 
         or     %temp5, %lo(symbol), %reg  */
1581 
      if (temp)
1582 
        {
1583 
          /* It is possible that one of the registers we got for operands[2]
1584 
             might coincide with that of operands[0] (which is why we made
1585 
             it TImode).  Pick the other one to use as our scratch.  */
1586 
          if (rtx_equal_p (temp, op0))
1587 
            {
1588 
              gcc_assert (ti_temp);
1589 
              temp = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp) + 1);
1590 
            }
1591 
          temp1 = op0;
1592 
          temp2 = temp;  /* op0 is _not_ allowed, see above.  */
1593 
          temp3 = op0;
1594 
          temp4 = op0;
1595 
          temp5 = op0;
1596 
        }
1597 
      else
1598 
        {
1599 
          temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1600 
          temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1601 
          temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1602 
          temp4 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1603 
          temp5 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1604 
        }
1605 
 
1606 
      emit_insn (gen_sethh (temp1, op1));
1607 
      emit_insn (gen_setlm (temp2, op1));
1608 
      emit_insn (gen_sethm (temp3, temp1, op1));
1609 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp4,
1610 
                              gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp3, GEN_INT (32))));
1611 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp5,
1612 
                              gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp2)));
1613 
      emit_insn (gen_setlo (op0, temp5, op1));
1614 
      break;
1615 
 
1616 
    case CM_EMBMEDANY:
1617 
      /* Old old old backwards compatibility kruft here.
1618 
         Essentially it is MEDLOW with a fixed 64-bit
1619 
         virtual base added to all data segment addresses.
1620 
         Text-segment stuff is computed like MEDANY, we can't
1621 
         reuse the code above because the relocation knobs
1622 
         look different.
1623 
 
1624 
         Data segment:  sethi   %hi(symbol), %temp1
1625 
                        add     %temp1, EMBMEDANY_BASE_REG, %temp2
1626 
                        or      %temp2, %lo(symbol), %reg  */
1627 
      if (data_segment_operand (op1, GET_MODE (op1)))
1628 
        {
1629 
          if (temp)
1630 
            {
1631 
              temp1 = temp;  /* op0 is allowed.  */
1632 
              temp2 = op0;
1633 
            }
1634 
          else
1635 
            {
1636 
              temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1637 
              temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1638 
            }
1639 
 
1640 
          emit_insn (gen_embmedany_sethi (temp1, op1));
1641 
          emit_insn (gen_embmedany_brsum (temp2, temp1));
1642 
          emit_insn (gen_embmedany_losum (op0, temp2, op1));
1643 
        }
1644 
 
1645 
      /* Text segment:  sethi   %uhi(symbol), %temp1
1646 
                        sethi   %hi(symbol), %temp2
1647 
                        or      %temp1, %ulo(symbol), %temp3
1648 
                        sllx    %temp3, 32, %temp4
1649 
                        or      %temp4, %temp2, %temp5
1650 
                        or      %temp5, %lo(symbol), %reg  */
1651 
      else
1652 
        {
1653 
          if (temp)
1654 
            {
1655 
              /* It is possible that one of the registers we got for operands[2]
1656 
                 might coincide with that of operands[0] (which is why we made
1657 
                 it TImode).  Pick the other one to use as our scratch.  */
1658 
              if (rtx_equal_p (temp, op0))
1659 
                {
1660 
                  gcc_assert (ti_temp);
1661 
                  temp = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, REGNO (temp) + 1);
1662 
                }
1663 
              temp1 = op0;
1664 
              temp2 = temp;  /* op0 is _not_ allowed, see above.  */
1665 
              temp3 = op0;
1666 
              temp4 = op0;
1667 
              temp5 = op0;
1668 
            }
1669 
          else
1670 
            {
1671 
              temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1672 
              temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1673 
              temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1674 
              temp4 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1675 
              temp5 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1676 
            }
1677 
 
1678 
          emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textuhi (temp1, op1));
1679 
          emit_insn (gen_embmedany_texthi  (temp2, op1));
1680 
          emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textulo (temp3, temp1, op1));
1681 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp4,
1682 
                                  gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp3, GEN_INT (32))));
1683 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp5,
1684 
                                  gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp2)));
1685 
          emit_insn (gen_embmedany_textlo  (op0, temp5, op1));
1686 
        }
1687 
      break;
1688 
 
1689 
    default:
1690 
      gcc_unreachable ();
1691 
    }
1692 
}
1693 
 
1694 
#if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
1695 
static void
1696 
sparc_emit_set_const64 (rtx op0 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, rtx op1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1697 
{
1698 
  gcc_unreachable ();
1699 
}
1700 
#else
1701 
/* These avoid problems when cross compiling.  If we do not
1702 
   go through all this hair then the optimizer will see
1703 
   invalid REG_EQUAL notes or in some cases none at all.  */
1704 
static rtx gen_safe_HIGH64 (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
1705 
static rtx gen_safe_SET64 (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
1706 
static rtx gen_safe_OR64 (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
1707 
static rtx gen_safe_XOR64 (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
1708 
 
1709 
/* The optimizer is not to assume anything about exactly
1710 
   which bits are set for a HIGH, they are unspecified.
1711 
   Unfortunately this leads to many missed optimizations
1712 
   during CSE.  We mask out the non-HIGH bits, and matches
1713 
   a plain movdi, to alleviate this problem.  */
1714 
static rtx
1715 
gen_safe_HIGH64 (rtx dest, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
1716 
{
1717 
  return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, GEN_INT (val & ~(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x3ff));
1718 
}
1719 
 
1720 
static rtx
1721 
gen_safe_SET64 (rtx dest, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
1722 
{
1723 
  return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, GEN_INT (val));
1724 
}
1725 
 
1726 
static rtx
1727 
gen_safe_OR64 (rtx src, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
1728 
{
1729 
  return gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, src, GEN_INT (val));
1730 
}
1731 
 
1732 
static rtx
1733 
gen_safe_XOR64 (rtx src, HOST_WIDE_INT val)
1734 
{
1735 
  return gen_rtx_XOR (DImode, src, GEN_INT (val));
1736 
}
1737 
 
1738 
/* Worker routines for 64-bit constant formation on arch64.
1739 
   One of the key things to be doing in these emissions is
1740 
   to create as many temp REGs as possible.  This makes it
1741 
   possible for half-built constants to be used later when
1742 
   such values are similar to something required later on.
1743 
   Without doing this, the optimizer cannot see such
1744 
   opportunities.  */
1745 
 
1746 
static void sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1 (rtx, rtx,
1747 
                                           unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int);
1748 
 
1749 
static void
1750 
sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1 (rtx op0, rtx temp,
1751 
                               unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits, int is_neg)
1752 
{
1753 
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits;
1754 
 
1755 
  if (is_neg)
1756 
    high_bits = (~low_bits) & 0xffffffff;
1757 
  else
1758 
    high_bits = low_bits;
1759 
 
1760 
  emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits));
1761 
  if (!is_neg)
1762 
    {
1763 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1764 
                              gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
1765 
    }
1766 
  else
1767 
    {
1768 
      /* If we are XOR'ing with -1, then we should emit a one's complement
1769 
         instead.  This way the combiner will notice logical operations
1770 
         such as ANDN later on and substitute.  */
1771 
      if ((low_bits & 0x3ff) == 0x3ff)
1772 
        {
1773 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1774 
                                  gen_rtx_NOT (DImode, temp)));
1775 
        }
1776 
      else
1777 
        {
1778 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1779 
                                  gen_safe_XOR64 (temp,
1780 
                                                  (-(HOST_WIDE_INT)0x400
1781 
                                                   | (low_bits & 0x3ff)))));
1782 
        }
1783 
    }
1784 
}
1785 
 
1786 
static void sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (rtx, rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
1787 
                                           unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, int);
1788 
 
1789 
static void
1790 
sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (rtx op0, rtx temp,
1791 
                               unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
1792 
                               unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_immediate,
1793 
                               int shift_count)
1794 
{
1795 
  rtx temp2 = op0;
1796 
 
1797 
  if ((high_bits & 0xfffffc00) != 0)
1798 
    {
1799 
      emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits));
1800 
      if ((high_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
1801 
        emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1802 
                                gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
1803 
      else
1804 
        temp2 = temp;
1805 
    }
1806 
  else
1807 
    {
1808 
      emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, high_bits));
1809 
      temp2 = temp;
1810 
    }
1811 
 
1812 
  /* Now shift it up into place.  */
1813 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1814 
                          gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp2,
1815 
                                          GEN_INT (shift_count))));
1816 
 
1817 
  /* If there is a low immediate part piece, finish up by
1818 
     putting that in as well.  */
1819 
  if (low_immediate != 0)
1820 
    emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1821 
                            gen_safe_OR64 (op0, low_immediate)));
1822 
}
1823 
 
1824 
static void sparc_emit_set_const64_longway (rtx, rtx, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
1825 
                                            unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
1826 
 
1827 
/* Full 64-bit constant decomposition.  Even though this is the
1828 
   'worst' case, we still optimize a few things away.  */
1829 
static void
1830 
sparc_emit_set_const64_longway (rtx op0, rtx temp,
1831 
                                unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
1832 
                                unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits)
1833 
{
1834 
  rtx sub_temp = op0;
1835 
 
1836 
  if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
1837 
    sub_temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1838 
 
1839 
  if ((high_bits & 0xfffffc00) != 0)
1840 
    {
1841 
      emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp, high_bits));
1842 
      if ((high_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
1843 
        emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
1844 
                                sub_temp,
1845 
                                gen_safe_OR64 (temp, (high_bits & 0x3ff))));
1846 
      else
1847 
        sub_temp = temp;
1848 
    }
1849 
  else
1850 
    {
1851 
      emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, high_bits));
1852 
      sub_temp = temp;
1853 
    }
1854 
 
1855 
  if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
1856 
    {
1857 
      rtx temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1858 
      rtx temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1859 
      rtx temp4 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
1860 
 
1861 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp4,
1862 
                              gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
1863 
                                              GEN_INT (32))));
1864 
 
1865 
      emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp2, low_bits));
1866 
      if ((low_bits & ~0xfffffc00) != 0)
1867 
        {
1868 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, temp3,
1869 
                                  gen_safe_OR64 (temp2, (low_bits & 0x3ff))));
1870 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1871 
                                  gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp3)));
1872 
        }
1873 
      else
1874 
        {
1875 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1876 
                                  gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode, temp4, temp2)));
1877 
        }
1878 
    }
1879 
  else
1880 
    {
1881 
      rtx low1 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12))          & 0xfff);
1882 
      rtx low2 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12 - 12))     & 0xfff);
1883 
      rtx low3 = GEN_INT ((low_bits >> (32 - 12 - 12 - 8)) & 0x0ff);
1884 
      int to_shift = 12;
1885 
 
1886 
      /* We are in the middle of reload, so this is really
1887 
         painful.  However we do still make an attempt to
1888 
         avoid emitting truly stupid code.  */
1889 
      if (low1 != const0_rtx)
1890 
        {
1891 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1892 
                                  gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
1893 
                                                  GEN_INT (to_shift))));
1894 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1895 
                                  gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low1)));
1896 
          sub_temp = op0;
1897 
          to_shift = 12;
1898 
        }
1899 
      else
1900 
        {
1901 
          to_shift += 12;
1902 
        }
1903 
      if (low2 != const0_rtx)
1904 
        {
1905 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1906 
                                  gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
1907 
                                                  GEN_INT (to_shift))));
1908 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1909 
                                  gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low2)));
1910 
          sub_temp = op0;
1911 
          to_shift = 8;
1912 
        }
1913 
      else
1914 
        {
1915 
          to_shift += 8;
1916 
        }
1917 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1918 
                              gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, sub_temp,
1919 
                                              GEN_INT (to_shift))));
1920 
      if (low3 != const0_rtx)
1921 
        emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
1922 
                                gen_rtx_IOR (DImode, op0, low3)));
1923 
      /* phew...  */
1924 
    }
1925 
}
1926 
 
1927 
/* Analyze a 64-bit constant for certain properties.  */
1928 
static void analyze_64bit_constant (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
1929 
                                    unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
1930 
                                    int *, int *, int *);
1931 
 
1932 
static void
1933 
analyze_64bit_constant (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
1934 
                        unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits,
1935 
                        int *hbsp, int *lbsp, int *abbasp)
1936 
{
1937 
  int lowest_bit_set, highest_bit_set, all_bits_between_are_set;
1938 
  int i;
1939 
 
1940 
  lowest_bit_set = highest_bit_set = -1;
1941 
  i = 0;
1942 
  do
1943 
    {
1944 
      if ((lowest_bit_set == -1)
1945 
          && ((low_bits >> i) & 1))
1946 
        lowest_bit_set = i;
1947 
      if ((highest_bit_set == -1)
1948 
          && ((high_bits >> (32 - i - 1)) & 1))
1949 
        highest_bit_set = (64 - i - 1);
1950 
    }
1951 
  while (++i < 32
1952 
         && ((highest_bit_set == -1)
1953 
             || (lowest_bit_set == -1)));
1954 
  if (i == 32)
1955 
    {
1956 
      i = 0;
1957 
      do
1958 
        {
1959 
          if ((lowest_bit_set == -1)
1960 
              && ((high_bits >> i) & 1))
1961 
            lowest_bit_set = i + 32;
1962 
          if ((highest_bit_set == -1)
1963 
              && ((low_bits >> (32 - i - 1)) & 1))
1964 
            highest_bit_set = 32 - i - 1;
1965 
        }
1966 
      while (++i < 32
1967 
             && ((highest_bit_set == -1)
1968 
                 || (lowest_bit_set == -1)));
1969 
    }
1970 
  /* If there are no bits set this should have gone out
1971 
     as one instruction!  */
1972 
  gcc_assert (lowest_bit_set != -1 && highest_bit_set != -1);
1973 
  all_bits_between_are_set = 1;
1974 
  for (i = lowest_bit_set; i <= highest_bit_set; i++)
1975 
    {
1976 
      if (i < 32)
1977 
        {
1978 
          if ((low_bits & (1 << i)) != 0)
1979 
            continue;
1980 
        }
1981 
      else
1982 
        {
1983 
          if ((high_bits & (1 << (i - 32))) != 0)
1984 
            continue;
1985 
        }
1986 
      all_bits_between_are_set = 0;
1987 
      break;
1988 
    }
1989 
  *hbsp = highest_bit_set;
1990 
  *lbsp = lowest_bit_set;
1991 
  *abbasp = all_bits_between_are_set;
1992 
}
1993 
 
1994 
static int const64_is_2insns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
1995 
 
1996 
static int
1997 
const64_is_2insns (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
1998 
                   unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits)
1999 
{
2000 
  int highest_bit_set, lowest_bit_set, all_bits_between_are_set;
2001 
 
2002 
  if (high_bits == 0
2003 
      || high_bits == 0xffffffff)
2004 
    return 1;
2005 
 
2006 
  analyze_64bit_constant (high_bits, low_bits,
2007 
                          &highest_bit_set, &lowest_bit_set,
2008 
                          &all_bits_between_are_set);
2009 
 
2010 
  if ((highest_bit_set == 63
2011 
       || lowest_bit_set == 0)
2012 
      && all_bits_between_are_set != 0)
2013 
    return 1;
2014 
 
2015 
  if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 21)
2016 
    return 1;
2017 
 
2018 
  return 0;
2019 
}
2020 
 
2021 
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT create_simple_focus_bits (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
2022 
                                                        unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT,
2023 
                                                        int, int);
2024 
 
2025 
static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
2026 
create_simple_focus_bits (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits,
2027 
                          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low_bits,
2028 
                          int lowest_bit_set, int shift)
2029 
{
2030 
  HOST_WIDE_INT hi, lo;
2031 
 
2032 
  if (lowest_bit_set < 32)
2033 
    {
2034 
      lo = (low_bits >> lowest_bit_set) << shift;
2035 
      hi = ((high_bits << (32 - lowest_bit_set)) << shift);
2036 
    }
2037 
  else
2038 
    {
2039 
      lo = 0;
2040 
      hi = ((high_bits >> (lowest_bit_set - 32)) << shift);
2041 
    }
2042 
  gcc_assert (! (hi & lo));
2043 
  return (hi | lo);
2044 
}
2045 
 
2046 
/* Here we are sure to be arch64 and this is an integer constant
2047 
   being loaded into a register.  Emit the most efficient
2048 
   insn sequence possible.  Detection of all the 1-insn cases
2049 
   has been done already.  */
2050 
static void
2051 
sparc_emit_set_const64 (rtx op0, rtx op1)
2052 
{
2053 
  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT high_bits, low_bits;
2054 
  int lowest_bit_set, highest_bit_set;
2055 
  int all_bits_between_are_set;
2056 
  rtx temp = 0;
2057 
 
2058 
  /* Sanity check that we know what we are working with.  */
2059 
  gcc_assert (TARGET_ARCH64
2060 
              && (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG
2061 
                  || (REG_P (op0) && ! SPARC_FP_REG_P (REGNO (op0)))));
2062 
 
2063 
  if (! can_create_pseudo_p ())
2064 
    temp = op0;
2065 
 
2066 
  if (GET_CODE (op1) != CONST_INT)
2067 
    {
2068 
      sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (op0, op1, temp);
2069 
      return;
2070 
    }
2071 
 
2072 
  if (! temp)
2073 
    temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
2074 
 
2075 
  high_bits = ((INTVAL (op1) >> 32) & 0xffffffff);
2076 
  low_bits = (INTVAL (op1) & 0xffffffff);
2077 
 
2078 
  /* low_bits   bits 0  --> 31
2079 
     high_bits  bits 32 --> 63  */
2080 
 
2081 
  analyze_64bit_constant (high_bits, low_bits,
2082 
                          &highest_bit_set, &lowest_bit_set,
2083 
                          &all_bits_between_are_set);
2084 
 
2085 
  /* First try for a 2-insn sequence.  */
2086 
 
2087 
  /* These situations are preferred because the optimizer can
2088 
   * do more things with them:
2089 
   * 1) mov     -1, %reg
2090 
   *    sllx    %reg, shift, %reg
2091 
   * 2) mov     -1, %reg
2092 
   *    srlx    %reg, shift, %reg
2093 
   * 3) mov     some_small_const, %reg
2094 
   *    sllx    %reg, shift, %reg
2095 
   */
2096 
  if (((highest_bit_set == 63
2097 
        || lowest_bit_set == 0)
2098 
       && all_bits_between_are_set != 0)
2099 
      || ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 12))
2100 
    {
2101 
      HOST_WIDE_INT the_const = -1;
2102 
      int shift = lowest_bit_set;
2103 
 
2104 
      if ((highest_bit_set != 63
2105 
           && lowest_bit_set != 0)
2106 
          || all_bits_between_are_set == 0)
2107 
        {
2108 
          the_const =
2109 
            create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
2110 
                                      lowest_bit_set, 0);
2111 
        }
2112 
      else if (lowest_bit_set == 0)
2113 
        shift = -(63 - highest_bit_set);
2114 
 
2115 
      gcc_assert (SPARC_SIMM13_P (the_const));
2116 
      gcc_assert (shift != 0);
2117 
 
2118 
      emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, the_const));
2119 
      if (shift > 0)
2120 
        emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2121 
                                op0,
2122 
                                gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode,
2123 
                                                temp,
2124 
                                                GEN_INT (shift))));
2125 
      else if (shift < 0)
2126 
        emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2127 
                                op0,
2128 
                                gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (DImode,
2129 
                                                  temp,
2130 
                                                  GEN_INT (-shift))));
2131 
      return;
2132 
    }
2133 
 
2134 
  /* Now a range of 22 or less bits set somewhere.
2135 
   * 1) sethi   %hi(focus_bits), %reg
2136 
   *    sllx    %reg, shift, %reg
2137 
   * 2) sethi   %hi(focus_bits), %reg
2138 
   *    srlx    %reg, shift, %reg
2139 
   */
2140 
  if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 21)
2141 
    {
2142 
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT focus_bits =
2143 
        create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
2144 
                                  lowest_bit_set, 10);
2145 
 
2146 
      gcc_assert (SPARC_SETHI_P (focus_bits));
2147 
      gcc_assert (lowest_bit_set != 10);
2148 
 
2149 
      emit_insn (gen_safe_HIGH64 (temp, focus_bits));
2150 
 
2151 
      /* If lowest_bit_set == 10 then a sethi alone could have done it.  */
2152 
      if (lowest_bit_set < 10)
2153 
        emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2154 
                                op0,
2155 
                                gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (DImode, temp,
2156 
                                                  GEN_INT (10 - lowest_bit_set))));
2157 
      else if (lowest_bit_set > 10)
2158 
        emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2159 
                                op0,
2160 
                                gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode, temp,
2161 
                                                GEN_INT (lowest_bit_set - 10))));
2162 
      return;
2163 
    }
2164 
 
2165 
  /* 1) sethi   %hi(low_bits), %reg
2166 
   *    or      %reg, %lo(low_bits), %reg
2167 
   * 2) sethi   %hi(~low_bits), %reg
2168 
   *    xor     %reg, %lo(-0x400 | (low_bits & 0x3ff)), %reg
2169 
   */
2170 
  if (high_bits == 0
2171 
      || high_bits == 0xffffffff)
2172 
    {
2173 
      sparc_emit_set_const64_quick1 (op0, temp, low_bits,
2174 
                                     (high_bits == 0xffffffff));
2175 
      return;
2176 
    }
2177 
 
2178 
  /* Now, try 3-insn sequences.  */
2179 
 
2180 
  /* 1) sethi   %hi(high_bits), %reg
2181 
   *    or      %reg, %lo(high_bits), %reg
2182 
   *    sllx    %reg, 32, %reg
2183 
   */
2184 
  if (low_bits == 0)
2185 
    {
2186 
      sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp, high_bits, 0, 32);
2187 
      return;
2188 
    }
2189 
 
2190 
  /* We may be able to do something quick
2191 
     when the constant is negated, so try that.  */
2192 
  if (const64_is_2insns ((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff,
2193 
                         (~low_bits) & 0xfffffc00))
2194 
    {
2195 
      /* NOTE: The trailing bits get XOR'd so we need the
2196 
         non-negated bits, not the negated ones.  */
2197 
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT trailing_bits = low_bits & 0x3ff;
2198 
 
2199 
      if ((((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff) == 0
2200 
           && ((~low_bits) & 0x80000000) == 0)
2201 
          || (((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff) == 0xffffffff
2202 
              && ((~low_bits) & 0x80000000) != 0))
2203 
        {
2204 
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT fast_int = (~low_bits & 0xffffffff);
2205 
 
2206 
          if ((SPARC_SETHI_P (fast_int)
2207 
               && (~high_bits & 0xffffffff) == 0)
2208 
              || SPARC_SIMM13_P (fast_int))
2209 
            emit_insn (gen_safe_SET64 (temp, fast_int));
2210 
          else
2211 
            sparc_emit_set_const64 (temp, GEN_INT (fast_int));
2212 
        }
2213 
      else
2214 
        {
2215 
          rtx negated_const;
2216 
          negated_const = GEN_INT (((~low_bits) & 0xfffffc00) |
2217 
                                   (((HOST_WIDE_INT)((~high_bits) & 0xffffffff))<<32));
2218 
          sparc_emit_set_const64 (temp, negated_const);
2219 
        }
2220 
 
2221 
      /* If we are XOR'ing with -1, then we should emit a one's complement
2222 
         instead.  This way the combiner will notice logical operations
2223 
         such as ANDN later on and substitute.  */
2224 
      if (trailing_bits == 0x3ff)
2225 
        {
2226 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, op0,
2227 
                                  gen_rtx_NOT (DImode, temp)));
2228 
        }
2229 
      else
2230 
        {
2231 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2232 
                                  op0,
2233 
                                  gen_safe_XOR64 (temp,
2234 
                                                  (-0x400 | trailing_bits))));
2235 
        }
2236 
      return;
2237 
    }
2238 
 
2239 
  /* 1) sethi   %hi(xxx), %reg
2240 
   *    or      %reg, %lo(xxx), %reg
2241 
   *    sllx    %reg, yyy, %reg
2242 
   *
2243 
   * ??? This is just a generalized version of the low_bits==0
2244 
   * thing above, FIXME...
2245 
   */
2246 
  if ((highest_bit_set - lowest_bit_set) < 32)
2247 
    {
2248 
      unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT focus_bits =
2249 
        create_simple_focus_bits (high_bits, low_bits,
2250 
                                  lowest_bit_set, 0);
2251 
 
2252 
      /* We can't get here in this state.  */
2253 
      gcc_assert (highest_bit_set >= 32 && lowest_bit_set < 32);
2254 
 
2255 
      /* So what we know is that the set bits straddle the
2256 
         middle of the 64-bit word.  */
2257 
      sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp,
2258 
                                     focus_bits, 0,
2259 
                                     lowest_bit_set);
2260 
      return;
2261 
    }
2262 
 
2263 
  /* 1) sethi   %hi(high_bits), %reg
2264 
   *    or      %reg, %lo(high_bits), %reg
2265 
   *    sllx    %reg, 32, %reg
2266 
   *    or      %reg, low_bits, %reg
2267 
   */
2268 
  if (SPARC_SIMM13_P(low_bits)
2269 
      && ((int)low_bits > 0))
2270 
    {
2271 
      sparc_emit_set_const64_quick2 (op0, temp, high_bits, low_bits, 32);
2272 
      return;
2273 
    }
2274 
 
2275 
  /* The easiest way when all else fails, is full decomposition.  */
2276 
  sparc_emit_set_const64_longway (op0, temp, high_bits, low_bits);
2277 
}
2278 
#endif /* HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32 */
2279 
 
2280 
/* Given a comparison code (EQ, NE, etc.) and the first operand of a COMPARE,
2281 
   return the mode to be used for the comparison.  For floating-point,
2282 
   CCFP[E]mode is used.  CC_NOOVmode should be used when the first operand
2283 
   is a PLUS, MINUS, NEG, or ASHIFT.  CCmode should be used when no special
2284 
   processing is needed.  */
2285 
 
2286 
enum machine_mode
2287 
select_cc_mode (enum rtx_code op, rtx x, rtx y ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2288 
{
2289 
  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
2290 
    {
2291 
      switch (op)
2292 
        {
2293 
        case EQ:
2294 
        case NE:
2295 
        case UNORDERED:
2296 
        case ORDERED:
2297 
        case UNLT:
2298 
        case UNLE:
2299 
        case UNGT:
2300 
        case UNGE:
2301 
        case UNEQ:
2302 
        case LTGT:
2303 
          return CCFPmode;
2304 
 
2305 
        case LT:
2306 
        case LE:
2307 
        case GT:
2308 
        case GE:
2309 
          return CCFPEmode;
2310 
 
2311 
        default:
2312 
          gcc_unreachable ();
2313 
        }
2314 
    }
2315 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS || GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
2316 
           || GET_CODE (x) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT)
2317 
    {
2318 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64 && GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
2319 
        return CCX_NOOVmode;
2320 
      else
2321 
        return CC_NOOVmode;
2322 
    }
2323 
  else
2324 
    {
2325 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64 && GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
2326 
        return CCXmode;
2327 
      else
2328 
        return CCmode;
2329 
    }
2330 
}
2331 
 
2332 
/* Emit the compare insn and return the CC reg for a CODE comparison
2333 
   with operands X and Y.  */
2334 
 
2335 
static rtx
2336 
gen_compare_reg_1 (enum rtx_code code, rtx x, rtx y)
2337 
{
2338 
  enum machine_mode mode;
2339 
  rtx cc_reg;
2340 
 
2341 
  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_CC)
2342 
    return x;
2343 
 
2344 
  mode = SELECT_CC_MODE (code, x, y);
2345 
 
2346 
  /* ??? We don't have movcc patterns so we cannot generate pseudo regs for the
2347 
     fcc regs (cse can't tell they're really call clobbered regs and will
2348 
     remove a duplicate comparison even if there is an intervening function
2349 
     call - it will then try to reload the cc reg via an int reg which is why
2350 
     we need the movcc patterns).  It is possible to provide the movcc
2351 
     patterns by using the ldxfsr/stxfsr v9 insns.  I tried it: you need two
2352 
     registers (say %g1,%g5) and it takes about 6 insns.  A better fix would be
2353 
     to tell cse that CCFPE mode registers (even pseudos) are call
2354 
     clobbered.  */
2355 
 
2356 
  /* ??? This is an experiment.  Rather than making changes to cse which may
2357 
     or may not be easy/clean, we do our own cse.  This is possible because
2358 
     we will generate hard registers.  Cse knows they're call clobbered (it
2359 
     doesn't know the same thing about pseudos). If we guess wrong, no big
2360 
     deal, but if we win, great!  */
2361 
 
2362 
  if (TARGET_V9 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
2363 
#if 1 /* experiment */
2364 
    {
2365 
      int reg;
2366 
      /* We cycle through the registers to ensure they're all exercised.  */
2367 
      static int next_fcc_reg = 0;
2368 
      /* Previous x,y for each fcc reg.  */
2369 
      static rtx prev_args[4][2];
2370 
 
2371 
      /* Scan prev_args for x,y.  */
2372 
      for (reg = 0; reg < 4; reg++)
2373 
        if (prev_args[reg][0] == x && prev_args[reg][1] == y)
2374 
          break;
2375 
      if (reg == 4)
2376 
        {
2377 
          reg = next_fcc_reg;
2378 
          prev_args[reg][0] = x;
2379 
          prev_args[reg][1] = y;
2380 
          next_fcc_reg = (next_fcc_reg + 1) & 3;
2381 
        }
2382 
      cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, reg + SPARC_FIRST_V9_FCC_REG);
2383 
    }
2384 
#else
2385 
    cc_reg = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
2386 
#endif /* ! experiment */
2387 
  else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_FLOAT)
2388 
    cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, SPARC_FCC_REG);
2389 
  else
2390 
    cc_reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, SPARC_ICC_REG);
2391 
 
2392 
  /* We shouldn't get there for TFmode if !TARGET_HARD_QUAD.  If we do, this
2393 
     will only result in an unrecognizable insn so no point in asserting.  */
2394 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, cc_reg, gen_rtx_COMPARE (mode, x, y)));
2395 
 
2396 
  return cc_reg;
2397 
}
2398 
 
2399 
 
2400 
/* Emit the compare insn and return the CC reg for the comparison in CMP.  */
2401 
 
2402 
rtx
2403 
gen_compare_reg (rtx cmp)
2404 
{
2405 
  return gen_compare_reg_1 (GET_CODE (cmp), XEXP (cmp, 0), XEXP (cmp, 1));
2406 
}
2407 
 
2408 
/* This function is used for v9 only.
2409 
   DEST is the target of the Scc insn.
2410 
   CODE is the code for an Scc's comparison.
2411 
   X and Y are the values we compare.
2412 
 
2413 
   This function is needed to turn
2414 
 
2415 
           (set (reg:SI 110)
2416 
               (gt (reg:CCX 100 %icc)
2417 
                   (const_int 0)))
2418 
   into
2419 
           (set (reg:SI 110)
2420 
               (gt:DI (reg:CCX 100 %icc)
2421 
                   (const_int 0)))
2422 
 
2423 
   IE: The instruction recognizer needs to see the mode of the comparison to
2424 
   find the right instruction. We could use "gt:DI" right in the
2425 
   define_expand, but leaving it out allows us to handle DI, SI, etc.  */
2426 
 
2427 
static int
2428 
gen_v9_scc (rtx dest, enum rtx_code compare_code, rtx x, rtx y)
2429 
{
2430 
  if (! TARGET_ARCH64
2431 
      && (GET_MODE (x) == DImode
2432 
          || GET_MODE (dest) == DImode))
2433 
    return 0;
2434 
 
2435 
  /* Try to use the movrCC insns.  */
2436 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64
2437 
      && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_INT
2438 
      && y == const0_rtx
2439 
      && v9_regcmp_p (compare_code))
2440 
    {
2441 
      rtx op0 = x;
2442 
      rtx temp;
2443 
 
2444 
      /* Special case for op0 != 0.  This can be done with one instruction if
2445 
         dest == x.  */
2446 
 
2447 
      if (compare_code == NE
2448 
          && GET_MODE (dest) == DImode
2449 
          && rtx_equal_p (op0, dest))
2450 
        {
2451 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest,
2452 
                              gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (DImode,
2453 
                                       gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code, DImode,
2454 
                                                       op0, const0_rtx),
2455 
                                       const1_rtx,
2456 
                                       dest)));
2457 
          return 1;
2458 
        }
2459 
 
2460 
      if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (dest, op0))
2461 
        {
2462 
          /* Handle the case where dest == x.
2463 
             We "early clobber" the result.  */
2464 
          op0 = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (x));
2465 
          emit_move_insn (op0, x);
2466 
        }
2467 
 
2468 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, const0_rtx));
2469 
      if (GET_MODE (op0) != DImode)
2470 
        {
2471 
          temp = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
2472 
          convert_move (temp, op0, 0);
2473 
        }
2474 
      else
2475 
        temp = op0;
2476 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest,
2477 
                          gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (GET_MODE (dest),
2478 
                                   gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code, DImode,
2479 
                                                   temp, const0_rtx),
2480 
                                   const1_rtx,
2481 
                                   dest)));
2482 
      return 1;
2483 
    }
2484 
  else
2485 
    {
2486 
      x = gen_compare_reg_1 (compare_code, x, y);
2487 
      y = const0_rtx;
2488 
 
2489 
      gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x) != CC_NOOVmode
2490 
                  && GET_MODE (x) != CCX_NOOVmode);
2491 
 
2492 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, const0_rtx));
2493 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest,
2494 
                          gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (GET_MODE (dest),
2495 
                                   gen_rtx_fmt_ee (compare_code,
2496 
                                                   GET_MODE (x), x, y),
2497 
                                    const1_rtx, dest)));
2498 
      return 1;
2499 
    }
2500 
}
2501 
 
2502 
 
2503 
/* Emit an scc insn.  For seq, sne, sgeu, and sltu, we can do this
2504 
   without jumps using the addx/subx instructions.  */
2505 
 
2506 
bool
2507 
emit_scc_insn (rtx operands[])
2508 
{
2509 
  rtx tem;
2510 
  rtx x;
2511 
  rtx y;
2512 
  enum rtx_code code;
2513 
 
2514 
  /* The quad-word fp compare library routines all return nonzero to indicate
2515 
     true, which is different from the equivalent libgcc routines, so we must
2516 
     handle them specially here.  */
2517 
  if (GET_MODE (operands[2]) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
2518 
    {
2519 
      operands[1] = sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (operands[2], operands[3],
2520 
                                              GET_CODE (operands[1]));
2521 
      operands[2] = XEXP (operands[1], 0);
2522 
      operands[3] = XEXP (operands[1], 1);
2523 
    }
2524 
 
2525 
  code = GET_CODE (operands[1]);
2526 
  x = operands[2];
2527 
  y = operands[3];
2528 
 
2529 
  /* For seq/sne on v9 we use the same code as v8 (the addx/subx method has
2530 
     more applications).  The exception to this is "reg != 0" which can
2531 
     be done in one instruction on v9 (so we do it).  */
2532 
  if (code == EQ)
2533 
    {
2534 
      if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode)
2535 
        {
2536 
          rtx pat = gen_seqsi_special (operands[0], x, y);
2537 
          emit_insn (pat);
2538 
          return true;
2539 
        }
2540 
      else if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
2541 
        {
2542 
          rtx pat = gen_seqdi_special (operands[0], x, y);
2543 
          emit_insn (pat);
2544 
          return true;
2545 
        }
2546 
    }
2547 
 
2548 
  if (code == NE)
2549 
    {
2550 
      if (GET_MODE (x) == SImode)
2551 
        {
2552 
          rtx pat = gen_snesi_special (operands[0], x, y);
2553 
          emit_insn (pat);
2554 
          return true;
2555 
        }
2556 
      else if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
2557 
        {
2558 
          rtx pat;
2559 
          if (TARGET_VIS3)
2560 
            pat = gen_snedi_special_vis3 (operands[0], x, y);
2561 
          else
2562 
            pat = gen_snedi_special (operands[0], x, y);
2563 
          emit_insn (pat);
2564 
          return true;
2565 
        }
2566 
    }
2567 
 
2568 
  if (TARGET_V9
2569 
      && TARGET_ARCH64
2570 
      && GET_MODE (x) == DImode
2571 
      && !(TARGET_VIS3
2572 
           && (code == GTU || code == LTU))
2573 
      && gen_v9_scc (operands[0], code, x, y))
2574 
    return true;
2575 
 
2576 
  /* We can do LTU and GEU using the addx/subx instructions too.  And
2577 
     for GTU/LEU, if both operands are registers swap them and fall
2578 
     back to the easy case.  */
2579 
  if (code == GTU || code == LEU)
2580 
    {
2581 
      if ((GET_CODE (x) == REG || GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
2582 
          && (GET_CODE (y) == REG || GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG))
2583 
        {
2584 
          tem = x;
2585 
          x = y;
2586 
          y = tem;
2587 
          code = swap_condition (code);
2588 
        }
2589 
    }
2590 
 
2591 
  if (code == LTU
2592 
      || (!TARGET_VIS3 && code == GEU))
2593 
    {
2594 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0],
2595 
                              gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, SImode,
2596 
                                              gen_compare_reg_1 (code, x, y),
2597 
                                              const0_rtx)));
2598 
      return true;
2599 
    }
2600 
 
2601 
  /* All the posibilities to use addx/subx based sequences has been
2602 
     exhausted, try for a 3 instruction sequence using v9 conditional
2603 
     moves.  */
2604 
  if (TARGET_V9 && gen_v9_scc (operands[0], code, x, y))
2605 
    return true;
2606 
 
2607 
  /* Nope, do branches.  */
2608 
  return false;
2609 
}
2610 
 
2611 
/* Emit a conditional jump insn for the v9 architecture using comparison code
2612 
   CODE and jump target LABEL.
2613 
   This function exists to take advantage of the v9 brxx insns.  */
2614 
 
2615 
static void
2616 
emit_v9_brxx_insn (enum rtx_code code, rtx op0, rtx label)
2617 
{
2618 
  emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
2619 
                           pc_rtx,
2620 
                           gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode,
2621 
                                    gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (op0),
2622 
                                                    op0, const0_rtx),
2623 
                                    gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (VOIDmode, label),
2624 
                                    pc_rtx)));
2625 
}
2626 
 
2627 
void
2628 
emit_conditional_branch_insn (rtx operands[])
2629 
{
2630 
  /* The quad-word fp compare library routines all return nonzero to indicate
2631 
     true, which is different from the equivalent libgcc routines, so we must
2632 
     handle them specially here.  */
2633 
  if (GET_MODE (operands[1]) == TFmode && ! TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
2634 
    {
2635 
      operands[0] = sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (operands[1], operands[2],
2636 
                                              GET_CODE (operands[0]));
2637 
      operands[1] = XEXP (operands[0], 0);
2638 
      operands[2] = XEXP (operands[0], 1);
2639 
    }
2640 
 
2641 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64 && operands[2] == const0_rtx
2642 
      && GET_CODE (operands[1]) == REG
2643 
      && GET_MODE (operands[1]) == DImode)
2644 
    {
2645 
      emit_v9_brxx_insn (GET_CODE (operands[0]), operands[1], operands[3]);
2646 
      return;
2647 
    }
2648 
 
2649 
  operands[1] = gen_compare_reg (operands[0]);
2650 
  operands[2] = const0_rtx;
2651 
  operands[0] = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (GET_CODE (operands[0]), VOIDmode,
2652 
                                operands[1], operands[2]);
2653 
  emit_jump_insn (gen_cbranchcc4 (operands[0], operands[1], operands[2],
2654 
                                  operands[3]));
2655 
}
2656 
 
2657 
 
2658 
/* Generate a DFmode part of a hard TFmode register.
2659 
   REG is the TFmode hard register, LOW is 1 for the
2660 
   low 64bit of the register and 0 otherwise.
2661 
 */
2662 
rtx
2663 
gen_df_reg (rtx reg, int low)
2664 
{
2665 
  int regno = REGNO (reg);
2666 
 
2667 
  if ((WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN == 0) ^ (low != 0))
2668 
    regno += (TARGET_ARCH64 && SPARC_INT_REG_P (regno)) ? 1 : 2;
2669 
  return gen_rtx_REG (DFmode, regno);
2670 
}
2671 
 
2672 
/* Generate a call to FUNC with OPERANDS.  Operand 0 is the return value.
2673 
   Unlike normal calls, TFmode operands are passed by reference.  It is
2674 
   assumed that no more than 3 operands are required.  */
2675 
 
2676 
static void
2677 
emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (const char *func_name, int nargs, rtx *operands)
2678 
{
2679 
  rtx ret_slot = NULL, arg[3], func_sym;
2680 
  int i;
2681 
 
2682 
  /* We only expect to be called for conversions, unary, and binary ops.  */
2683 
  gcc_assert (nargs == 2 || nargs == 3);
2684 
 
2685 
  for (i = 0; i < nargs; ++i)
2686 
    {
2687 
      rtx this_arg = operands[i];
2688 
      rtx this_slot;
2689 
 
2690 
      /* TFmode arguments and return values are passed by reference.  */
2691 
      if (GET_MODE (this_arg) == TFmode)
2692 
        {
2693 
          int force_stack_temp;
2694 
 
2695 
          force_stack_temp = 0;
2696 
          if (TARGET_BUGGY_QP_LIB && i == 0)
2697 
            force_stack_temp = 1;
2698 
 
2699 
          if (GET_CODE (this_arg) == MEM
2700 
              && ! force_stack_temp)
2701 
            this_arg = XEXP (this_arg, 0);
2702 
          else if (CONSTANT_P (this_arg)
2703 
                   && ! force_stack_temp)
2704 
            {
2705 
              this_slot = force_const_mem (TFmode, this_arg);
2706 
              this_arg = XEXP (this_slot, 0);
2707 
            }
2708 
          else
2709 
            {
2710 
              this_slot = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE (TFmode), 0);
2711 
 
2712 
              /* Operand 0 is the return value.  We'll copy it out later.  */
2713 
              if (i > 0)
2714 
                emit_move_insn (this_slot, this_arg);
2715 
              else
2716 
                ret_slot = this_slot;
2717 
 
2718 
              this_arg = XEXP (this_slot, 0);
2719 
            }
2720 
        }
2721 
 
2722 
      arg[i] = this_arg;
2723 
    }
2724 
 
2725 
  func_sym = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, func_name);
2726 
 
2727 
  if (GET_MODE (operands[0]) == TFmode)
2728 
    {
2729 
      if (nargs == 2)
2730 
        emit_library_call (func_sym, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 2,
2731 
                           arg[0], GET_MODE (arg[0]),
2732 
                           arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]));
2733 
      else
2734 
        emit_library_call (func_sym, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 3,
2735 
                           arg[0], GET_MODE (arg[0]),
2736 
                           arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]),
2737 
                           arg[2], GET_MODE (arg[2]));
2738 
 
2739 
      if (ret_slot)
2740 
        emit_move_insn (operands[0], ret_slot);
2741 
    }
2742 
  else
2743 
    {
2744 
      rtx ret;
2745 
 
2746 
      gcc_assert (nargs == 2);
2747 
 
2748 
      ret = emit_library_call_value (func_sym, operands[0], LCT_NORMAL,
2749 
                                     GET_MODE (operands[0]), 1,
2750 
                                     arg[1], GET_MODE (arg[1]));
2751 
 
2752 
      if (ret != operands[0])
2753 
        emit_move_insn (operands[0], ret);
2754 
    }
2755 
}
2756 
 
2757 
/* Expand soft-float TFmode calls to sparc abi routines.  */
2758 
 
2759 
static void
2760 
emit_soft_tfmode_binop (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
2761 
{
2762 
  const char *func;
2763 
 
2764 
  switch (code)
2765 
    {
2766 
    case PLUS:
2767 
      func = "_Qp_add";
2768 
      break;
2769 
    case MINUS:
2770 
      func = "_Qp_sub";
2771 
      break;
2772 
    case MULT:
2773 
      func = "_Qp_mul";
2774 
      break;
2775 
    case DIV:
2776 
      func = "_Qp_div";
2777 
      break;
2778 
    default:
2779 
      gcc_unreachable ();
2780 
    }
2781 
 
2782 
  emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 3, operands);
2783 
}
2784 
 
2785 
static void
2786 
emit_soft_tfmode_unop (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
2787 
{
2788 
  const char *func;
2789 
 
2790 
  gcc_assert (code == SQRT);
2791 
  func = "_Qp_sqrt";
2792 
 
2793 
  emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 2, operands);
2794 
}
2795 
 
2796 
static void
2797 
emit_soft_tfmode_cvt (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
2798 
{
2799 
  const char *func;
2800 
 
2801 
  switch (code)
2802 
    {
2803 
    case FLOAT_EXTEND:
2804 
      switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
2805 
        {
2806 
        case SFmode:
2807 
          func = "_Qp_stoq";
2808 
          break;
2809 
        case DFmode:
2810 
          func = "_Qp_dtoq";
2811 
          break;
2812 
        default:
2813 
          gcc_unreachable ();
2814 
        }
2815 
      break;
2816 
 
2817 
    case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
2818 
      switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
2819 
        {
2820 
        case SFmode:
2821 
          func = "_Qp_qtos";
2822 
          break;
2823 
        case DFmode:
2824 
          func = "_Qp_qtod";
2825 
          break;
2826 
        default:
2827 
          gcc_unreachable ();
2828 
        }
2829 
      break;
2830 
 
2831 
    case FLOAT:
2832 
      switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
2833 
        {
2834 
        case SImode:
2835 
          func = "_Qp_itoq";
2836 
          if (TARGET_ARCH64)
2837 
            operands[1] = gen_rtx_SIGN_EXTEND (DImode, operands[1]);
2838 
          break;
2839 
        case DImode:
2840 
          func = "_Qp_xtoq";
2841 
          break;
2842 
        default:
2843 
          gcc_unreachable ();
2844 
        }
2845 
      break;
2846 
 
2847 
    case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
2848 
      switch (GET_MODE (operands[1]))
2849 
        {
2850 
        case SImode:
2851 
          func = "_Qp_uitoq";
2852 
          if (TARGET_ARCH64)
2853 
            operands[1] = gen_rtx_ZERO_EXTEND (DImode, operands[1]);
2854 
          break;
2855 
        case DImode:
2856 
          func = "_Qp_uxtoq";
2857 
          break;
2858 
        default:
2859 
          gcc_unreachable ();
2860 
        }
2861 
      break;
2862 
 
2863 
    case FIX:
2864 
      switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
2865 
        {
2866 
        case SImode:
2867 
          func = "_Qp_qtoi";
2868 
          break;
2869 
        case DImode:
2870 
          func = "_Qp_qtox";
2871 
          break;
2872 
        default:
2873 
          gcc_unreachable ();
2874 
        }
2875 
      break;
2876 
 
2877 
    case UNSIGNED_FIX:
2878 
      switch (GET_MODE (operands[0]))
2879 
        {
2880 
        case SImode:
2881 
          func = "_Qp_qtoui";
2882 
          break;
2883 
        case DImode:
2884 
          func = "_Qp_qtoux";
2885 
          break;
2886 
        default:
2887 
          gcc_unreachable ();
2888 
        }
2889 
      break;
2890 
 
2891 
    default:
2892 
      gcc_unreachable ();
2893 
    }
2894 
 
2895 
  emit_soft_tfmode_libcall (func, 2, operands);
2896 
}
2897 
 
2898 
/* Expand a hard-float tfmode operation.  All arguments must be in
2899 
   registers.  */
2900 
 
2901 
static void
2902 
emit_hard_tfmode_operation (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
2903 
{
2904 
  rtx op, dest;
2905 
 
2906 
  if (GET_RTX_CLASS (code) == RTX_UNARY)
2907 
    {
2908 
      operands[1] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[1]), operands[1]);
2909 
      op = gen_rtx_fmt_e (code, GET_MODE (operands[0]), operands[1]);
2910 
    }
2911 
  else
2912 
    {
2913 
      operands[1] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[1]), operands[1]);
2914 
      operands[2] = force_reg (GET_MODE (operands[2]), operands[2]);
2915 
      op = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, GET_MODE (operands[0]),
2916 
                           operands[1], operands[2]);
2917 
    }
2918 
 
2919 
  if (register_operand (operands[0], VOIDmode))
2920 
    dest = operands[0];
2921 
  else
2922 
    dest = gen_reg_rtx (GET_MODE (operands[0]));
2923 
 
2924 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dest, op));
2925 
 
2926 
  if (dest != operands[0])
2927 
    emit_move_insn (operands[0], dest);
2928 
}
2929 
 
2930 
void
2931 
emit_tfmode_binop (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
2932 
{
2933 
  if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
2934 
    emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
2935 
  else
2936 
    emit_soft_tfmode_binop (code, operands);
2937 
}
2938 
 
2939 
void
2940 
emit_tfmode_unop (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
2941 
{
2942 
  if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
2943 
    emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
2944 
  else
2945 
    emit_soft_tfmode_unop (code, operands);
2946 
}
2947 
 
2948 
void
2949 
emit_tfmode_cvt (enum rtx_code code, rtx *operands)
2950 
{
2951 
  if (TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
2952 
    emit_hard_tfmode_operation (code, operands);
2953 
  else
2954 
    emit_soft_tfmode_cvt (code, operands);
2955 
}
2956 
 
2957 
/* Return nonzero if a branch/jump/call instruction will be emitting
2958 
   nop into its delay slot.  */
2959 
 
2960 
int
2961 
empty_delay_slot (rtx insn)
2962 
{
2963 
  rtx seq;
2964 
 
2965 
  /* If no previous instruction (should not happen), return true.  */
2966 
  if (PREV_INSN (insn) == NULL)
2967 
    return 1;
2968 
 
2969 
  seq = NEXT_INSN (PREV_INSN (insn));
2970 
  if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (seq)) == SEQUENCE)
2971 
    return 0;
2972 
 
2973 
  return 1;
2974 
}
2975 
 
2976 
/* Return nonzero if TRIAL can go into the call delay slot.  */
2977 
 
2978 
int
2979 
tls_call_delay (rtx trial)
2980 
{
2981 
  rtx pat;
2982 
 
2983 
  /* Binutils allows
2984 
       call __tls_get_addr, %tgd_call (foo)
2985 
        add %l7, %o0, %o0, %tgd_add (foo)
2986 
     while Sun as/ld does not.  */
2987 
  if (TARGET_GNU_TLS || !TARGET_TLS)
2988 
    return 1;
2989 
 
2990 
  pat = PATTERN (trial);
2991 
 
2992 
  /* We must reject tgd_add{32|64}, i.e.
2993 
       (set (reg) (plus (reg) (unspec [(reg) (symbol_ref)] UNSPEC_TLSGD)))
2994 
     and tldm_add{32|64}, i.e.
2995 
       (set (reg) (plus (reg) (unspec [(reg) (symbol_ref)] UNSPEC_TLSLDM)))
2996 
     for Sun as/ld.  */
2997 
  if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET
2998 
      && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == PLUS)
2999 
    {
3000 
      rtx unspec = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 1);
3001 
 
3002 
      if (GET_CODE (unspec) == UNSPEC
3003 
          && (XINT (unspec, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSGD
3004 
              || XINT (unspec, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSLDM))
3005 
        return 0;
3006 
    }
3007 
 
3008 
  return 1;
3009 
}
3010 
 
3011 
/* Return nonzero if TRIAL, an insn, can be combined with a 'restore'
3012 
   instruction.  RETURN_P is true if the v9 variant 'return' is to be
3013 
   considered in the test too.
3014 
 
3015 
   TRIAL must be a SET whose destination is a REG appropriate for the
3016 
   'restore' instruction or, if RETURN_P is true, for the 'return'
3017 
   instruction.  */
3018 
 
3019 
static int
3020 
eligible_for_restore_insn (rtx trial, bool return_p)
3021 
{
3022 
  rtx pat = PATTERN (trial);
3023 
  rtx src = SET_SRC (pat);
3024 
  bool src_is_freg = false;
3025 
  rtx src_reg;
3026 
 
3027 
  /* Since we now can do moves between float and integer registers when
3028 
     VIS3 is enabled, we have to catch this case.  We can allow such
3029 
     moves when doing a 'return' however.  */
3030 
  src_reg = src;
3031 
  if (GET_CODE (src_reg) == SUBREG)
3032 
    src_reg = SUBREG_REG (src_reg);
3033 
  if (GET_CODE (src_reg) == REG
3034 
      && SPARC_FP_REG_P (REGNO (src_reg)))
3035 
    src_is_freg = true;
3036 
 
3037 
  /* The 'restore src,%g0,dest' pattern for word mode and below.  */
3038 
  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (src)) != MODE_FLOAT
3039 
      && arith_operand (src, GET_MODE (src))
3040 
      && ! src_is_freg)
3041 
    {
3042 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64)
3043 
        return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
3044 
      else
3045 
        return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (SImode);
3046 
    }
3047 
 
3048 
  /* The 'restore src,%g0,dest' pattern for double-word mode.  */
3049 
  else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (src)) != MODE_FLOAT
3050 
           && arith_double_operand (src, GET_MODE (src))
3051 
           && ! src_is_freg)
3052 
    return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (src)) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (DImode);
3053 
 
3054 
  /* The 'restore src,%g0,dest' pattern for float if no FPU.  */
3055 
  else if (! TARGET_FPU && register_operand (src, SFmode))
3056 
    return 1;
3057 
 
3058 
  /* The 'restore src,%g0,dest' pattern for double if no FPU.  */
3059 
  else if (! TARGET_FPU && TARGET_ARCH64 && register_operand (src, DFmode))
3060 
    return 1;
3061 
 
3062 
  /* If we have the 'return' instruction, anything that does not use
3063 
     local or output registers and can go into a delay slot wins.  */
3064 
  else if (return_p
3065 
           && TARGET_V9
3066 
           && !epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1)
3067 
           && get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial)
3068 
               == IN_UNCOND_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE)
3069 
    return 1;
3070 
 
3071 
  /* The 'restore src1,src2,dest' pattern for SImode.  */
3072 
  else if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
3073 
           && register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
3074 
           && arith_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode))
3075 
    return 1;
3076 
 
3077 
  /* The 'restore src1,src2,dest' pattern for DImode.  */
3078 
  else if (GET_CODE (src) == PLUS
3079 
           && register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
3080 
           && arith_double_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode))
3081 
    return 1;
3082 
 
3083 
  /* The 'restore src1,%lo(src2),dest' pattern.  */
3084 
  else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
3085 
           && ! TARGET_CM_MEDMID
3086 
           && ((register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
3087 
                && immediate_operand (XEXP (src, 1), SImode))
3088 
               || (TARGET_ARCH64
3089 
                   && register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode)
3090 
                   && immediate_operand (XEXP (src, 1), DImode))))
3091 
    return 1;
3092 
 
3093 
  /* The 'restore src,src,dest' pattern.  */
3094 
  else if (GET_CODE (src) == ASHIFT
3095 
           && (register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), SImode)
3096 
               || register_operand (XEXP (src, 0), DImode))
3097 
           && XEXP (src, 1) == const1_rtx)
3098 
    return 1;
3099 
 
3100 
  return 0;
3101 
}
3102 
 
3103 
/* Return nonzero if TRIAL can go into the function return's delay slot.  */
3104 
 
3105 
int
3106 
eligible_for_return_delay (rtx trial)
3107 
{
3108 
  int regno;
3109 
  rtx pat;
3110 
 
3111 
  if (GET_CODE (trial) != INSN)
3112 
    return 0;
3113 
 
3114 
  if (get_attr_length (trial) != 1)
3115 
    return 0;
3116 
 
3117 
  /* If the function uses __builtin_eh_return, the eh_return machinery
3118 
     occupies the delay slot.  */
3119 
  if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
3120 
    return 0;
3121 
 
3122 
  /* In the case of a leaf or flat function, anything can go into the slot.  */
3123 
  if (sparc_leaf_function_p || TARGET_FLAT)
3124 
    return
3125 
      get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial) == IN_UNCOND_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE;
3126 
 
3127 
  pat = PATTERN (trial);
3128 
  if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
3129 
    {
3130 
      int i;
3131 
 
3132 
      if (! TARGET_V9)
3133 
        return 0;
3134 
      for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3135 
        {
3136 
          rtx expr = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
3137 
          if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
3138 
            return 0;
3139 
          if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (expr)) != REG)
3140 
            return 0;
3141 
          regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (expr));
3142 
          if (regno >= 8 && regno < 24)
3143 
            return 0;
3144 
        }
3145 
      return !epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1)
3146 
        && (get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial)
3147 
            == IN_UNCOND_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE);
3148 
    }
3149 
 
3150 
  if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET)
3151 
    return 0;
3152 
 
3153 
  if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) != REG)
3154 
    return 0;
3155 
 
3156 
  regno = REGNO (SET_DEST (pat));
3157 
 
3158 
  /* Otherwise, only operations which can be done in tandem with
3159 
     a `restore' or `return' insn can go into the delay slot.  */
3160 
  if (regno >= 8 && regno < 24)
3161 
    return 0;
3162 
 
3163 
  /* If this instruction sets up floating point register and we have a return
3164 
     instruction, it can probably go in.  But restore will not work
3165 
     with FP_REGS.  */
3166 
  if (! SPARC_INT_REG_P (regno))
3167 
    return (TARGET_V9
3168 
            && !epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1)
3169 
            && get_attr_in_uncond_branch_delay (trial)
3170 
               == IN_UNCOND_BRANCH_DELAY_TRUE);
3171 
 
3172 
  return eligible_for_restore_insn (trial, true);
3173 
}
3174 
 
3175 
/* Return nonzero if TRIAL can go into the sibling call's delay slot.  */
3176 
 
3177 
int
3178 
eligible_for_sibcall_delay (rtx trial)
3179 
{
3180 
  rtx pat;
3181 
 
3182 
  if (GET_CODE (trial) != INSN || GET_CODE (PATTERN (trial)) != SET)
3183 
    return 0;
3184 
 
3185 
  if (get_attr_length (trial) != 1)
3186 
    return 0;
3187 
 
3188 
  pat = PATTERN (trial);
3189 
 
3190 
  if (sparc_leaf_function_p || TARGET_FLAT)
3191 
    {
3192 
      /* If the tail call is done using the call instruction,
3193 
         we have to restore %o7 in the delay slot.  */
3194 
      if (LEAF_SIBCALL_SLOT_RESERVED_P)
3195 
        return 0;
3196 
 
3197 
      /* %g1 is used to build the function address */
3198 
      if (reg_mentioned_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1), pat))
3199 
        return 0;
3200 
 
3201 
      return 1;
3202 
    }
3203 
 
3204 
  /* Otherwise, only operations which can be done in tandem with
3205 
     a `restore' insn can go into the delay slot.  */
3206 
  if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) != REG
3207 
      || (REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) >= 8 && REGNO (SET_DEST (pat)) < 24)
3208 
      || ! SPARC_INT_REG_P (REGNO (SET_DEST (pat))))
3209 
    return 0;
3210 
 
3211 
  /* If it mentions %o7, it can't go in, because sibcall will clobber it
3212 
     in most cases.  */
3213 
  if (reg_mentioned_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 15), pat))
3214 
    return 0;
3215 
 
3216 
  return eligible_for_restore_insn (trial, false);
3217 
}
3218 
 
3219 
/* Determine if it's legal to put X into the constant pool.  This
3220 
   is not possible if X contains the address of a symbol that is
3221 
   not constant (TLS) or not known at final link time (PIC).  */
3222 
 
3223 
static bool
3224 
sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
3225 
{
3226 
  switch (GET_CODE (x))
3227 
    {
3228 
    case CONST_INT:
3229 
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
3230 
    case CONST_VECTOR:
3231 
      /* Accept all non-symbolic constants.  */
3232 
      return false;
3233 
 
3234 
    case LABEL_REF:
3235 
      /* Labels are OK iff we are non-PIC.  */
3236 
      return flag_pic != 0;
3237 
 
3238 
    case SYMBOL_REF:
3239 
      /* 'Naked' TLS symbol references are never OK,
3240 
         non-TLS symbols are OK iff we are non-PIC.  */
3241 
      if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x))
3242 
        return true;
3243 
      else
3244 
        return flag_pic != 0;
3245 
 
3246 
    case CONST:
3247 
      return sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (mode, XEXP (x, 0));
3248 
    case PLUS:
3249 
    case MINUS:
3250 
      return sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (mode, XEXP (x, 0))
3251 
         || sparc_cannot_force_const_mem (mode, XEXP (x, 1));
3252 
    case UNSPEC:
3253 
      return true;
3254 
    default:
3255 
      gcc_unreachable ();
3256 
    }
3257 
}
3258 
 
3259 
/* Global Offset Table support.  */
3260 
static GTY(()) rtx got_helper_rtx = NULL_RTX;
3261 
static GTY(()) rtx global_offset_table_rtx = NULL_RTX;
3262 
 
3263 
/* Return the SYMBOL_REF for the Global Offset Table.  */
3264 
 
3265 
static GTY(()) rtx sparc_got_symbol = NULL_RTX;
3266 
 
3267 
static rtx
3268 
sparc_got (void)
3269 
{
3270 
  if (!sparc_got_symbol)
3271 
    sparc_got_symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
3272 
 
3273 
  return sparc_got_symbol;
3274 
}
3275 
 
3276 
/* Ensure that we are not using patterns that are not OK with PIC.  */
3277 
 
3278 
int
3279 
check_pic (int i)
3280 
{
3281 
  rtx op;
3282 
 
3283 
  switch (flag_pic)
3284 
    {
3285 
    case 1:
3286 
      op = recog_data.operand[i];
3287 
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (op) != SYMBOL_REF
3288 
                  && (GET_CODE (op) != CONST
3289 
                      || (GET_CODE (XEXP (op, 0)) == MINUS
3290 
                          && XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 0) == sparc_got ()
3291 
                          && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (op, 0), 1)) == CONST)));
3292 
    case 2:
3293 
    default:
3294 
      return 1;
3295 
    }
3296 
}
3297 
 
3298 
/* Return true if X is an address which needs a temporary register when
3299 
   reloaded while generating PIC code.  */
3300 
 
3301 
int
3302 
pic_address_needs_scratch (rtx x)
3303 
{
3304 
  /* An address which is a symbolic plus a non SMALL_INT needs a temp reg.  */
3305 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS
3306 
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
3307 
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
3308 
      && ! SMALL_INT (XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 1)))
3309 
    return 1;
3310 
 
3311 
  return 0;
3312 
}
3313 
 
3314 
/* Determine if a given RTX is a valid constant.  We already know this
3315 
   satisfies CONSTANT_P.  */
3316 
 
3317 
static bool
3318 
sparc_legitimate_constant_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx x)
3319 
{
3320 
  switch (GET_CODE (x))
3321 
    {
3322 
    case CONST:
3323 
    case SYMBOL_REF:
3324 
      if (sparc_tls_referenced_p (x))
3325 
        return false;
3326 
      break;
3327 
 
3328 
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
3329 
      if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode)
3330 
        return true;
3331 
 
3332 
      /* Floating point constants are generally not ok.
3333 
         The only exception is 0.0 and all-ones in VIS.  */
3334 
      if (TARGET_VIS
3335 
          && SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode)
3336 
          && (const_zero_operand (x, mode)
3337 
              || const_all_ones_operand (x, mode)))
3338 
        return true;
3339 
 
3340 
      return false;
3341 
 
3342 
    case CONST_VECTOR:
3343 
      /* Vector constants are generally not ok.
3344 
         The only exception is 0 or -1 in VIS.  */
3345 
      if (TARGET_VIS
3346 
          && (const_zero_operand (x, mode)
3347 
              || const_all_ones_operand (x, mode)))
3348 
        return true;
3349 
 
3350 
      return false;
3351 
 
3352 
    default:
3353 
      break;
3354 
    }
3355 
 
3356 
  return true;
3357 
}
3358 
 
3359 
/* Determine if a given RTX is a valid constant address.  */
3360 
 
3361 
bool
3362 
constant_address_p (rtx x)
3363 
{
3364 
  switch (GET_CODE (x))
3365 
    {
3366 
    case LABEL_REF:
3367 
    case CONST_INT:
3368 
    case HIGH:
3369 
      return true;
3370 
 
3371 
    case CONST:
3372 
      if (flag_pic && pic_address_needs_scratch (x))
3373 
        return false;
3374 
      return sparc_legitimate_constant_p (Pmode, x);
3375 
 
3376 
    case SYMBOL_REF:
3377 
      return !flag_pic && sparc_legitimate_constant_p (Pmode, x);
3378 
 
3379 
    default:
3380 
      return false;
3381 
    }
3382 
}
3383 
 
3384 
/* Nonzero if the constant value X is a legitimate general operand
3385 
   when generating PIC code.  It is given that flag_pic is on and
3386 
   that X satisfies CONSTANT_P or is a CONST_DOUBLE.  */
3387 
 
3388 
bool
3389 
legitimate_pic_operand_p (rtx x)
3390 
{
3391 
  if (pic_address_needs_scratch (x))
3392 
    return false;
3393 
  if (sparc_tls_referenced_p (x))
3394 
    return false;
3395 
  return true;
3396 
}
3397 
 
3398 
#define RTX_OK_FOR_OFFSET_P(X, MODE)                    \
3399 
  (CONST_INT_P (X)                                      \
3400 
   && INTVAL (X) >= -0x1000                             \
3401 
   && INTVAL (X) < (0x1000 - GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE)))
3402 
 
3403 
#define RTX_OK_FOR_OLO10_P(X, MODE)                     \
3404 
  (CONST_INT_P (X)                                      \
3405 
   && INTVAL (X) >= -0x1000                             \
3406 
   && INTVAL (X) < (0xc00 - GET_MODE_SIZE (MODE)))
3407 
 
3408 
/* Handle the TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P target hook.
3409 
 
3410 
   On SPARC, the actual legitimate addresses must be REG+REG or REG+SMALLINT
3411 
   ordinarily.  This changes a bit when generating PIC.  */
3412 
 
3413 
static bool
3414 
sparc_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode, rtx addr, bool strict)
3415 
{
3416 
  rtx rs1 = NULL, rs2 = NULL, imm1 = NULL;
3417 
 
3418 
  if (REG_P (addr) || GET_CODE (addr) == SUBREG)
3419 
    rs1 = addr;
3420 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
3421 
    {
3422 
      rs1 = XEXP (addr, 0);
3423 
      rs2 = XEXP (addr, 1);
3424 
 
3425 
      /* Canonicalize.  REG comes first, if there are no regs,
3426 
         LO_SUM comes first.  */
3427 
      if (!REG_P (rs1)
3428 
          && GET_CODE (rs1) != SUBREG
3429 
          && (REG_P (rs2)
3430 
              || GET_CODE (rs2) == SUBREG
3431 
              || (GET_CODE (rs2) == LO_SUM && GET_CODE (rs1) != LO_SUM)))
3432 
        {
3433 
          rs1 = XEXP (addr, 1);
3434 
          rs2 = XEXP (addr, 0);
3435 
        }
3436 
 
3437 
      if ((flag_pic == 1
3438 
           && rs1 == pic_offset_table_rtx
3439 
           && !REG_P (rs2)
3440 
           && GET_CODE (rs2) != SUBREG
3441 
           && GET_CODE (rs2) != LO_SUM
3442 
           && GET_CODE (rs2) != MEM
3443 
           && !(GET_CODE (rs2) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rs2))
3444 
           && (! symbolic_operand (rs2, VOIDmode) || mode == Pmode)
3445 
           && (GET_CODE (rs2) != CONST_INT || SMALL_INT (rs2)))
3446 
          || ((REG_P (rs1)
3447 
               || GET_CODE (rs1) == SUBREG)
3448 
              && RTX_OK_FOR_OFFSET_P (rs2, mode)))
3449 
        {
3450 
          imm1 = rs2;
3451 
          rs2 = NULL;
3452 
        }
3453 
      else if ((REG_P (rs1) || GET_CODE (rs1) == SUBREG)
3454 
               && (REG_P (rs2) || GET_CODE (rs2) == SUBREG))
3455 
        {
3456 
          /* We prohibit REG + REG for TFmode when there are no quad move insns
3457 
             and we consequently need to split.  We do this because REG+REG
3458 
             is not an offsettable address.  If we get the situation in reload
3459 
             where source and destination of a movtf pattern are both MEMs with
3460 
             REG+REG address, then only one of them gets converted to an
3461 
             offsettable address.  */
3462 
          if (mode == TFmode
3463 
              && ! (TARGET_ARCH64 && TARGET_HARD_QUAD))
3464 
            return 0;
3465 
 
3466 
          /* We prohibit REG + REG on ARCH32 if not optimizing for
3467 
             DFmode/DImode because then mem_min_alignment is likely to be zero
3468 
             after reload and the  forced split would lack a matching splitter
3469 
             pattern.  */
3470 
          if (TARGET_ARCH32 && !optimize
3471 
              && (mode == DFmode || mode == DImode))
3472 
            return 0;
3473 
        }
3474 
      else if (USE_AS_OFFSETABLE_LO10
3475 
               && GET_CODE (rs1) == LO_SUM
3476 
               && TARGET_ARCH64
3477 
               && ! TARGET_CM_MEDMID
3478 
               && RTX_OK_FOR_OLO10_P (rs2, mode))
3479 
        {
3480 
          rs2 = NULL;
3481 
          imm1 = XEXP (rs1, 1);
3482 
          rs1 = XEXP (rs1, 0);
3483 
          if (!CONSTANT_P (imm1)
3484 
              || (GET_CODE (rs1) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rs1)))
3485 
            return 0;
3486 
        }
3487 
    }
3488 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
3489 
    {
3490 
      rs1 = XEXP (addr, 0);
3491 
      imm1 = XEXP (addr, 1);
3492 
 
3493 
      if (!CONSTANT_P (imm1)
3494 
          || (GET_CODE (rs1) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rs1)))
3495 
        return 0;
3496 
 
3497 
      /* We can't allow TFmode in 32-bit mode, because an offset greater
3498 
         than the alignment (8) may cause the LO_SUM to overflow.  */
3499 
      if (mode == TFmode && TARGET_ARCH32)
3500 
        return 0;
3501 
    }
3502 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT (addr))
3503 
    return 1;
3504 
  else
3505 
    return 0;
3506 
 
3507 
  if (GET_CODE (rs1) == SUBREG)
3508 
    rs1 = SUBREG_REG (rs1);
3509 
  if (!REG_P (rs1))
3510 
    return 0;
3511 
 
3512 
  if (rs2)
3513 
    {
3514 
      if (GET_CODE (rs2) == SUBREG)
3515 
        rs2 = SUBREG_REG (rs2);
3516 
      if (!REG_P (rs2))
3517 
        return 0;
3518 
    }
3519 
 
3520 
  if (strict)
3521 
    {
3522 
      if (!REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (rs1))
3523 
          || (rs2 && !REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (rs2))))
3524 
        return 0;
3525 
    }
3526 
  else
3527 
    {
3528 
      if ((! SPARC_INT_REG_P (REGNO (rs1))
3529 
           && REGNO (rs1) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3530 
           && REGNO (rs1) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3531 
          || (rs2
3532 
              && (! SPARC_INT_REG_P (REGNO (rs2))
3533 
                  && REGNO (rs2) != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
3534 
                  && REGNO (rs2) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)))
3535 
        return 0;
3536 
    }
3537 
  return 1;
3538 
}
3539 
 
3540 
/* Return the SYMBOL_REF for the tls_get_addr function.  */
3541 
 
3542 
static GTY(()) rtx sparc_tls_symbol = NULL_RTX;
3543 
 
3544 
static rtx
3545 
sparc_tls_get_addr (void)
3546 
{
3547 
  if (!sparc_tls_symbol)
3548 
    sparc_tls_symbol = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__tls_get_addr");
3549 
 
3550 
  return sparc_tls_symbol;
3551 
}
3552 
 
3553 
/* Return the Global Offset Table to be used in TLS mode.  */
3554 
 
3555 
static rtx
3556 
sparc_tls_got (void)
3557 
{
3558 
  /* In PIC mode, this is just the PIC offset table.  */
3559 
  if (flag_pic)
3560 
    {
3561 
      crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
3562 
      return pic_offset_table_rtx;
3563 
    }
3564 
 
3565 
  /* In non-PIC mode, Sun as (unlike GNU as) emits PC-relative relocations for
3566 
     the GOT symbol with the 32-bit ABI, so we reload the GOT register.  */
3567 
  if (TARGET_SUN_TLS && TARGET_ARCH32)
3568 
    {
3569 
      load_got_register ();
3570 
      return global_offset_table_rtx;
3571 
    }
3572 
 
3573 
  /* In all other cases, we load a new pseudo with the GOT symbol.  */
3574 
  return copy_to_reg (sparc_got ());
3575 
}
3576 
 
3577 
/* Return true if X contains a thread-local symbol.  */
3578 
 
3579 
static bool
3580 
sparc_tls_referenced_p (rtx x)
3581 
{
3582 
  if (!TARGET_HAVE_TLS)
3583 
    return false;
3584 
 
3585 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS)
3586 
    x = XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0);
3587 
 
3588 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x))
3589 
    return true;
3590 
 
3591 
  /* That's all we handle in sparc_legitimize_tls_address for now.  */
3592 
  return false;
3593 
}
3594 
 
3595 
/* ADDR contains a thread-local SYMBOL_REF.  Generate code to compute
3596 
   this (thread-local) address.  */
3597 
 
3598 
static rtx
3599 
sparc_legitimize_tls_address (rtx addr)
3600 
{
3601 
  rtx temp1, temp2, temp3, ret, o0, got, insn;
3602 
 
3603 
  gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
3604 
 
3605 
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF)
3606 
    switch (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (addr))
3607 
      {
3608 
      case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC:
3609 
        start_sequence ();
3610 
        temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3611 
        temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3612 
        ret = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3613 
        o0 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 8);
3614 
        got = sparc_tls_got ();
3615 
        emit_insn (gen_tgd_hi22 (temp1, addr));
3616 
        emit_insn (gen_tgd_lo10 (temp2, temp1, addr));
3617 
        if (TARGET_ARCH32)
3618 
          {
3619 
            emit_insn (gen_tgd_add32 (o0, got, temp2, addr));
3620 
            insn = emit_call_insn (gen_tgd_call32 (o0, sparc_tls_get_addr (),
3621 
                                                   addr, const1_rtx));
3622 
          }
3623 
        else
3624 
          {
3625 
            emit_insn (gen_tgd_add64 (o0, got, temp2, addr));
3626 
            insn = emit_call_insn (gen_tgd_call64 (o0, sparc_tls_get_addr (),
3627 
                                                   addr, const1_rtx));
3628 
          }
3629 
        use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn), o0);
3630 
        insn = get_insns ();
3631 
        end_sequence ();
3632 
        emit_libcall_block (insn, ret, o0, addr);
3633 
        break;
3634 
 
3635 
      case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC:
3636 
        start_sequence ();
3637 
        temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3638 
        temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3639 
        temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3640 
        ret = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3641 
        o0 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 8);
3642 
        got = sparc_tls_got ();
3643 
        emit_insn (gen_tldm_hi22 (temp1));
3644 
        emit_insn (gen_tldm_lo10 (temp2, temp1));
3645 
        if (TARGET_ARCH32)
3646 
          {
3647 
            emit_insn (gen_tldm_add32 (o0, got, temp2));
3648 
            insn = emit_call_insn (gen_tldm_call32 (o0, sparc_tls_get_addr (),
3649 
                                                    const1_rtx));
3650 
          }
3651 
        else
3652 
          {
3653 
            emit_insn (gen_tldm_add64 (o0, got, temp2));
3654 
            insn = emit_call_insn (gen_tldm_call64 (o0, sparc_tls_get_addr (),
3655 
                                                    const1_rtx));
3656 
          }
3657 
        use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn), o0);
3658 
        insn = get_insns ();
3659 
        end_sequence ();
3660 
        emit_libcall_block (insn, temp3, o0,
3661 
                            gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode, gen_rtvec (1, const0_rtx),
3662 
                                            UNSPEC_TLSLD_BASE));
3663 
        temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3664 
        temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3665 
        emit_insn (gen_tldo_hix22 (temp1, addr));
3666 
        emit_insn (gen_tldo_lox10 (temp2, temp1, addr));
3667 
        if (TARGET_ARCH32)
3668 
          emit_insn (gen_tldo_add32 (ret, temp3, temp2, addr));
3669 
        else
3670 
          emit_insn (gen_tldo_add64 (ret, temp3, temp2, addr));
3671 
        break;
3672 
 
3673 
      case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC:
3674 
        temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3675 
        temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
3676 
        temp3 = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3677 
        got = sparc_tls_got ();
3678 
        emit_insn (gen_tie_hi22 (temp1, addr));
3679 
        emit_insn (gen_tie_lo10 (temp2, temp1, addr));
3680 
        if (TARGET_ARCH32)
3681 
          emit_insn (gen_tie_ld32 (temp3, got, temp2, addr));
3682 
        else
3683 
          emit_insn (gen_tie_ld64 (temp3, got, temp2, addr));
3684 
        if (TARGET_SUN_TLS)
3685 
          {
3686 
            ret = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3687 
            if (TARGET_ARCH32)
3688 
              emit_insn (gen_tie_add32 (ret, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 7),
3689 
                                        temp3, addr));
3690 
            else
3691 
              emit_insn (gen_tie_add64 (ret, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 7),
3692 
                                        temp3, addr));
3693 
          }
3694 
        else
3695 
          ret = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 7), temp3);
3696 
        break;
3697 
 
3698 
      case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC:
3699 
        temp1 = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3700 
        temp2 = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3701 
        if (TARGET_ARCH32)
3702 
          {
3703 
            emit_insn (gen_tle_hix22_sp32 (temp1, addr));
3704 
            emit_insn (gen_tle_lox10_sp32 (temp2, temp1, addr));
3705 
          }
3706 
        else
3707 
          {
3708 
            emit_insn (gen_tle_hix22_sp64 (temp1, addr));
3709 
            emit_insn (gen_tle_lox10_sp64 (temp2, temp1, addr));
3710 
          }
3711 
        ret = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 7), temp2);
3712 
        break;
3713 
 
3714 
      default:
3715 
        gcc_unreachable ();
3716 
      }
3717 
 
3718 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST)
3719 
    {
3720 
      rtx base, offset;
3721 
 
3722 
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == PLUS);
3723 
 
3724 
      base = sparc_legitimize_tls_address (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 0));
3725 
      offset = XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1);
3726 
 
3727 
      base = force_operand (base, NULL_RTX);
3728 
      if (!(GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT && SMALL_INT (offset)))
3729 
        offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
3730 
      ret = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, offset);
3731 
    }
3732 
 
3733 
  else
3734 
    gcc_unreachable ();  /* for now ... */
3735 
 
3736 
  return ret;
3737 
}
3738 
 
3739 
/* Legitimize PIC addresses.  If the address is already position-independent,
3740 
   we return ORIG.  Newly generated position-independent addresses go into a
3741 
   reg.  This is REG if nonzero, otherwise we allocate register(s) as
3742 
   necessary.  */
3743 
 
3744 
static rtx
3745 
sparc_legitimize_pic_address (rtx orig, rtx reg)
3746 
{
3747 
  bool gotdata_op = false;
3748 
 
3749 
  if (GET_CODE (orig) == SYMBOL_REF
3750 
      /* See the comment in sparc_expand_move.  */
3751 
      || (GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF && !can_use_mov_pic_label_ref (orig)))
3752 
    {
3753 
      rtx pic_ref, address;
3754 
      rtx insn;
3755 
 
3756 
      if (reg == 0)
3757 
        {
3758 
          gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
3759 
          reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3760 
        }
3761 
 
3762 
      if (flag_pic == 2)
3763 
        {
3764 
          /* If not during reload, allocate another temp reg here for loading
3765 
             in the address, so that these instructions can be optimized
3766 
             properly.  */
3767 
          rtx temp_reg = (! can_create_pseudo_p ()
3768 
                          ? reg : gen_reg_rtx (Pmode));
3769 
 
3770 
          /* Must put the SYMBOL_REF inside an UNSPEC here so that cse
3771 
             won't get confused into thinking that these two instructions
3772 
             are loading in the true address of the symbol.  If in the
3773 
             future a PIC rtx exists, that should be used instead.  */
3774 
          if (TARGET_ARCH64)
3775 
            {
3776 
              emit_insn (gen_movdi_high_pic (temp_reg, orig));
3777 
              emit_insn (gen_movdi_lo_sum_pic (temp_reg, temp_reg, orig));
3778 
            }
3779 
          else
3780 
            {
3781 
              emit_insn (gen_movsi_high_pic (temp_reg, orig));
3782 
              emit_insn (gen_movsi_lo_sum_pic (temp_reg, temp_reg, orig));
3783 
            }
3784 
          address = temp_reg;
3785 
          gotdata_op = true;
3786 
        }
3787 
      else
3788 
        address = orig;
3789 
 
3790 
      crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
3791 
      if (gotdata_op)
3792 
        {
3793 
          if (TARGET_ARCH64)
3794 
            insn = emit_insn (gen_movdi_pic_gotdata_op (reg,
3795 
                                                        pic_offset_table_rtx,
3796 
                                                        address, orig));
3797 
          else
3798 
            insn = emit_insn (gen_movsi_pic_gotdata_op (reg,
3799 
                                                        pic_offset_table_rtx,
3800 
                                                        address, orig));
3801 
        }
3802 
      else
3803 
        {
3804 
          pic_ref
3805 
            = gen_const_mem (Pmode,
3806 
                             gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
3807 
                                           pic_offset_table_rtx, address));
3808 
          insn = emit_move_insn (reg, pic_ref);
3809 
        }
3810 
 
3811 
      /* Put a REG_EQUAL note on this insn, so that it can be optimized
3812 
         by loop.  */
3813 
      set_unique_reg_note (insn, REG_EQUAL, orig);
3814 
      return reg;
3815 
    }
3816 
  else if (GET_CODE (orig) == CONST)
3817 
    {
3818 
      rtx base, offset;
3819 
 
3820 
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS
3821 
          && XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx)
3822 
        return orig;
3823 
 
3824 
      if (reg == 0)
3825 
        {
3826 
          gcc_assert (can_create_pseudo_p ());
3827 
          reg = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
3828 
        }
3829 
 
3830 
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (orig, 0)) == PLUS);
3831 
      base = sparc_legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 0), reg);
3832 
      offset = sparc_legitimize_pic_address (XEXP (XEXP (orig, 0), 1),
3833 
                                             base == reg ? NULL_RTX : reg);
3834 
 
3835 
      if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST_INT)
3836 
        {
3837 
          if (SMALL_INT (offset))
3838 
            return plus_constant (base, INTVAL (offset));
3839 
          else if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
3840 
            offset = force_reg (Pmode, offset);
3841 
          else
3842 
            /* If we reach here, then something is seriously wrong.  */
3843 
            gcc_unreachable ();
3844 
        }
3845 
      return gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, offset);
3846 
    }
3847 
  else if (GET_CODE (orig) == LABEL_REF)
3848 
    /* ??? We ought to be checking that the register is live instead, in case
3849 
       it is eliminated.  */
3850 
    crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
3851 
 
3852 
  return orig;
3853 
}
3854 
 
3855 
/* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address X
3856 
   to be legitimate.  If we find one, return the new, valid address.
3857 
 
3858 
   OLDX is the address as it was before break_out_memory_refs was called.
3859 
   In some cases it is useful to look at this to decide what needs to be done.
3860 
 
3861 
   MODE is the mode of the operand pointed to by X.
3862 
 
3863 
   On SPARC, change REG+N into REG+REG, and REG+(X*Y) into REG+REG.  */
3864 
 
3865 
static rtx
3866 
sparc_legitimize_address (rtx x, rtx oldx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3867 
                          enum machine_mode mode)
3868 
{
3869 
  rtx orig_x = x;
3870 
 
3871 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MULT)
3872 
    x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 1),
3873 
                      force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX));
3874 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == MULT)
3875 
    x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0),
3876 
                      force_operand (XEXP (x, 1), NULL_RTX));
3877 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == PLUS)
3878 
    x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, force_operand (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX),
3879 
                      XEXP (x, 1));
3880 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == PLUS)
3881 
    x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0),
3882 
                      force_operand (XEXP (x, 1), NULL_RTX));
3883 
 
3884 
  if (x != orig_x && sparc_legitimate_address_p (mode, x, FALSE))
3885 
    return x;
3886 
 
3887 
  if (sparc_tls_referenced_p (x))
3888 
    x = sparc_legitimize_tls_address (x);
3889 
  else if (flag_pic)
3890 
    x = sparc_legitimize_pic_address (x, NULL_RTX);
3891 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
3892 
    x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0),
3893 
                      copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (x, 1)));
3894 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
3895 
    x = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, XEXP (x, 1),
3896 
                      copy_to_mode_reg (Pmode, XEXP (x, 0)));
3897 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
3898 
           || GET_CODE (x) == CONST
3899 
           || GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF)
3900 
    x = copy_to_suggested_reg (x, NULL_RTX, Pmode);
3901 
 
3902 
  return x;
3903 
}
3904 
 
3905 
/* Delegitimize an address that was legitimized by the above function.  */
3906 
 
3907 
static rtx
3908 
sparc_delegitimize_address (rtx x)
3909 
{
3910 
  x = delegitimize_mem_from_attrs (x);
3911 
 
3912 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == UNSPEC)
3913 
    switch (XINT (XEXP (x, 1), 1))
3914 
      {
3915 
      case UNSPEC_MOVE_PIC:
3916 
      case UNSPEC_TLSLE:
3917 
        x = XVECEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 0, 0);
3918 
        gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
3919 
        break;
3920 
      default:
3921 
        break;
3922 
      }
3923 
 
3924 
  /* This is generated by mov{si,di}_pic_label_ref in PIC mode.  */
3925 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == MINUS
3926 
      && REG_P (XEXP (x, 0))
3927 
      && REGNO (XEXP (x, 0)) == PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
3928 
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == LO_SUM
3929 
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1)) == UNSPEC
3930 
      && XINT (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1), 1) == UNSPEC_MOVE_PIC_LABEL)
3931 
    {
3932 
      x = XVECEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x, 1), 1), 0, 0);
3933 
      gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == LABEL_REF);
3934 
    }
3935 
 
3936 
  return x;
3937 
}
3938 
 
3939 
/* SPARC implementation of LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS.  Returns a value to
3940 
   replace the input X, or the original X if no replacement is called for.
3941 
   The output parameter *WIN is 1 if the calling macro should goto WIN,
3942 
 
3943 
 
3944 
   For SPARC, we wish to handle addresses by splitting them into
3945 
   HIGH+LO_SUM pairs, retaining the LO_SUM in the memory reference.
3946 
   This cuts the number of extra insns by one.
3947 
 
3948 
   Do nothing when generating PIC code and the address is a symbolic
3949 
   operand or requires a scratch register.  */
3950 
 
3951 
rtx
3952 
sparc_legitimize_reload_address (rtx x, enum machine_mode mode,
3953 
                                 int opnum, int type,
3954 
                                 int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, int *win)
3955 
{
3956 
  /* Decompose SImode constants into HIGH+LO_SUM.  */
3957 
  if (CONSTANT_P (x)
3958 
      && (mode != TFmode || TARGET_ARCH64)
3959 
      && GET_MODE (x) == SImode
3960 
      && GET_CODE (x) != LO_SUM
3961 
      && GET_CODE (x) != HIGH
3962 
      && sparc_cmodel <= CM_MEDLOW
3963 
      && !(flag_pic
3964 
           && (symbolic_operand (x, Pmode) || pic_address_needs_scratch (x))))
3965 
    {
3966 
      x = gen_rtx_LO_SUM (GET_MODE (x), gen_rtx_HIGH (GET_MODE (x), x), x);
3967 
      push_reload (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX, &XEXP (x, 0), NULL,
3968 
                   BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0,
3969 
                   opnum, (enum reload_type)type);
3970 
      *win = 1;
3971 
      return x;
3972 
    }
3973 
 
3974 
  /* We have to recognize what we have already generated above.  */
3975 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == HIGH)
3976 
    {
3977 
      push_reload (XEXP (x, 0), NULL_RTX, &XEXP (x, 0), NULL,
3978 
                   BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0,
3979 
                   opnum, (enum reload_type)type);
3980 
      *win = 1;
3981 
      return x;
3982 
    }
3983 
 
3984 
  *win = 0;
3985 
  return x;
3986 
}
3987 
 
3988 
/* Return true if ADDR (a legitimate address expression)
3989 
   has an effect that depends on the machine mode it is used for.
3990 
 
3991 
   In PIC mode,
3992 
 
3993 
      (mem:HI [%l7+a])
3994 
 
3995 
   is not equivalent to
3996 
 
3997 
      (mem:QI [%l7+a]) (mem:QI [%l7+a+1])
3998 
 
3999 
   because [%l7+a+1] is interpreted as the address of (a+1).  */
4000 
 
4001 
 
4002 
static bool
4003 
sparc_mode_dependent_address_p (const_rtx addr)
4004 
{
4005 
  if (flag_pic && GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
4006 
    {
4007 
      rtx op0 = XEXP (addr, 0);
4008 
      rtx op1 = XEXP (addr, 1);
4009 
      if (op0 == pic_offset_table_rtx
4010 
          && symbolic_operand (op1, VOIDmode))
4011 
        return true;
4012 
    }
4013 
 
4014 
  return false;
4015 
}
4016 
 
4017 
#ifdef HAVE_GAS_HIDDEN
4018 
# define USE_HIDDEN_LINKONCE 1
4019 
#else
4020 
# define USE_HIDDEN_LINKONCE 0
4021 
#endif
4022 
 
4023 
static void
4024 
get_pc_thunk_name (char name[32], unsigned int regno)
4025 
{
4026 
  const char *reg_name = reg_names[regno];
4027 
 
4028 
  /* Skip the leading '%' as that cannot be used in a
4029 
     symbol name.  */
4030 
  reg_name += 1;
4031 
 
4032 
  if (USE_HIDDEN_LINKONCE)
4033 
    sprintf (name, "__sparc_get_pc_thunk.%s", reg_name);
4034 
  else
4035 
    ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (name, "LADDPC", regno);
4036 
}
4037 
 
4038 
/* Wrapper around the load_pcrel_sym{si,di} patterns.  */
4039 
 
4040 
static rtx
4041 
gen_load_pcrel_sym (rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx op2, rtx op3)
4042 
{
4043 
  int orig_flag_pic = flag_pic;
4044 
  rtx insn;
4045 
 
4046 
  /* The load_pcrel_sym{si,di} patterns require absolute addressing.  */
4047 
  flag_pic = 0;
4048 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
4049 
    insn = gen_load_pcrel_symdi (op0, op1, op2, op3);
4050 
  else
4051 
    insn = gen_load_pcrel_symsi (op0, op1, op2, op3);
4052 
  flag_pic = orig_flag_pic;
4053 
 
4054 
  return insn;
4055 
}
4056 
 
4057 
/* Emit code to load the GOT register.  */
4058 
 
4059 
void
4060 
load_got_register (void)
4061 
{
4062 
  /* In PIC mode, this will retrieve pic_offset_table_rtx.  */
4063 
  if (!global_offset_table_rtx)
4064 
    global_offset_table_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM);
4065 
 
4066 
  if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP)
4067 
    emit_insn (gen_vxworks_load_got ());
4068 
  else
4069 
    {
4070 
      /* The GOT symbol is subject to a PC-relative relocation so we need a
4071 
         helper function to add the PC value and thus get the final value.  */
4072 
      if (!got_helper_rtx)
4073 
        {
4074 
          char name[32];
4075 
          get_pc_thunk_name (name, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM);
4076 
          got_helper_rtx = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (name));
4077 
        }
4078 
 
4079 
      emit_insn (gen_load_pcrel_sym (global_offset_table_rtx, sparc_got (),
4080 
                                     got_helper_rtx,
4081 
                                     GEN_INT (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM)));
4082 
    }
4083 
 
4084 
  /* Need to emit this whether or not we obey regdecls,
4085 
     since setjmp/longjmp can cause life info to screw up.
4086 
     ??? In the case where we don't obey regdecls, this is not sufficient
4087 
     since we may not fall out the bottom.  */
4088 
  emit_use (global_offset_table_rtx);
4089 
}
4090 
 
4091 
/* Emit a call instruction with the pattern given by PAT.  ADDR is the
4092 
   address of the call target.  */
4093 
 
4094 
void
4095 
sparc_emit_call_insn (rtx pat, rtx addr)
4096 
{
4097 
  rtx insn;
4098 
 
4099 
  insn = emit_call_insn (pat);
4100 
 
4101 
  /* The PIC register is live on entry to VxWorks PIC PLT entries.  */
4102 
  if (TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
4103 
      && flag_pic
4104 
      && GET_CODE (addr) == SYMBOL_REF
4105 
      && (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (addr)
4106 
          ? !targetm.binds_local_p (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (addr))
4107 
          : !SYMBOL_REF_LOCAL_P (addr)))
4108 
    {
4109 
      use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn), pic_offset_table_rtx);
4110 
      crtl->uses_pic_offset_table = 1;
4111 
    }
4112 
}
4113 
 
4114 
/* Return 1 if RTX is a MEM which is known to be aligned to at
4115 
   least a DESIRED byte boundary.  */
4116 
 
4117 
int
4118 
mem_min_alignment (rtx mem, int desired)
4119 
{
4120 
  rtx addr, base, offset;
4121 
 
4122 
  /* If it's not a MEM we can't accept it.  */
4123 
  if (GET_CODE (mem) != MEM)
4124 
    return 0;
4125 
 
4126 
  /* Obviously...  */
4127 
  if (!TARGET_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES
4128 
      && MEM_ALIGN (mem) / BITS_PER_UNIT >= (unsigned)desired)
4129 
    return 1;
4130 
 
4131 
  /* ??? The rest of the function predates MEM_ALIGN so
4132 
     there is probably a bit of redundancy.  */
4133 
  addr = XEXP (mem, 0);
4134 
  base = offset = NULL_RTX;
4135 
  if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
4136 
    {
4137 
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == REG)
4138 
        {
4139 
          base = XEXP (addr, 0);
4140 
 
4141 
          /* What we are saying here is that if the base
4142 
             REG is aligned properly, the compiler will make
4143 
             sure any REG based index upon it will be so
4144 
             as well.  */
4145 
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == CONST_INT)
4146 
            offset = XEXP (addr, 1);
4147 
          else
4148 
            offset = const0_rtx;
4149 
        }
4150 
    }
4151 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr) == REG)
4152 
    {
4153 
      base = addr;
4154 
      offset = const0_rtx;
4155 
    }
4156 
 
4157 
  if (base != NULL_RTX)
4158 
    {
4159 
      int regno = REGNO (base);
4160 
 
4161 
      if (regno != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && regno != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
4162 
        {
4163 
          /* Check if the compiler has recorded some information
4164 
             about the alignment of the base REG.  If reload has
4165 
             completed, we already matched with proper alignments.
4166 
             If not running global_alloc, reload might give us
4167 
             unaligned pointer to local stack though.  */
4168 
          if (((cfun != 0
4169 
                && REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (regno) >= desired * BITS_PER_UNIT)
4170 
               || (optimize && reload_completed))
4171 
              && (INTVAL (offset) & (desired - 1)) == 0)
4172 
            return 1;
4173 
        }
4174 
      else
4175 
        {
4176 
          if (((INTVAL (offset) - SPARC_STACK_BIAS) & (desired - 1)) == 0)
4177 
            return 1;
4178 
        }
4179 
    }
4180 
  else if (! TARGET_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES
4181 
           || CONSTANT_P (addr)
4182 
           || GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
4183 
    {
4184 
      /* Anything else we know is properly aligned unless TARGET_UNALIGNED_DOUBLES
4185 
         is true, in which case we can only assume that an access is aligned if
4186 
         it is to a constant address, or the address involves a LO_SUM.  */
4187 
      return 1;
4188 
    }
4189 
 
4190 
  /* An obviously unaligned address.  */
4191 
  return 0;
4192 
}
4193 
 
4194 
 
4195 
/* Vectors to keep interesting information about registers where it can easily
4196 
   be got.  We used to use the actual mode value as the bit number, but there
4197 
   are more than 32 modes now.  Instead we use two tables: one indexed by
4198 
   hard register number, and one indexed by mode.  */
4199 
 
4200 
/* The purpose of sparc_mode_class is to shrink the range of modes so that
4201 
   they all fit (as bit numbers) in a 32-bit word (again).  Each real mode is
4202 
   mapped into one sparc_mode_class mode.  */
4203 
 
4204 
enum sparc_mode_class {
4205 
  S_MODE, D_MODE, T_MODE, O_MODE,
4206 
  SF_MODE, DF_MODE, TF_MODE, OF_MODE,
4207 
  CC_MODE, CCFP_MODE
4208 
};
4209 
 
4210 
/* Modes for single-word and smaller quantities.  */
4211 
#define S_MODES ((1 << (int) S_MODE) | (1 << (int) SF_MODE))
4212 
 
4213 
/* Modes for double-word and smaller quantities.  */
4214 
#define D_MODES (S_MODES | (1 << (int) D_MODE) | (1 << DF_MODE))
4215 
 
4216 
/* Modes for quad-word and smaller quantities.  */
4217 
#define T_MODES (D_MODES | (1 << (int) T_MODE) | (1 << (int) TF_MODE))
4218 
 
4219 
/* Modes for 8-word and smaller quantities.  */
4220 
#define O_MODES (T_MODES | (1 << (int) O_MODE) | (1 << (int) OF_MODE))
4221 
 
4222 
/* Modes for single-float quantities.  We must allow any single word or
4223 
   smaller quantity.  This is because the fix/float conversion instructions
4224 
   take integer inputs/outputs from the float registers.  */
4225 
#define SF_MODES (S_MODES)
4226 
 
4227 
/* Modes for double-float and smaller quantities.  */
4228 
#define DF_MODES (D_MODES)
4229 
 
4230 
/* Modes for quad-float and smaller quantities.  */
4231 
#define TF_MODES (DF_MODES | (1 << (int) TF_MODE))
4232 
 
4233 
/* Modes for quad-float pairs and smaller quantities.  */
4234 
#define OF_MODES (TF_MODES | (1 << (int) OF_MODE))
4235 
 
4236 
/* Modes for double-float only quantities.  */
4237 
#define DF_MODES_NO_S ((1 << (int) D_MODE) | (1 << (int) DF_MODE))
4238 
 
4239 
/* Modes for quad-float and double-float only quantities.  */
4240 
#define TF_MODES_NO_S (DF_MODES_NO_S | (1 << (int) TF_MODE))
4241 
 
4242 
/* Modes for quad-float pairs and double-float only quantities.  */
4243 
#define OF_MODES_NO_S (TF_MODES_NO_S | (1 << (int) OF_MODE))
4244 
 
4245 
/* Modes for condition codes.  */
4246 
#define CC_MODES (1 << (int) CC_MODE)
4247 
#define CCFP_MODES (1 << (int) CCFP_MODE)
4248 
 
4249 
/* Value is 1 if register/mode pair is acceptable on sparc.
4250 
   The funny mixture of D and T modes is because integer operations
4251 
   do not specially operate on tetra quantities, so non-quad-aligned
4252 
   registers can hold quadword quantities (except %o4 and %i4 because
4253 
   they cross fixed registers).  */
4254 
 
4255 
/* This points to either the 32 bit or the 64 bit version.  */
4256 
const int *hard_regno_mode_classes;
4257 
 
4258 
static const int hard_32bit_mode_classes[] = {
4259 
  S_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
4260 
  T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
4261 
  T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
4262 
  T_MODES, S_MODES, T_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES, D_MODES, S_MODES,
4263 
 
4264 
  OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
4265 
  OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
4266 
  OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
4267 
  OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, TF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
4268 
 
4269 
  /* FP regs f32 to f63.  Only the even numbered registers actually exist,
4270 
     and none can hold SFmode/SImode values.  */
4271 
  OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
4272 
  OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
4273 
  OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
4274 
  OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, TF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
4275 
 
4276 
  /* %fcc[0123] */
4277 
  CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES,
4278 
 
4279 
  /* %icc, %sfp, %gsr */
4280 
  CC_MODES, 0, D_MODES
4281 
};
4282 
 
4283 
static const int hard_64bit_mode_classes[] = {
4284 
  D_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
4285 
  O_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
4286 
  T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
4287 
  O_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES, T_MODES, D_MODES,
4288 
 
4289 
  OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
4290 
  OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
4291 
  OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
4292 
  OF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES, TF_MODES, SF_MODES, DF_MODES, SF_MODES,
4293 
 
4294 
  /* FP regs f32 to f63.  Only the even numbered registers actually exist,
4295 
     and none can hold SFmode/SImode values.  */
4296 
  OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
4297 
  OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
4298 
  OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
4299 
  OF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0, TF_MODES_NO_S, 0, DF_MODES_NO_S, 0,
4300 
 
4301 
  /* %fcc[0123] */
4302 
  CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES, CCFP_MODES,
4303 
 
4304 
  /* %icc, %sfp, %gsr */
4305 
  CC_MODES, 0, D_MODES
4306 
};
4307 
 
4308 
int sparc_mode_class [NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
4309 
 
4310 
enum reg_class sparc_regno_reg_class[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER];
4311 
 
4312 
static void
4313 
sparc_init_modes (void)
4314 
{
4315 
  int i;
4316 
 
4317 
  for (i = 0; i < NUM_MACHINE_MODES; i++)
4318 
    {
4319 
      switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (i))
4320 
        {
4321 
        case MODE_INT:
4322 
        case MODE_PARTIAL_INT:
4323 
        case MODE_COMPLEX_INT:
4324 
          if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
4325 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) S_MODE;
4326 
          else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
4327 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) D_MODE;
4328 
          else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 16)
4329 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) T_MODE;
4330 
          else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 32)
4331 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) O_MODE;
4332 
          else
4333 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
4334 
          break;
4335 
        case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
4336 
          if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
4337 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int)SF_MODE;
4338 
          else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
4339 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int)DF_MODE;
4340 
          break;
4341 
        case MODE_FLOAT:
4342 
        case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT:
4343 
          if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) <= 4)
4344 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) SF_MODE;
4345 
          else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 8)
4346 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) DF_MODE;
4347 
          else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 16)
4348 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) TF_MODE;
4349 
          else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (i) == 32)
4350 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) OF_MODE;
4351 
          else
4352 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
4353 
          break;
4354 
        case MODE_CC:
4355 
          if (i == (int) CCFPmode || i == (int) CCFPEmode)
4356 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) CCFP_MODE;
4357 
          else
4358 
            sparc_mode_class[i] = 1 << (int) CC_MODE;
4359 
          break;
4360 
        default:
4361 
          sparc_mode_class[i] = 0;
4362 
          break;
4363 
        }
4364 
    }
4365 
 
4366 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
4367 
    hard_regno_mode_classes = hard_64bit_mode_classes;
4368 
  else
4369 
    hard_regno_mode_classes = hard_32bit_mode_classes;
4370 
 
4371 
  /* Initialize the array used by REGNO_REG_CLASS.  */
4372 
  for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
4373 
    {
4374 
      if (i < 16 && TARGET_V8PLUS)
4375 
        sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = I64_REGS;
4376 
      else if (i < 32 || i == FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
4377 
        sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = GENERAL_REGS;
4378 
      else if (i < 64)
4379 
        sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = FP_REGS;
4380 
      else if (i < 96)
4381 
        sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = EXTRA_FP_REGS;
4382 
      else if (i < 100)
4383 
        sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = FPCC_REGS;
4384 
      else
4385 
        sparc_regno_reg_class[i] = NO_REGS;
4386 
    }
4387 
}
4388 
 
4389 
/* Return whether REGNO, a global or FP register, must be saved/restored.  */
4390 
 
4391 
static inline bool
4392 
save_global_or_fp_reg_p (unsigned int regno,
4393 
                         int leaf_function ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4394 
{
4395 
  return !call_used_regs[regno] && df_regs_ever_live_p (regno);
4396 
}
4397 
 
4398 
/* Return whether the return address register (%i7) is needed.  */
4399 
 
4400 
static inline bool
4401 
return_addr_reg_needed_p (int leaf_function)
4402 
{
4403 
  /* If it is live, for example because of __builtin_return_address (0).  */
4404 
  if (df_regs_ever_live_p (RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM))
4405 
    return true;
4406 
 
4407 
  /* Otherwise, it is needed as save register if %o7 is clobbered.  */
4408 
  if (!leaf_function
4409 
      /* Loading the GOT register clobbers %o7.  */
4410 
      || crtl->uses_pic_offset_table
4411 
      || df_regs_ever_live_p (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM))
4412 
    return true;
4413 
 
4414 
  return false;
4415 
}
4416 
 
4417 
/* Return whether REGNO, a local or in register, must be saved/restored.  */
4418 
 
4419 
static bool
4420 
save_local_or_in_reg_p (unsigned int regno, int leaf_function)
4421 
{
4422 
  /* General case: call-saved registers live at some point.  */
4423 
  if (!call_used_regs[regno] && df_regs_ever_live_p (regno))
4424 
    return true;
4425 
 
4426 
  /* Frame pointer register (%fp) if needed.  */
4427 
  if (regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM && frame_pointer_needed)
4428 
    return true;
4429 
 
4430 
  /* Return address register (%i7) if needed.  */
4431 
  if (regno == RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM && return_addr_reg_needed_p (leaf_function))
4432 
    return true;
4433 
 
4434 
  /* GOT register (%l7) if needed.  */
4435 
  if (regno == PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM && crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
4436 
    return true;
4437 
 
4438 
  /* If the function accesses prior frames, the frame pointer and the return
4439 
     address of the previous frame must be saved on the stack.  */
4440 
  if (crtl->accesses_prior_frames
4441 
      && (regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM || regno == RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM))
4442 
    return true;
4443 
 
4444 
  return false;
4445 
}
4446 
 
4447 
/* Compute the frame size required by the function.  This function is called
4448 
   during the reload pass and also by sparc_expand_prologue.  */
4449 
 
4450 
HOST_WIDE_INT
4451 
sparc_compute_frame_size (HOST_WIDE_INT size, int leaf_function)
4452 
{
4453 
  HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size, apparent_frame_size;
4454 
  int args_size, n_global_fp_regs = 0;
4455 
  bool save_local_in_regs_p = false;
4456 
  unsigned int i;
4457 
 
4458 
  /* If the function allocates dynamic stack space, the dynamic offset is
4459 
     computed early and contains REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE, so we need to cope.  */
4460 
  if (leaf_function && !cfun->calls_alloca)
4461 
    args_size = 0;
4462 
  else
4463 
    args_size = crtl->outgoing_args_size + REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (cfun->decl);
4464 
 
4465 
  /* Calculate space needed for global registers.  */
4466 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
4467 
    for (i = 0; i < 8; i++)
4468 
      if (save_global_or_fp_reg_p (i, 0))
4469 
        n_global_fp_regs += 2;
4470 
  else
4471 
    for (i = 0; i < 8; i += 2)
4472 
      if (save_global_or_fp_reg_p (i, 0) || save_global_or_fp_reg_p (i + 1, 0))
4473 
        n_global_fp_regs += 2;
4474 
 
4475 
  /* In the flat window model, find out which local and in registers need to
4476 
     be saved.  We don't reserve space in the current frame for them as they
4477 
     will be spilled into the register window save area of the caller's frame.
4478 
     However, as soon as we use this register window save area, we must create
4479 
     that of the current frame to make it the live one.  */
4480 
  if (TARGET_FLAT)
4481 
    for (i = 16; i < 32; i++)
4482 
      if (save_local_or_in_reg_p (i, leaf_function))
4483 
        {
4484 
         save_local_in_regs_p = true;
4485 
         break;
4486 
        }
4487 
 
4488 
  /* Calculate space needed for FP registers.  */
4489 
  for (i = 32; i < (TARGET_V9 ? 96 : 64); i += 2)
4490 
    if (save_global_or_fp_reg_p (i, 0) || save_global_or_fp_reg_p (i + 1, 0))
4491 
      n_global_fp_regs += 2;
4492 
 
4493 
  if (size == 0
4494 
      && n_global_fp_regs == 0
4495 
      && args_size == 0
4496 
      && !save_local_in_regs_p)
4497 
    frame_size = apparent_frame_size = 0;
4498 
  else
4499 
    {
4500 
      /* We subtract STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET, remember it's negative.  */
4501 
      apparent_frame_size = (size - STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET + 7) & -8;
4502 
      apparent_frame_size += n_global_fp_regs * 4;
4503 
 
4504 
      /* We need to add the size of the outgoing argument area.  */
4505 
      frame_size = apparent_frame_size + ((args_size + 7) & -8);
4506 
 
4507 
      /* And that of the register window save area.  */
4508 
      frame_size += FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (cfun->decl);
4509 
 
4510 
      /* Finally, bump to the appropriate alignment.  */
4511 
      frame_size = SPARC_STACK_ALIGN (frame_size);
4512 
    }
4513 
 
4514 
  /* Set up values for use in prologue and epilogue.  */
4515 
  sparc_frame_size = frame_size;
4516 
  sparc_apparent_frame_size = apparent_frame_size;
4517 
  sparc_n_global_fp_regs = n_global_fp_regs;
4518 
  sparc_save_local_in_regs_p = save_local_in_regs_p;
4519 
 
4520 
  return frame_size;
4521 
}
4522 
 
4523 
/* Output any necessary .register pseudo-ops.  */
4524 
 
4525 
void
4526 
sparc_output_scratch_registers (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4527 
{
4528 
#ifdef HAVE_AS_REGISTER_PSEUDO_OP
4529 
  int i;
4530 
 
4531 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
4532 
    return;
4533 
 
4534 
  /* Check if %g[2367] were used without
4535 
     .register being printed for them already.  */
4536 
  for (i = 2; i < 8; i++)
4537 
    {
4538 
      if (df_regs_ever_live_p (i)
4539 
          && ! sparc_hard_reg_printed [i])
4540 
        {
4541 
          sparc_hard_reg_printed [i] = 1;
4542 
          /* %g7 is used as TLS base register, use #ignore
4543 
             for it instead of #scratch.  */
4544 
          fprintf (file, "\t.register\t%%g%d, #%s\n", i,
4545 
                   i == 7 ? "ignore" : "scratch");
4546 
        }
4547 
      if (i == 3) i = 5;
4548 
    }
4549 
#endif
4550 
}
4551 
 
4552 
#define PROBE_INTERVAL (1 << STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP)
4553 
 
4554 
#if PROBE_INTERVAL > 4096
4555 
#error Cannot use indexed addressing mode for stack probing
4556 
#endif
4557 
 
4558 
/* Emit code to probe a range of stack addresses from FIRST to FIRST+SIZE,
4559 
   inclusive.  These are offsets from the current stack pointer.
4560 
 
4561 
   Note that we don't use the REG+REG addressing mode for the probes because
4562 
   of the stack bias in 64-bit mode.  And it doesn't really buy us anything
4563 
   so the advantages of having a single code win here.  */
4564 
 
4565 
static void
4566 
sparc_emit_probe_stack_range (HOST_WIDE_INT first, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
4567 
{
4568 
  rtx g1 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
4569 
 
4570 
  /* See if we have a constant small number of probes to generate.  If so,
4571 
     that's the easy case.  */
4572 
  if (size <= PROBE_INTERVAL)
4573 
    {
4574 
      emit_move_insn (g1, GEN_INT (first));
4575 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, g1,
4576 
                              gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, g1)));
4577 
      emit_stack_probe (plus_constant (g1, -size));
4578 
    }
4579 
 
4580 
  /* The run-time loop is made up of 10 insns in the generic case while the
4581 
     compile-time loop is made up of 4+2*(n-2) insns for n # of intervals.  */
4582 
  else if (size <= 5 * PROBE_INTERVAL)
4583 
    {
4584 
      HOST_WIDE_INT i;
4585 
 
4586 
      emit_move_insn (g1, GEN_INT (first + PROBE_INTERVAL));
4587 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, g1,
4588 
                              gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, g1)));
4589 
      emit_stack_probe (g1);
4590 
 
4591 
      /* Probe at FIRST + N * PROBE_INTERVAL for values of N from 2 until
4592 
         it exceeds SIZE.  If only two probes are needed, this will not
4593 
         generate any code.  Then probe at FIRST + SIZE.  */
4594 
      for (i = 2 * PROBE_INTERVAL; i < size; i += PROBE_INTERVAL)
4595 
        {
4596 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, g1,
4597 
                                  plus_constant (g1, -PROBE_INTERVAL)));
4598 
          emit_stack_probe (g1);
4599 
        }
4600 
 
4601 
      emit_stack_probe (plus_constant (g1, (i - PROBE_INTERVAL) - size));
4602 
    }
4603 
 
4604 
  /* Otherwise, do the same as above, but in a loop.  Note that we must be
4605 
     extra careful with variables wrapping around because we might be at
4606 
     the very top (or the very bottom) of the address space and we have
4607 
     to be able to handle this case properly; in particular, we use an
4608 
     equality test for the loop condition.  */
4609 
  else
4610 
    {
4611 
      HOST_WIDE_INT rounded_size;
4612 
      rtx g4 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 4);
4613 
 
4614 
      emit_move_insn (g1, GEN_INT (first));
4615 
 
4616 
 
4617 
      /* Step 1: round SIZE to the previous multiple of the interval.  */
4618 
 
4619 
      rounded_size = size & -PROBE_INTERVAL;
4620 
      emit_move_insn (g4, GEN_INT (rounded_size));
4621 
 
4622 
 
4623 
      /* Step 2: compute initial and final value of the loop counter.  */
4624 
 
4625 
      /* TEST_ADDR = SP + FIRST.  */
4626 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, g1,
4627 
                              gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, stack_pointer_rtx, g1)));
4628 
 
4629 
      /* LAST_ADDR = SP + FIRST + ROUNDED_SIZE.  */
4630 
      emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, g4, gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode, g1, g4)));
4631 
 
4632 
 
4633 
      /* Step 3: the loop
4634 
 
4635 
         while (TEST_ADDR != LAST_ADDR)
4636 
           {
4637 
             TEST_ADDR = TEST_ADDR + PROBE_INTERVAL
4638 
             probe at TEST_ADDR
4639 
           }
4640 
 
4641 
         probes at FIRST + N * PROBE_INTERVAL for values of N from 1
4642 
         until it is equal to ROUNDED_SIZE.  */
4643 
 
4644 
      if (TARGET_64BIT)
4645 
        emit_insn (gen_probe_stack_rangedi (g1, g1, g4));
4646 
      else
4647 
        emit_insn (gen_probe_stack_rangesi (g1, g1, g4));
4648 
 
4649 
 
4650 
      /* Step 4: probe at FIRST + SIZE if we cannot assert at compile-time
4651 
         that SIZE is equal to ROUNDED_SIZE.  */
4652 
 
4653 
      if (size != rounded_size)
4654 
        emit_stack_probe (plus_constant (g4, rounded_size - size));
4655 
    }
4656 
 
4657 
  /* Make sure nothing is scheduled before we are done.  */
4658 
  emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
4659 
}
4660 
 
4661 
/* Probe a range of stack addresses from REG1 to REG2 inclusive.  These are
4662 
   absolute addresses.  */
4663 
 
4664 
const char *
4665 
output_probe_stack_range (rtx reg1, rtx reg2)
4666 
{
4667 
  static int labelno = 0;
4668 
  char loop_lab[32], end_lab[32];
4669 
  rtx xops[2];
4670 
 
4671 
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loop_lab, "LPSRL", labelno);
4672 
  ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (end_lab, "LPSRE", labelno++);
4673 
 
4674 
  ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, loop_lab);
4675 
 
4676 
   /* Jump to END_LAB if TEST_ADDR == LAST_ADDR.  */
4677 
  xops[0] = reg1;
4678 
  xops[1] = reg2;
4679 
  output_asm_insn ("cmp\t%0, %1", xops);
4680 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
4681 
    fputs ("\tbe,pn\t%xcc,", asm_out_file);
4682 
  else
4683 
    fputs ("\tbe\t", asm_out_file);
4684 
  assemble_name_raw (asm_out_file, end_lab);
4685 
  fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
4686 
 
4687 
  /* TEST_ADDR = TEST_ADDR + PROBE_INTERVAL.  */
4688 
  xops[1] = GEN_INT (-PROBE_INTERVAL);
4689 
  output_asm_insn (" add\t%0, %1, %0", xops);
4690 
 
4691 
  /* Probe at TEST_ADDR and branch.  */
4692 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
4693 
    fputs ("\tba,pt\t%xcc,", asm_out_file);
4694 
  else
4695 
    fputs ("\tba\t", asm_out_file);
4696 
  assemble_name_raw (asm_out_file, loop_lab);
4697 
  fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
4698 
  xops[1] = GEN_INT (SPARC_STACK_BIAS);
4699 
  output_asm_insn (" st\t%%g0, [%0+%1]", xops);
4700 
 
4701 
  ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, end_lab);
4702 
 
4703 
  return "";
4704 
}
4705 
 
4706 
/* Emit code to save/restore registers from LOW to HIGH at BASE+OFFSET as
4707 
   needed.  LOW is supposed to be double-word aligned for 32-bit registers.
4708 
   SAVE_P decides whether a register must be saved/restored.  ACTION_TRUE
4709 
   is the action to be performed if SAVE_P returns true and ACTION_FALSE
4710 
   the action to be performed if it returns false.  Return the new offset.  */
4711 
 
4712 
typedef bool (*sorr_pred_t) (unsigned int, int);
4713 
typedef enum { SORR_NONE, SORR_ADVANCE, SORR_SAVE, SORR_RESTORE } sorr_act_t;
4714 
 
4715 
static int
4716 
emit_save_or_restore_regs (unsigned int low, unsigned int high, rtx base,
4717 
                           int offset, int leaf_function, sorr_pred_t save_p,
4718 
                           sorr_act_t action_true, sorr_act_t action_false)
4719 
{
4720 
  unsigned int i;
4721 
  rtx mem, insn;
4722 
 
4723 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64 && high <= 32)
4724 
    {
4725 
      int fp_offset = -1;
4726 
 
4727 
      for (i = low; i < high; i++)
4728 
        {
4729 
          if (save_p (i, leaf_function))
4730 
            {
4731 
              mem = gen_frame_mem (DImode, plus_constant (base, offset));
4732 
              if (action_true == SORR_SAVE)
4733 
                {
4734 
                  insn = emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (DImode, i));
4735 
                  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
4736 
                }
4737 
              else  /* action_true == SORR_RESTORE */
4738 
                {
4739 
                  /* The frame pointer must be restored last since its old
4740 
                     value may be used as base address for the frame.  This
4741 
                     is problematic in 64-bit mode only because of the lack
4742 
                     of double-word load instruction.  */
4743 
                  if (i == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
4744 
                    fp_offset = offset;
4745 
                  else
4746 
                    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode, i), mem);
4747 
                }
4748 
              offset += 8;
4749 
            }
4750 
          else if (action_false == SORR_ADVANCE)
4751 
            offset += 8;
4752 
        }
4753 
 
4754 
      if (fp_offset >= 0)
4755 
        {
4756 
          mem = gen_frame_mem (DImode, plus_constant (base, fp_offset));
4757 
          emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx, mem);
4758 
        }
4759 
    }
4760 
  else
4761 
    {
4762 
      for (i = low; i < high; i += 2)
4763 
        {
4764 
          bool reg0 = save_p (i, leaf_function);
4765 
          bool reg1 = save_p (i + 1, leaf_function);
4766 
          enum machine_mode mode;
4767 
          int regno;
4768 
 
4769 
          if (reg0 && reg1)
4770 
            {
4771 
              mode = SPARC_INT_REG_P (i) ? DImode : DFmode;
4772 
              regno = i;
4773 
            }
4774 
          else if (reg0)
4775 
            {
4776 
              mode = SPARC_INT_REG_P (i) ? SImode : SFmode;
4777 
              regno = i;
4778 
            }
4779 
          else if (reg1)
4780 
            {
4781 
              mode = SPARC_INT_REG_P (i) ? SImode : SFmode;
4782 
              regno = i + 1;
4783 
              offset += 4;
4784 
            }
4785 
          else
4786 
            {
4787 
              if (action_false == SORR_ADVANCE)
4788 
                offset += 8;
4789 
              continue;
4790 
            }
4791 
 
4792 
          mem = gen_frame_mem (mode, plus_constant (base, offset));
4793 
          if (action_true == SORR_SAVE)
4794 
            {
4795 
              insn = emit_move_insn (mem, gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno));
4796 
              RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
4797 
              if (mode == DImode)
4798 
                {
4799 
                  rtx set1, set2;
4800 
                  mem = gen_frame_mem (SImode, plus_constant (base, offset));
4801 
                  set1 = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem,
4802 
                                      gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno));
4803 
                  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (set1) = 1;
4804 
                  mem
4805 
                    = gen_frame_mem (SImode, plus_constant (base, offset + 4));
4806 
                  set2 = gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mem,
4807 
                                      gen_rtx_REG (SImode, regno + 1));
4808 
                  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (set2) = 1;
4809 
                  add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
4810 
                                gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode,
4811 
                                                  gen_rtvec (2, set1, set2)));
4812 
                }
4813 
            }
4814 
          else  /* action_true == SORR_RESTORE */
4815 
            emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno), mem);
4816 
 
4817 
          /* Always preserve double-word alignment.  */
4818 
          offset = (offset + 8) & -8;
4819 
        }
4820 
    }
4821 
 
4822 
  return offset;
4823 
}
4824 
 
4825 
/* Emit code to adjust BASE to OFFSET.  Return the new base.  */
4826 
 
4827 
static rtx
4828 
emit_adjust_base_to_offset (rtx base, int offset)
4829 
{
4830 
  /* ??? This might be optimized a little as %g1 might already have a
4831 
     value close enough that a single add insn will do.  */
4832 
  /* ??? Although, all of this is probably only a temporary fix because
4833 
     if %g1 can hold a function result, then sparc_expand_epilogue will
4834 
     lose (the result will be clobbered).  */
4835 
  rtx new_base = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
4836 
  emit_move_insn (new_base, GEN_INT (offset));
4837 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
4838 
                          new_base, gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode, base, new_base)));
4839 
  return new_base;
4840 
}
4841 
 
4842 
/* Emit code to save/restore call-saved global and FP registers.  */
4843 
 
4844 
static void
4845 
emit_save_or_restore_global_fp_regs (rtx base, int offset, sorr_act_t action)
4846 
{
4847 
  if (offset < -4096 || offset + sparc_n_global_fp_regs * 4 > 4095)
4848 
    {
4849 
      base = emit_adjust_base_to_offset  (base, offset);
4850 
      offset = 0;
4851 
    }
4852 
 
4853 
  offset
4854 
    = emit_save_or_restore_regs (0, 8, base, offset, 0,
4855 
                                 save_global_or_fp_reg_p, action, SORR_NONE);
4856 
  emit_save_or_restore_regs (32, TARGET_V9 ? 96 : 64, base, offset, 0,
4857 
                             save_global_or_fp_reg_p, action, SORR_NONE);
4858 
}
4859 
 
4860 
/* Emit code to save/restore call-saved local and in registers.  */
4861 
 
4862 
static void
4863 
emit_save_or_restore_local_in_regs (rtx base, int offset, sorr_act_t action)
4864 
{
4865 
  if (offset < -4096 || offset + 16 * UNITS_PER_WORD > 4095)
4866 
    {
4867 
      base = emit_adjust_base_to_offset  (base, offset);
4868 
      offset = 0;
4869 
    }
4870 
 
4871 
  emit_save_or_restore_regs (16, 32, base, offset, sparc_leaf_function_p,
4872 
                             save_local_or_in_reg_p, action, SORR_ADVANCE);
4873 
}
4874 
 
4875 
/* Emit a window_save insn.  */
4876 
 
4877 
static rtx
4878 
emit_window_save (rtx increment)
4879 
{
4880 
  rtx insn = emit_insn (gen_window_save (increment));
4881 
  RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
4882 
 
4883 
  /* The incoming return address (%o7) is saved in %i7.  */
4884 
  add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_REGISTER,
4885 
                gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
4886 
                             gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM),
4887 
                             gen_rtx_REG (Pmode,
4888 
                                          INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM)));
4889 
 
4890 
  /* The window save event.  */
4891 
  add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_WINDOW_SAVE, const0_rtx);
4892 
 
4893 
  /* The CFA is %fp, the hard frame pointer.  */
4894 
  add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_DEF_CFA,
4895 
                plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
4896 
                               INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET));
4897 
 
4898 
  return insn;
4899 
}
4900 
 
4901 
/* Generate an increment for the stack pointer.  */
4902 
 
4903 
static rtx
4904 
gen_stack_pointer_inc (rtx increment)
4905 
{
4906 
  return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
4907 
                      stack_pointer_rtx,
4908 
                      gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
4909 
                                    stack_pointer_rtx,
4910 
                                    increment));
4911 
}
4912 
 
4913 
/* Generate a decrement for the stack pointer.  */
4914 
 
4915 
static rtx
4916 
gen_stack_pointer_dec (rtx decrement)
4917 
{
4918 
  return gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
4919 
                      stack_pointer_rtx,
4920 
                      gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode,
4921 
                                     stack_pointer_rtx,
4922 
                                     decrement));
4923 
}
4924 
 
4925 
/* Expand the function prologue.  The prologue is responsible for reserving
4926 
   storage for the frame, saving the call-saved registers and loading the
4927 
   GOT register if needed.  */
4928 
 
4929 
void
4930 
sparc_expand_prologue (void)
4931 
{
4932 
  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
4933 
  rtx insn;
4934 
 
4935 
  /* Compute a snapshot of current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs.  Relying
4936 
     on the final value of the flag means deferring the prologue/epilogue
4937 
     expansion until just before the second scheduling pass, which is too
4938 
     late to emit multiple epilogues or return insns.
4939 
 
4940 
     Of course we are making the assumption that the value of the flag
4941 
     will not change between now and its final value.  Of the three parts
4942 
     of the formula, only the last one can reasonably vary.  Let's take a
4943 
     closer look, after assuming that the first two ones are set to true
4944 
     (otherwise the last value is effectively silenced).
4945 
 
4946 
     If only_leaf_regs_used returns false, the global predicate will also
4947 
     be false so the actual frame size calculated below will be positive.
4948 
     As a consequence, the save_register_window insn will be emitted in
4949 
     the instruction stream; now this insn explicitly references %fp
4950 
     which is not a leaf register so only_leaf_regs_used will always
4951 
     return false subsequently.
4952 
 
4953 
     If only_leaf_regs_used returns true, we hope that the subsequent
4954 
     optimization passes won't cause non-leaf registers to pop up.  For
4955 
     example, the regrename pass has special provisions to not rename to
4956 
     non-leaf registers in a leaf function.  */
4957 
  sparc_leaf_function_p
4958 
    = optimize > 0 && current_function_is_leaf && only_leaf_regs_used ();
4959 
 
4960 
  size = sparc_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size(), sparc_leaf_function_p);
4961 
 
4962 
  if (flag_stack_usage_info)
4963 
    current_function_static_stack_size = size;
4964 
 
4965 
  if (flag_stack_check == STATIC_BUILTIN_STACK_CHECK && size)
4966 
    sparc_emit_probe_stack_range (STACK_CHECK_PROTECT, size);
4967 
 
4968 
  if (size == 0)
4969 
    ; /* do nothing.  */
4970 
  else if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
4971 
    {
4972 
      rtx size_int_rtx = GEN_INT (-size);
4973 
 
4974 
      if (size <= 4096)
4975 
        insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (size_int_rtx));
4976 
      else if (size <= 8192)
4977 
        {
4978 
          insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (-4096)));
4979 
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
4980 
 
4981 
          /* %sp is still the CFA register.  */
4982 
          insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (4096 - size)));
4983 
        }
4984 
      else
4985 
        {
4986 
          rtx size_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
4987 
          emit_move_insn (size_rtx, size_int_rtx);
4988 
          insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (size_rtx));
4989 
          add_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR,
4990 
                        gen_stack_pointer_inc (size_int_rtx));
4991 
        }
4992 
 
4993 
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
4994 
    }
4995 
  else
4996 
    {
4997 
      rtx size_int_rtx = GEN_INT (-size);
4998 
 
4999 
      if (size <= 4096)
5000 
        emit_window_save (size_int_rtx);
5001 
      else if (size <= 8192)
5002 
        {
5003 
          emit_window_save (GEN_INT (-4096));
5004 
 
5005 
          /* %sp is not the CFA register anymore.  */
5006 
          emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (4096 - size)));
5007 
 
5008 
          /* Make sure no %fp-based store is issued until after the frame is
5009 
             established.  The offset between the frame pointer and the stack
5010 
             pointer is calculated relative to the value of the stack pointer
5011 
             at the end of the function prologue, and moving instructions that
5012 
             access the stack via the frame pointer between the instructions
5013 
             that decrement the stack pointer could result in accessing the
5014 
             register window save area, which is volatile.  */
5015 
          emit_insn (gen_frame_blockage ());
5016 
        }
5017 
      else
5018 
        {
5019 
          rtx size_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
5020 
          emit_move_insn (size_rtx, size_int_rtx);
5021 
          emit_window_save (size_rtx);
5022 
        }
5023 
    }
5024 
 
5025 
  if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
5026 
    {
5027 
      sparc_frame_base_reg = stack_pointer_rtx;
5028 
      sparc_frame_base_offset = size + SPARC_STACK_BIAS;
5029 
    }
5030 
  else
5031 
    {
5032 
      sparc_frame_base_reg = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
5033 
      sparc_frame_base_offset = SPARC_STACK_BIAS;
5034 
    }
5035 
 
5036 
  if (sparc_n_global_fp_regs > 0)
5037 
    emit_save_or_restore_global_fp_regs (sparc_frame_base_reg,
5038 
                                         sparc_frame_base_offset
5039 
                                           - sparc_apparent_frame_size,
5040 
                                         SORR_SAVE);
5041 
 
5042 
  /* Load the GOT register if needed.  */
5043 
  if (crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
5044 
    load_got_register ();
5045 
 
5046 
  /* Advertise that the data calculated just above are now valid.  */
5047 
  sparc_prologue_data_valid_p = true;
5048 
}
5049 
 
5050 
/* Expand the function prologue.  The prologue is responsible for reserving
5051 
   storage for the frame, saving the call-saved registers and loading the
5052 
   GOT register if needed.  */
5053 
 
5054 
void
5055 
sparc_flat_expand_prologue (void)
5056 
{
5057 
  HOST_WIDE_INT size;
5058 
  rtx insn;
5059 
 
5060 
  sparc_leaf_function_p = optimize > 0 && current_function_is_leaf;
5061 
 
5062 
  size = sparc_compute_frame_size (get_frame_size(), sparc_leaf_function_p);
5063 
 
5064 
  if (flag_stack_usage_info)
5065 
    current_function_static_stack_size = size;
5066 
 
5067 
  if (flag_stack_check == STATIC_BUILTIN_STACK_CHECK && size)
5068 
    sparc_emit_probe_stack_range (STACK_CHECK_PROTECT, size);
5069 
 
5070 
  if (sparc_save_local_in_regs_p)
5071 
    emit_save_or_restore_local_in_regs (stack_pointer_rtx, SPARC_STACK_BIAS,
5072 
                                        SORR_SAVE);
5073 
 
5074 
  if (size == 0)
5075 
    ; /* do nothing.  */
5076 
  else
5077 
    {
5078 
      rtx size_int_rtx, size_rtx;
5079 
 
5080 
      size_rtx = size_int_rtx = GEN_INT (-size);
5081 
 
5082 
      /* We establish the frame (i.e. decrement the stack pointer) first, even
5083 
         if we use a frame pointer, because we cannot clobber any call-saved
5084 
         registers, including the frame pointer, if we haven't created a new
5085 
         register save area, for the sake of compatibility with the ABI.  */
5086 
      if (size <= 4096)
5087 
        insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (size_int_rtx));
5088 
      else if (size <= 8192 && !frame_pointer_needed)
5089 
        {
5090 
          insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (-4096)));
5091 
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
5092 
          insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (4096 - size)));
5093 
        }
5094 
      else
5095 
        {
5096 
          size_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
5097 
          emit_move_insn (size_rtx, size_int_rtx);
5098 
          insn = emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (size_rtx));
5099 
          add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA,
5100 
                        gen_stack_pointer_inc (size_int_rtx));
5101 
        }
5102 
      RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
5103 
 
5104 
      /* Ensure nothing is scheduled until after the frame is established.  */
5105 
      emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
5106 
 
5107 
      if (frame_pointer_needed)
5108 
        {
5109 
          insn = emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
5110 
                                         gen_rtx_MINUS (Pmode,
5111 
                                                        stack_pointer_rtx,
5112 
                                                        size_rtx)));
5113 
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
5114 
 
5115 
          add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA,
5116 
                        gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, hard_frame_pointer_rtx,
5117 
                                     plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
5118 
                                                    size)));
5119 
        }
5120 
 
5121 
      if (return_addr_reg_needed_p (sparc_leaf_function_p))
5122 
        {
5123 
          rtx o7 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM);
5124 
          rtx i7 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM);
5125 
 
5126 
          insn = emit_move_insn (i7, o7);
5127 
          RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn) = 1;
5128 
 
5129 
          add_reg_note (insn, REG_CFA_REGISTER,
5130 
                        gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, i7, o7));
5131 
 
5132 
          /* Prevent this instruction from ever being considered dead,
5133 
             even if this function has no epilogue.  */
5134 
          emit_use (i7);
5135 
        }
5136 
    }
5137 
 
5138 
  if (frame_pointer_needed)
5139 
    {
5140 
      sparc_frame_base_reg = hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
5141 
      sparc_frame_base_offset = SPARC_STACK_BIAS;
5142 
    }
5143 
  else
5144 
    {
5145 
      sparc_frame_base_reg = stack_pointer_rtx;
5146 
      sparc_frame_base_offset = size + SPARC_STACK_BIAS;
5147 
    }
5148 
 
5149 
  if (sparc_n_global_fp_regs > 0)
5150 
    emit_save_or_restore_global_fp_regs (sparc_frame_base_reg,
5151 
                                         sparc_frame_base_offset
5152 
                                           - sparc_apparent_frame_size,
5153 
                                         SORR_SAVE);
5154 
 
5155 
  /* Load the GOT register if needed.  */
5156 
  if (crtl->uses_pic_offset_table)
5157 
    load_got_register ();
5158 
 
5159 
  /* Advertise that the data calculated just above are now valid.  */
5160 
  sparc_prologue_data_valid_p = true;
5161 
}
5162 
 
5163 
/* This function generates the assembly code for function entry, which boils
5164 
   down to emitting the necessary .register directives.  */
5165 
 
5166 
static void
5167 
sparc_asm_function_prologue (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5168 
{
5169 
  /* Check that the assumption we made in sparc_expand_prologue is valid.  */
5170 
  if (!TARGET_FLAT)
5171 
    gcc_assert (sparc_leaf_function_p == current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs);
5172 
 
5173 
  sparc_output_scratch_registers (file);
5174 
}
5175 
 
5176 
/* Expand the function epilogue, either normal or part of a sibcall.
5177 
   We emit all the instructions except the return or the call.  */
5178 
 
5179 
void
5180 
sparc_expand_epilogue (bool for_eh)
5181 
{
5182 
  HOST_WIDE_INT size = sparc_frame_size;
5183 
 
5184 
  if (sparc_n_global_fp_regs > 0)
5185 
    emit_save_or_restore_global_fp_regs (sparc_frame_base_reg,
5186 
                                         sparc_frame_base_offset
5187 
                                           - sparc_apparent_frame_size,
5188 
                                         SORR_RESTORE);
5189 
 
5190 
  if (size == 0 || for_eh)
5191 
    ; /* do nothing.  */
5192 
  else if (sparc_leaf_function_p)
5193 
    {
5194 
      if (size <= 4096)
5195 
        emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (-size)));
5196 
      else if (size <= 8192)
5197 
        {
5198 
          emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (-4096)));
5199 
          emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (4096 - size)));
5200 
        }
5201 
      else
5202 
        {
5203 
          rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
5204 
          emit_move_insn (reg, GEN_INT (-size));
5205 
          emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (reg));
5206 
        }
5207 
    }
5208 
}
5209 
 
5210 
/* Expand the function epilogue, either normal or part of a sibcall.
5211 
   We emit all the instructions except the return or the call.  */
5212 
 
5213 
void
5214 
sparc_flat_expand_epilogue (bool for_eh)
5215 
{
5216 
  HOST_WIDE_INT size = sparc_frame_size;
5217 
 
5218 
  if (sparc_n_global_fp_regs > 0)
5219 
    emit_save_or_restore_global_fp_regs (sparc_frame_base_reg,
5220 
                                         sparc_frame_base_offset
5221 
                                           - sparc_apparent_frame_size,
5222 
                                         SORR_RESTORE);
5223 
 
5224 
  /* If we have a frame pointer, we'll need both to restore it before the
5225 
     frame is destroyed and use its current value in destroying the frame.
5226 
     Since we don't have an atomic way to do that in the flat window model,
5227 
     we save the current value into a temporary register (%g1).  */
5228 
  if (frame_pointer_needed && !for_eh)
5229 
    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1), hard_frame_pointer_rtx);
5230 
 
5231 
  if (return_addr_reg_needed_p (sparc_leaf_function_p))
5232 
    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM),
5233 
                    gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, RETURN_ADDR_REGNUM));
5234 
 
5235 
  if (sparc_save_local_in_regs_p)
5236 
    emit_save_or_restore_local_in_regs (sparc_frame_base_reg,
5237 
                                        sparc_frame_base_offset,
5238 
                                        SORR_RESTORE);
5239 
 
5240 
  if (size == 0 || for_eh)
5241 
    ; /* do nothing.  */
5242 
  else if (frame_pointer_needed)
5243 
    {
5244 
      /* Make sure the frame is destroyed after everything else is done.  */
5245 
      emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
5246 
 
5247 
      emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx, gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1));
5248 
    }
5249 
  else
5250 
    {
5251 
      /* Likewise.  */
5252 
      emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
5253 
 
5254 
      if (size <= 4096)
5255 
        emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (-size)));
5256 
      else if (size <= 8192)
5257 
        {
5258 
          emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (-4096)));
5259 
          emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (4096 - size)));
5260 
        }
5261 
      else
5262 
        {
5263 
          rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
5264 
          emit_move_insn (reg, GEN_INT (-size));
5265 
          emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (reg));
5266 
        }
5267 
    }
5268 
}
5269 
 
5270 
/* Return true if it is appropriate to emit `return' instructions in the
5271 
   body of a function.  */
5272 
 
5273 
bool
5274 
sparc_can_use_return_insn_p (void)
5275 
{
5276 
  return sparc_prologue_data_valid_p
5277 
         && sparc_n_global_fp_regs == 0
5278 
         && TARGET_FLAT
5279 
            ? (sparc_frame_size == 0 && !sparc_save_local_in_regs_p)
5280 
            : (sparc_frame_size == 0 || !sparc_leaf_function_p);
5281 
}
5282 
 
5283 
/* This function generates the assembly code for function exit.  */
5284 
 
5285 
static void
5286 
sparc_asm_function_epilogue (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5287 
{
5288 
  /* If the last two instructions of a function are "call foo; dslot;"
5289 
     the return address might point to the first instruction in the next
5290 
     function and we have to output a dummy nop for the sake of sane
5291 
     backtraces in such cases.  This is pointless for sibling calls since
5292 
     the return address is explicitly adjusted.  */
5293 
 
5294 
  rtx insn, last_real_insn;
5295 
 
5296 
  insn = get_last_insn ();
5297 
 
5298 
  last_real_insn = prev_real_insn (insn);
5299 
  if (last_real_insn
5300 
      && GET_CODE (last_real_insn) == INSN
5301 
      && GET_CODE (PATTERN (last_real_insn)) == SEQUENCE)
5302 
    last_real_insn = XVECEXP (PATTERN (last_real_insn), 0, 0);
5303 
 
5304 
  if (last_real_insn
5305 
      && CALL_P (last_real_insn)
5306 
      && !SIBLING_CALL_P (last_real_insn))
5307 
    fputs("\tnop\n", file);
5308 
 
5309 
  sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors ();
5310 
}
5311 
 
5312 
/* Output a 'restore' instruction.  */
5313 
 
5314 
static void
5315 
output_restore (rtx pat)
5316 
{
5317 
  rtx operands[3];
5318 
 
5319 
  if (! pat)
5320 
    {
5321 
      fputs ("\t restore\n", asm_out_file);
5322 
      return;
5323 
    }
5324 
 
5325 
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat) == SET);
5326 
 
5327 
  operands[0] = SET_DEST (pat);
5328 
  pat = SET_SRC (pat);
5329 
 
5330 
  switch (GET_CODE (pat))
5331 
    {
5332 
      case PLUS:
5333 
        operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
5334 
        operands[2] = XEXP (pat, 1);
5335 
        output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %2, %Y0", operands);
5336 
        break;
5337 
      case LO_SUM:
5338 
        operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
5339 
        operands[2] = XEXP (pat, 1);
5340 
        output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %%lo(%a2), %Y0", operands);
5341 
        break;
5342 
      case ASHIFT:
5343 
        operands[1] = XEXP (pat, 0);
5344 
        gcc_assert (XEXP (pat, 1) == const1_rtx);
5345 
        output_asm_insn (" restore %r1, %r1, %Y0", operands);
5346 
        break;
5347 
      default:
5348 
        operands[1] = pat;
5349 
        output_asm_insn (" restore %%g0, %1, %Y0", operands);
5350 
        break;
5351 
    }
5352 
}
5353 
 
5354 
/* Output a return.  */
5355 
 
5356 
const char *
5357 
output_return (rtx insn)
5358 
{
5359 
  if (crtl->calls_eh_return)
5360 
    {
5361 
      /* If the function uses __builtin_eh_return, the eh_return
5362 
         machinery occupies the delay slot.  */
5363 
      gcc_assert (!final_sequence);
5364 
 
5365 
      if (flag_delayed_branch)
5366 
        {
5367 
          if (!TARGET_FLAT && TARGET_V9)
5368 
            fputs ("\treturn\t%i7+8\n", asm_out_file);
5369 
          else
5370 
            {
5371 
              if (!TARGET_FLAT)
5372 
                fputs ("\trestore\n", asm_out_file);
5373 
 
5374 
              fputs ("\tjmp\t%o7+8\n", asm_out_file);
5375 
            }
5376 
 
5377 
          fputs ("\t add\t%sp, %g1, %sp\n", asm_out_file);
5378 
        }
5379 
      else
5380 
        {
5381 
          if (!TARGET_FLAT)
5382 
            fputs ("\trestore\n", asm_out_file);
5383 
 
5384 
          fputs ("\tadd\t%sp, %g1, %sp\n", asm_out_file);
5385 
          fputs ("\tjmp\t%o7+8\n\t nop\n", asm_out_file);
5386 
        }
5387 
    }
5388 
  else if (sparc_leaf_function_p || TARGET_FLAT)
5389 
    {
5390 
      /* This is a leaf or flat function so we don't have to bother restoring
5391 
         the register window, which frees us from dealing with the convoluted
5392 
         semantics of restore/return.  We simply output the jump to the
5393 
         return address and the insn in the delay slot (if any).  */
5394 
 
5395 
      return "jmp\t%%o7+%)%#";
5396 
    }
5397 
  else
5398 
    {
5399 
      /* This is a regular function so we have to restore the register window.
5400 
         We may have a pending insn for the delay slot, which will be either
5401 
         combined with the 'restore' instruction or put in the delay slot of
5402 
         the 'return' instruction.  */
5403 
 
5404 
      if (final_sequence)
5405 
        {
5406 
          rtx delay, pat;
5407 
 
5408 
          delay = NEXT_INSN (insn);
5409 
          gcc_assert (delay);
5410 
 
5411 
          pat = PATTERN (delay);
5412 
 
5413 
          if (TARGET_V9 && ! epilogue_renumber (&pat, 1))
5414 
            {
5415 
              epilogue_renumber (&pat, 0);
5416 
              return "return\t%%i7+%)%#";
5417 
            }
5418 
          else
5419 
            {
5420 
              output_asm_insn ("jmp\t%%i7+%)", NULL);
5421 
              output_restore (pat);
5422 
              PATTERN (delay) = gen_blockage ();
5423 
              INSN_CODE (delay) = -1;
5424 
            }
5425 
        }
5426 
      else
5427 
        {
5428 
          /* The delay slot is empty.  */
5429 
          if (TARGET_V9)
5430 
            return "return\t%%i7+%)\n\t nop";
5431 
          else if (flag_delayed_branch)
5432 
            return "jmp\t%%i7+%)\n\t restore";
5433 
          else
5434 
            return "restore\n\tjmp\t%%o7+%)\n\t nop";
5435 
        }
5436 
    }
5437 
 
5438 
  return "";
5439 
}
5440 
 
5441 
/* Output a sibling call.  */
5442 
 
5443 
const char *
5444 
output_sibcall (rtx insn, rtx call_operand)
5445 
{
5446 
  rtx operands[1];
5447 
 
5448 
  gcc_assert (flag_delayed_branch);
5449 
 
5450 
  operands[0] = call_operand;
5451 
 
5452 
  if (sparc_leaf_function_p || TARGET_FLAT)
5453 
    {
5454 
      /* This is a leaf or flat function so we don't have to bother restoring
5455 
         the register window.  We simply output the jump to the function and
5456 
         the insn in the delay slot (if any).  */
5457 
 
5458 
      gcc_assert (!(LEAF_SIBCALL_SLOT_RESERVED_P && final_sequence));
5459 
 
5460 
      if (final_sequence)
5461 
        output_asm_insn ("sethi\t%%hi(%a0), %%g1\n\tjmp\t%%g1 + %%lo(%a0)%#",
5462 
                         operands);
5463 
      else
5464 
        /* Use or with rs2 %%g0 instead of mov, so that as/ld can optimize
5465 
           it into branch if possible.  */
5466 
        output_asm_insn ("or\t%%o7, %%g0, %%g1\n\tcall\t%a0, 0\n\t or\t%%g1, %%g0, %%o7",
5467 
                         operands);
5468 
    }
5469 
  else
5470 
    {
5471 
      /* This is a regular function so we have to restore the register window.
5472 
         We may have a pending insn for the delay slot, which will be combined
5473 
         with the 'restore' instruction.  */
5474 
 
5475 
      output_asm_insn ("call\t%a0, 0", operands);
5476 
 
5477 
      if (final_sequence)
5478 
        {
5479 
          rtx delay = NEXT_INSN (insn);
5480 
          gcc_assert (delay);
5481 
 
5482 
          output_restore (PATTERN (delay));
5483 
 
5484 
          PATTERN (delay) = gen_blockage ();
5485 
          INSN_CODE (delay) = -1;
5486 
        }
5487 
      else
5488 
        output_restore (NULL_RTX);
5489 
    }
5490 
 
5491 
  return "";
5492 
}
5493 
 
5494 
/* Functions for handling argument passing.
5495 
 
5496 
   For 32-bit, the first 6 args are normally in registers and the rest are
5497 
   pushed.  Any arg that starts within the first 6 words is at least
5498 
   partially passed in a register unless its data type forbids.
5499 
 
5500 
   For 64-bit, the argument registers are laid out as an array of 16 elements
5501 
   and arguments are added sequentially.  The first 6 int args and up to the
5502 
   first 16 fp args (depending on size) are passed in regs.
5503 
 
5504 
   Slot    Stack   Integral   Float   Float in structure   Double   Long Double
5505 
   ----    -----   --------   -----   ------------------   ------   -----------
5506 
    15   [SP+248]              %f31       %f30,%f31         %d30
5507 
    14   [SP+240]              %f29       %f28,%f29         %d28       %q28
5508 
    13   [SP+232]              %f27       %f26,%f27         %d26
5509 
    12   [SP+224]              %f25       %f24,%f25         %d24       %q24
5510 
    11   [SP+216]              %f23       %f22,%f23         %d22
5511 
    10   [SP+208]              %f21       %f20,%f21         %d20       %q20
5512 
     9   [SP+200]              %f19       %f18,%f19         %d18
5513 
     8   [SP+192]              %f17       %f16,%f17         %d16       %q16
5514 
     7   [SP+184]              %f15       %f14,%f15         %d14
5515 
     6   [SP+176]              %f13       %f12,%f13         %d12       %q12
5516 
     5   [SP+168]     %o5      %f11       %f10,%f11         %d10
5517 
     4   [SP+160]     %o4       %f9        %f8,%f9           %d8        %q8
5518 
     3   [SP+152]     %o3       %f7        %f6,%f7           %d6
5519 
     2   [SP+144]     %o2       %f5        %f4,%f5           %d4        %q4
5520 
     1   [SP+136]     %o1       %f3        %f2,%f3           %d2
5521 
 
5522 
 
5523 
   Here SP = %sp if -mno-stack-bias or %sp+stack_bias otherwise.
5524 
 
5525 
   Integral arguments are always passed as 64-bit quantities appropriately
5526 
   extended.
5527 
 
5528 
   Passing of floating point values is handled as follows.
5529 
   If a prototype is in scope:
5530 
     If the value is in a named argument (i.e. not a stdarg function or a
5531 
     value not part of the `...') then the value is passed in the appropriate
5532 
     fp reg.
5533 
     If the value is part of the `...' and is passed in one of the first 6
5534 
     slots then the value is passed in the appropriate int reg.
5535 
     If the value is part of the `...' and is not passed in one of the first 6
5536 
     slots then the value is passed in memory.
5537 
   If a prototype is not in scope:
5538 
     If the value is one of the first 6 arguments the value is passed in the
5539 
     appropriate integer reg and the appropriate fp reg.
5540 
     If the value is not one of the first 6 arguments the value is passed in
5541 
     the appropriate fp reg and in memory.
5542 
 
5543 
 
5544 
   Summary of the calling conventions implemented by GCC on the SPARC:
5545 
 
5546 
   32-bit ABI:
5547 
                                size      argument     return value
5548 
 
5549 
      small integer              <4       int. reg.      int. reg.
5550 
      word                        4       int. reg.      int. reg.
5551 
      double word                 8       int. reg.      int. reg.
5552 
 
5553 
      _Complex small integer     <8       int. reg.      int. reg.
5554 
      _Complex word               8       int. reg.      int. reg.
5555 
      _Complex double word       16        memory        int. reg.
5556 
 
5557 
      vector integer            <=8       int. reg.       FP reg.
5558 
      vector integer             >8        memory         memory
5559 
 
5560 
      float                       4       int. reg.       FP reg.
5561 
      double                      8       int. reg.       FP reg.
5562 
      long double                16        memory         memory
5563 
 
5564 
      _Complex float              8        memory         FP reg.
5565 
      _Complex double            16        memory         FP reg.
5566 
      _Complex long double       32        memory         FP reg.
5567 
 
5568 
      vector float              any        memory         memory
5569 
 
5570 
      aggregate                 any        memory         memory
5571 
 
5572 
 
5573 
 
5574 
    64-bit ABI:
5575 
                                size      argument     return value
5576 
 
5577 
      small integer              <8       int. reg.      int. reg.
5578 
      word                        8       int. reg.      int. reg.
5579 
      double word                16       int. reg.      int. reg.
5580 
 
5581 
      _Complex small integer    <16       int. reg.      int. reg.
5582 
      _Complex word              16       int. reg.      int. reg.
5583 
      _Complex double word       32        memory        int. reg.
5584 
 
5585 
      vector integer           <=16        FP reg.        FP reg.
5586 
      vector integer       16<s<=32        memory         FP reg.
5587 
      vector integer            >32        memory         memory
5588 
 
5589 
      float                       4        FP reg.        FP reg.
5590 
      double                      8        FP reg.        FP reg.
5591 
      long double                16        FP reg.        FP reg.
5592 
 
5593 
      _Complex float              8        FP reg.        FP reg.
5594 
      _Complex double            16        FP reg.        FP reg.
5595 
      _Complex long double       32        memory         FP reg.
5596 
 
5597 
      vector float             <=16        FP reg.        FP reg.
5598 
      vector float         16<s<=32        memory         FP reg.
5599 
      vector float              >32        memory         memory
5600 
 
5601 
      aggregate                <=16         reg.           reg.
5602 
      aggregate            16<s<=32        memory          reg.
5603 
      aggregate                 >32        memory         memory
5604 
 
5605 
 
5606 
 
5607 
Note #1: complex floating-point types follow the extended SPARC ABIs as
5608 
implemented by the Sun compiler.
5609 
 
5610 
Note #2: integral vector types follow the scalar floating-point types
5611 
conventions to match what is implemented by the Sun VIS SDK.
5612 
 
5613 
Note #3: floating-point vector types follow the aggregate types
5614 
conventions.  */
5615 
 
5616 
 
5617 
/* Maximum number of int regs for args.  */
5618 
#define SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX 6
5619 
/* Maximum number of fp regs for args.  */
5620 
#define SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX 16
5621 
 
5622 
#define ROUND_ADVANCE(SIZE) (((SIZE) + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
5623 
 
5624 
/* Handle the INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS macro.
5625 
   Initialize a variable CUM of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS
5626 
   for a call to a function whose data type is FNTYPE.
5627 
   For a library call, FNTYPE is 0.  */
5628 
 
5629 
void
5630 
init_cumulative_args (struct sparc_args *cum, tree fntype,
5631 
                      rtx libname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5632 
                      tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5633 
{
5634 
  cum->words = 0;
5635 
  cum->prototype_p = fntype && prototype_p (fntype);
5636 
  cum->libcall_p = fntype == 0;
5637 
}
5638 
 
5639 
/* Handle promotion of pointer and integer arguments.  */
5640 
 
5641 
static enum machine_mode
5642 
sparc_promote_function_mode (const_tree type,
5643 
                             enum machine_mode mode,
5644 
                             int *punsignedp,
5645 
                             const_tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5646 
                             int for_return ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5647 
{
5648 
  if (type != NULL_TREE && POINTER_TYPE_P (type))
5649 
    {
5650 
      *punsignedp = POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED;
5651 
      return Pmode;
5652 
    }
5653 
 
5654 
  /* Integral arguments are passed as full words, as per the ABI.  */
5655 
  if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT
5656 
      && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD)
5657 
    return word_mode;
5658 
 
5659 
  return mode;
5660 
}
5661 
 
5662 
/* Handle the TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING target hook.  */
5663 
 
5664 
static bool
5665 
sparc_strict_argument_naming (cumulative_args_t ca ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5666 
{
5667 
  return TARGET_ARCH64 ? true : false;
5668 
}
5669 
 
5670 
/* Scan the record type TYPE and return the following predicates:
5671 
    - INTREGS_P: the record contains at least one field or sub-field
5672 
      that is eligible for promotion in integer registers.
5673 
    - FP_REGS_P: the record contains at least one field or sub-field
5674 
      that is eligible for promotion in floating-point registers.
5675 
    - PACKED_P: the record contains at least one field that is packed.
5676 
 
5677 
   Sub-fields are not taken into account for the PACKED_P predicate.  */
5678 
 
5679 
static void
5680 
scan_record_type (const_tree type, int *intregs_p, int *fpregs_p,
5681 
                  int *packed_p)
5682 
{
5683 
  tree field;
5684 
 
5685 
  for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
5686 
    {
5687 
      if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
5688 
        {
5689 
          if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE)
5690 
            scan_record_type (TREE_TYPE (field), intregs_p, fpregs_p, 0);
5691 
          else if ((FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field))
5692 
                   || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
5693 
                  && TARGET_FPU)
5694 
            *fpregs_p = 1;
5695 
          else
5696 
            *intregs_p = 1;
5697 
 
5698 
          if (packed_p && DECL_PACKED (field))
5699 
            *packed_p = 1;
5700 
        }
5701 
    }
5702 
}
5703 
 
5704 
/* Compute the slot number to pass an argument in.
5705 
   Return the slot number or -1 if passing on the stack.
5706 
 
5707 
   CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
5708 
    the preceding args and about the function being called.
5709 
   MODE is the argument's machine mode.
5710 
   TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
5711 
    This is null for libcalls where that information may
5712 
    not be available.
5713 
   NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
5714 
    (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
5715 
   INCOMING_P is zero for FUNCTION_ARG, nonzero for FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG.
5716 
   *PREGNO records the register number to use if scalar type.
5717 
   *PPADDING records the amount of padding needed in words.  */
5718 
 
5719 
static int
5720 
function_arg_slotno (const struct sparc_args *cum, enum machine_mode mode,
5721 
                     const_tree type, bool named, bool incoming_p,
5722 
                     int *pregno, int *ppadding)
5723 
{
5724 
  int regbase = (incoming_p
5725 
                 ? SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST
5726 
                 : SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
5727 
  int slotno = cum->words;
5728 
  enum mode_class mclass;
5729 
  int regno;
5730 
 
5731 
  *ppadding = 0;
5732 
 
5733 
  if (type && TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type))
5734 
    return -1;
5735 
 
5736 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32
5737 
      && mode == BLKmode
5738 
      && type
5739 
      && TYPE_ALIGN (type) % PARM_BOUNDARY != 0)
5740 
    return -1;
5741 
 
5742 
  /* For SPARC64, objects requiring 16-byte alignment get it.  */
5743 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64
5744 
      && (type ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode)) >= 128
5745 
      && (slotno & 1) != 0)
5746 
    slotno++, *ppadding = 1;
5747 
 
5748 
  mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
5749 
  if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
5750 
    {
5751 
      /* Vector types deserve special treatment because they are
5752 
         polymorphic wrt their mode, depending upon whether VIS
5753 
         instructions are enabled.  */
5754 
      if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
5755 
        {
5756 
          /* The SPARC port defines no floating-point vector modes.  */
5757 
          gcc_assert (mode == BLKmode);
5758 
        }
5759 
      else
5760 
        {
5761 
          /* Integral vector types should either have a vector
5762 
             mode or an integral mode, because we are guaranteed
5763 
             by pass_by_reference that their size is not greater
5764 
             than 16 bytes and TImode is 16-byte wide.  */
5765 
          gcc_assert (mode != BLKmode);
5766 
 
5767 
          /* Vector integers are handled like floats according to
5768 
             the Sun VIS SDK.  */
5769 
          mclass = MODE_FLOAT;
5770 
        }
5771 
    }
5772 
 
5773 
  switch (mclass)
5774 
    {
5775 
    case MODE_FLOAT:
5776 
    case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT:
5777 
    case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
5778 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64 && TARGET_FPU && named)
5779 
        {
5780 
          if (slotno >= SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
5781 
            return -1;
5782 
          regno = SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST + slotno * 2;
5783 
          /* Arguments filling only one single FP register are
5784 
             right-justified in the outer double FP register.  */
5785 
          if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4)
5786 
            regno++;
5787 
          break;
5788 
        }
5789 
      /* fallthrough */
5790 
 
5791 
    case MODE_INT:
5792 
    case MODE_COMPLEX_INT:
5793 
      if (slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
5794 
        return -1;
5795 
      regno = regbase + slotno;
5796 
      break;
5797 
 
5798 
    case MODE_RANDOM:
5799 
      if (mode == VOIDmode)
5800 
        /* MODE is VOIDmode when generating the actual call.  */
5801 
        return -1;
5802 
 
5803 
      gcc_assert (mode == BLKmode);
5804 
 
5805 
      if (TARGET_ARCH32
5806 
          || !type
5807 
          || (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE
5808 
              && TREE_CODE (type) != RECORD_TYPE))
5809 
        {
5810 
          if (slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
5811 
            return -1;
5812 
          regno = regbase + slotno;
5813 
        }
5814 
      else  /* TARGET_ARCH64 && type */
5815 
        {
5816 
          int intregs_p = 0, fpregs_p = 0, packed_p = 0;
5817 
 
5818 
          /* First see what kinds of registers we would need.  */
5819 
          if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
5820 
            fpregs_p = 1;
5821 
          else
5822 
            scan_record_type (type, &intregs_p, &fpregs_p, &packed_p);
5823 
 
5824 
          /* The ABI obviously doesn't specify how packed structures
5825 
             are passed.  These are defined to be passed in int regs
5826 
             if possible, otherwise memory.  */
5827 
          if (packed_p || !named)
5828 
            fpregs_p = 0, intregs_p = 1;
5829 
 
5830 
          /* If all arg slots are filled, then must pass on stack.  */
5831 
          if (fpregs_p && slotno >= SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
5832 
            return -1;
5833 
 
5834 
          /* If there are only int args and all int arg slots are filled,
5835 
             then must pass on stack.  */
5836 
          if (!fpregs_p && intregs_p && slotno >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
5837 
            return -1;
5838 
 
5839 
          /* Note that even if all int arg slots are filled, fp members may
5840 
             still be passed in regs if such regs are available.
5841 
             *PREGNO isn't set because there may be more than one, it's up
5842 
             to the caller to compute them.  */
5843 
          return slotno;
5844 
        }
5845 
      break;
5846 
 
5847 
    default :
5848 
      gcc_unreachable ();
5849 
    }
5850 
 
5851 
  *pregno = regno;
5852 
  return slotno;
5853 
}
5854 
 
5855 
/* Handle recursive register counting for structure field layout.  */
5856 
 
5857 
struct function_arg_record_value_parms
5858 
{
5859 
  rtx ret;              /* return expression being built.  */
5860 
  int slotno;           /* slot number of the argument.  */
5861 
  int named;            /* whether the argument is named.  */
5862 
  int regbase;          /* regno of the base register.  */
5863 
  int stack;            /* 1 if part of the argument is on the stack.  */
5864 
  int intoffset;        /* offset of the first pending integer field.  */
5865 
  unsigned int nregs;   /* number of words passed in registers.  */
5866 
};
5867 
 
5868 
static void function_arg_record_value_3
5869 
 (HOST_WIDE_INT, struct function_arg_record_value_parms *);
5870 
static void function_arg_record_value_2
5871 
 (const_tree, HOST_WIDE_INT, struct function_arg_record_value_parms *, bool);
5872 
static void function_arg_record_value_1
5873 
 (const_tree, HOST_WIDE_INT, struct function_arg_record_value_parms *, bool);
5874 
static rtx function_arg_record_value (const_tree, enum machine_mode, int, int, int);
5875 
static rtx function_arg_union_value (int, enum machine_mode, int, int);
5876 
 
5877 
/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value.  Traverse the structure
5878 
   recursively and determine how many registers will be required.  */
5879 
 
5880 
static void
5881 
function_arg_record_value_1 (const_tree type, HOST_WIDE_INT startbitpos,
5882 
                             struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms,
5883 
                             bool packed_p)
5884 
{
5885 
  tree field;
5886 
 
5887 
  /* We need to compute how many registers are needed so we can
5888 
     allocate the PARALLEL but before we can do that we need to know
5889 
     whether there are any packed fields.  The ABI obviously doesn't
5890 
     specify how structures are passed in this case, so they are
5891 
     defined to be passed in int regs if possible, otherwise memory,
5892 
     regardless of whether there are fp values present.  */
5893 
 
5894 
  if (! packed_p)
5895 
    for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = TREE_CHAIN (field))
5896 
      {
5897 
        if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL && DECL_PACKED (field))
5898 
          {
5899 
            packed_p = true;
5900 
            break;
5901 
          }
5902 
      }
5903 
 
5904 
  /* Compute how many registers we need.  */
5905 
  for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
5906 
    {
5907 
      if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
5908 
        {
5909 
          HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = startbitpos;
5910 
 
5911 
          if (DECL_SIZE (field) != 0)
5912 
            {
5913 
              if (integer_zerop (DECL_SIZE (field)))
5914 
                continue;
5915 
 
5916 
              if (host_integerp (bit_position (field), 1))
5917 
                bitpos += int_bit_position (field);
5918 
            }
5919 
 
5920 
          /* ??? FIXME: else assume zero offset.  */
5921 
 
5922 
          if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE)
5923 
            function_arg_record_value_1 (TREE_TYPE (field),
5924 
                                         bitpos,
5925 
                                         parms,
5926 
                                         packed_p);
5927 
          else if ((FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field))
5928 
                    || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
5929 
                   && TARGET_FPU
5930 
                   && parms->named
5931 
                   && ! packed_p)
5932 
            {
5933 
              if (parms->intoffset != -1)
5934 
                {
5935 
                  unsigned int startbit, endbit;
5936 
                  int intslots, this_slotno;
5937 
 
5938 
                  startbit = parms->intoffset & -BITS_PER_WORD;
5939 
                  endbit   = (bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -BITS_PER_WORD;
5940 
 
5941 
                  intslots = (endbit - startbit) / BITS_PER_WORD;
5942 
                  this_slotno = parms->slotno + parms->intoffset
5943 
                    / BITS_PER_WORD;
5944 
 
5945 
                  if (intslots > 0 && intslots > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno)
5946 
                    {
5947 
                      intslots = MAX (0, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
5948 
                      /* We need to pass this field on the stack.  */
5949 
                      parms->stack = 1;
5950 
                    }
5951 
 
5952 
                  parms->nregs += intslots;
5953 
                  parms->intoffset = -1;
5954 
                }
5955 
 
5956 
              /* There's no need to check this_slotno < SPARC_FP_ARG MAX.
5957 
                 If it wasn't true we wouldn't be here.  */
5958 
              if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE
5959 
                  && DECL_MODE (field) == BLKmode)
5960 
                parms->nregs += TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (TREE_TYPE (field));
5961 
              else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
5962 
                parms->nregs += 2;
5963 
              else
5964 
                parms->nregs += 1;
5965 
            }
5966 
          else
5967 
            {
5968 
              if (parms->intoffset == -1)
5969 
                parms->intoffset = bitpos;
5970 
            }
5971 
        }
5972 
    }
5973 
}
5974 
 
5975 
/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value.  Assign the bits of the
5976 
   structure between parms->intoffset and bitpos to integer registers.  */
5977 
 
5978 
static void
5979 
function_arg_record_value_3 (HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos,
5980 
                             struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms)
5981 
{
5982 
  enum machine_mode mode;
5983 
  unsigned int regno;
5984 
  unsigned int startbit, endbit;
5985 
  int this_slotno, intslots, intoffset;
5986 
  rtx reg;
5987 
 
5988 
  if (parms->intoffset == -1)
5989 
    return;
5990 
 
5991 
  intoffset = parms->intoffset;
5992 
  parms->intoffset = -1;
5993 
 
5994 
  startbit = intoffset & -BITS_PER_WORD;
5995 
  endbit = (bitpos + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -BITS_PER_WORD;
5996 
  intslots = (endbit - startbit) / BITS_PER_WORD;
5997 
  this_slotno = parms->slotno + intoffset / BITS_PER_WORD;
5998 
 
5999 
  intslots = MIN (intslots, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
6000 
  if (intslots <= 0)
6001 
    return;
6002 
 
6003 
  /* If this is the trailing part of a word, only load that much into
6004 
     the register.  Otherwise load the whole register.  Note that in
6005 
     the latter case we may pick up unwanted bits.  It's not a problem
6006 
     at the moment but may wish to revisit.  */
6007 
 
6008 
  if (intoffset % BITS_PER_WORD != 0)
6009 
    mode = smallest_mode_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD - intoffset % BITS_PER_WORD,
6010 
                                   MODE_INT);
6011 
  else
6012 
    mode = word_mode;
6013 
 
6014 
  intoffset /= BITS_PER_UNIT;
6015 
  do
6016 
    {
6017 
      regno = parms->regbase + this_slotno;
6018 
      reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
6019 
      XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
6020 
        = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, GEN_INT (intoffset));
6021 
 
6022 
      this_slotno += 1;
6023 
      intoffset = (intoffset | (UNITS_PER_WORD-1)) + 1;
6024 
      mode = word_mode;
6025 
      parms->nregs += 1;
6026 
      intslots -= 1;
6027 
    }
6028 
  while (intslots > 0);
6029 
}
6030 
 
6031 
/* A subroutine of function_arg_record_value.  Traverse the structure
6032 
   recursively and assign bits to floating point registers.  Track which
6033 
   bits in between need integer registers; invoke function_arg_record_value_3
6034 
   to make that happen.  */
6035 
 
6036 
static void
6037 
function_arg_record_value_2 (const_tree type, HOST_WIDE_INT startbitpos,
6038 
                             struct function_arg_record_value_parms *parms,
6039 
                             bool packed_p)
6040 
{
6041 
  tree field;
6042 
 
6043 
  if (! packed_p)
6044 
    for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
6045 
      {
6046 
        if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL && DECL_PACKED (field))
6047 
          {
6048 
            packed_p = true;
6049 
            break;
6050 
          }
6051 
      }
6052 
 
6053 
  for (field = TYPE_FIELDS (type); field; field = DECL_CHAIN (field))
6054 
    {
6055 
      if (TREE_CODE (field) == FIELD_DECL)
6056 
        {
6057 
          HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos = startbitpos;
6058 
 
6059 
          if (DECL_SIZE (field) != 0)
6060 
            {
6061 
              if (integer_zerop (DECL_SIZE (field)))
6062 
                continue;
6063 
 
6064 
              if (host_integerp (bit_position (field), 1))
6065 
                bitpos += int_bit_position (field);
6066 
            }
6067 
 
6068 
          /* ??? FIXME: else assume zero offset.  */
6069 
 
6070 
          if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == RECORD_TYPE)
6071 
            function_arg_record_value_2 (TREE_TYPE (field),
6072 
                                         bitpos,
6073 
                                         parms,
6074 
                                         packed_p);
6075 
          else if ((FLOAT_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (field))
6076 
                    || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE)
6077 
                   && TARGET_FPU
6078 
                   && parms->named
6079 
                   && ! packed_p)
6080 
            {
6081 
              int this_slotno = parms->slotno + bitpos / BITS_PER_WORD;
6082 
              int regno, nregs, pos;
6083 
              enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (field);
6084 
              rtx reg;
6085 
 
6086 
              function_arg_record_value_3 (bitpos, parms);
6087 
 
6088 
              if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == VECTOR_TYPE
6089 
                  && mode == BLKmode)
6090 
                {
6091 
                  mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (field)));
6092 
                  nregs = TYPE_VECTOR_SUBPARTS (TREE_TYPE (field));
6093 
                }
6094 
              else if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field)) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
6095 
                {
6096 
                  mode = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (field)));
6097 
                  nregs = 2;
6098 
                }
6099 
              else
6100 
                nregs = 1;
6101 
 
6102 
              regno = SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST + this_slotno * 2;
6103 
              if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) <= 4 && (bitpos & 32) != 0)
6104 
                regno++;
6105 
              reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
6106 
              pos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
6107 
              XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
6108 
                = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, GEN_INT (pos));
6109 
              parms->nregs += 1;
6110 
              while (--nregs > 0)
6111 
                {
6112 
                  regno += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
6113 
                  reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
6114 
                  pos += GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
6115 
                  XVECEXP (parms->ret, 0, parms->stack + parms->nregs)
6116 
                    = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, GEN_INT (pos));
6117 
                  parms->nregs += 1;
6118 
                }
6119 
            }
6120 
          else
6121 
            {
6122 
              if (parms->intoffset == -1)
6123 
                parms->intoffset = bitpos;
6124 
            }
6125 
        }
6126 
    }
6127 
}
6128 
 
6129 
/* Used by function_arg and sparc_function_value_1 to implement the complex
6130 
   conventions of the 64-bit ABI for passing and returning structures.
6131 
   Return an expression valid as a return value for the FUNCTION_ARG
6132 
   and TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE.
6133 
 
6134 
   TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
6135 
    This is null for libcalls where that information may
6136 
    not be available.
6137 
   MODE is the argument's machine mode.
6138 
   SLOTNO is the index number of the argument's slot in the parameter array.
6139 
   NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
6140 
    (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
6141 
   REGBASE is the regno of the base register for the parameter array.  */
6142 
 
6143 
static rtx
6144 
function_arg_record_value (const_tree type, enum machine_mode mode,
6145 
                           int slotno, int named, int regbase)
6146 
{
6147 
  HOST_WIDE_INT typesize = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6148 
  struct function_arg_record_value_parms parms;
6149 
  unsigned int nregs;
6150 
 
6151 
  parms.ret = NULL_RTX;
6152 
  parms.slotno = slotno;
6153 
  parms.named = named;
6154 
  parms.regbase = regbase;
6155 
  parms.stack = 0;
6156 
 
6157 
  /* Compute how many registers we need.  */
6158 
  parms.nregs = 0;
6159 
  parms.intoffset = 0;
6160 
  function_arg_record_value_1 (type, 0, &parms, false);
6161 
 
6162 
  /* Take into account pending integer fields.  */
6163 
  if (parms.intoffset != -1)
6164 
    {
6165 
      unsigned int startbit, endbit;
6166 
      int intslots, this_slotno;
6167 
 
6168 
      startbit = parms.intoffset & -BITS_PER_WORD;
6169 
      endbit = (typesize*BITS_PER_UNIT + BITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -BITS_PER_WORD;
6170 
      intslots = (endbit - startbit) / BITS_PER_WORD;
6171 
      this_slotno = slotno + parms.intoffset / BITS_PER_WORD;
6172 
 
6173 
      if (intslots > 0 && intslots > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno)
6174 
        {
6175 
          intslots = MAX (0, SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - this_slotno);
6176 
          /* We need to pass this field on the stack.  */
6177 
          parms.stack = 1;
6178 
        }
6179 
 
6180 
      parms.nregs += intslots;
6181 
    }
6182 
  nregs = parms.nregs;
6183 
 
6184 
  /* Allocate the vector and handle some annoying special cases.  */
6185 
  if (nregs == 0)
6186 
    {
6187 
      /* ??? Empty structure has no value?  Duh?  */
6188 
      if (typesize <= 0)
6189 
        {
6190 
          /* Though there's nothing really to store, return a word register
6191 
             anyway so the rest of gcc doesn't go nuts.  Returning a PARALLEL
6192 
             leads to breakage due to the fact that there are zero bytes to
6193 
             load.  */
6194 
          return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regbase);
6195 
        }
6196 
      else
6197 
        {
6198 
          /* ??? C++ has structures with no fields, and yet a size.  Give up
6199 
             for now and pass everything back in integer registers.  */
6200 
          nregs = (typesize + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) / UNITS_PER_WORD;
6201 
        }
6202 
      if (nregs + slotno > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
6203 
        nregs = SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - slotno;
6204 
    }
6205 
  gcc_assert (nregs != 0);
6206 
 
6207 
  parms.ret = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (parms.stack + nregs));
6208 
 
6209 
  /* If at least one field must be passed on the stack, generate
6210 
     (parallel [(expr_list (nil) ...) ...]) so that all fields will
6211 
     also be passed on the stack.  We can't do much better because the
6212 
     semantics of TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES doesn't handle the case
6213 
     of structures for which the fields passed exclusively in registers
6214 
     are not at the beginning of the structure.  */
6215 
  if (parms.stack)
6216 
    XVECEXP (parms.ret, 0, 0)
6217 
      = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx);
6218 
 
6219 
  /* Fill in the entries.  */
6220 
  parms.nregs = 0;
6221 
  parms.intoffset = 0;
6222 
  function_arg_record_value_2 (type, 0, &parms, false);
6223 
  function_arg_record_value_3 (typesize * BITS_PER_UNIT, &parms);
6224 
 
6225 
  gcc_assert (parms.nregs == nregs);
6226 
 
6227 
  return parms.ret;
6228 
}
6229 
 
6230 
/* Used by function_arg and sparc_function_value_1 to implement the conventions
6231 
   of the 64-bit ABI for passing and returning unions.
6232 
   Return an expression valid as a return value for the FUNCTION_ARG
6233 
   and TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE.
6234 
 
6235 
   SIZE is the size in bytes of the union.
6236 
   MODE is the argument's machine mode.
6237 
   REGNO is the hard register the union will be passed in.  */
6238 
 
6239 
static rtx
6240 
function_arg_union_value (int size, enum machine_mode mode, int slotno,
6241 
                          int regno)
6242 
{
6243 
  int nwords = ROUND_ADVANCE (size), i;
6244 
  rtx regs;
6245 
 
6246 
  /* See comment in previous function for empty structures.  */
6247 
  if (nwords == 0)
6248 
    return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
6249 
 
6250 
  if (slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 1)
6251 
    nwords = 1;
6252 
 
6253 
  regs = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, rtvec_alloc (nwords));
6254 
 
6255 
  for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
6256 
    {
6257 
      /* Unions are passed left-justified.  */
6258 
      XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)
6259 
        = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
6260 
                             gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, regno),
6261 
                             GEN_INT (UNITS_PER_WORD * i));
6262 
      regno++;
6263 
    }
6264 
 
6265 
  return regs;
6266 
}
6267 
 
6268 
/* Used by function_arg and sparc_function_value_1 to implement the conventions
6269 
   for passing and returning large (BLKmode) vectors.
6270 
   Return an expression valid as a return value for the FUNCTION_ARG
6271 
   and TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE.
6272 
 
6273 
   SIZE is the size in bytes of the vector (at least 8 bytes).
6274 
   REGNO is the FP hard register the vector will be passed in.  */
6275 
 
6276 
static rtx
6277 
function_arg_vector_value (int size, int regno)
6278 
{
6279 
  int i, nregs = size / 8;
6280 
  rtx regs;
6281 
 
6282 
  regs = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (BLKmode, rtvec_alloc (nregs));
6283 
 
6284 
  for (i = 0; i < nregs; i++)
6285 
    {
6286 
      XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)
6287 
        = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
6288 
                             gen_rtx_REG (DImode, regno + 2*i),
6289 
                             GEN_INT (i*8));
6290 
    }
6291 
 
6292 
  return regs;
6293 
}
6294 
 
6295 
/* Determine where to put an argument to a function.
6296 
   Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
6297 
   or a hard register in which to store the argument.
6298 
 
6299 
   CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
6300 
    the preceding args and about the function being called.
6301 
   MODE is the argument's machine mode.
6302 
   TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
6303 
    This is null for libcalls where that information may
6304 
    not be available.
6305 
   NAMED is true if this argument is a named parameter
6306 
    (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
6307 
   INCOMING_P is false for TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG, true for
6308 
    TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG.  */
6309 
 
6310 
static rtx
6311 
sparc_function_arg_1 (cumulative_args_t cum_v, enum machine_mode mode,
6312 
                      const_tree type, bool named, bool incoming_p)
6313 
{
6314 
  const CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum = get_cumulative_args (cum_v);
6315 
 
6316 
  int regbase = (incoming_p
6317 
                 ? SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST
6318 
                 : SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
6319 
  int slotno, regno, padding;
6320 
  enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
6321 
 
6322 
  slotno = function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, incoming_p,
6323 
                                &regno, &padding);
6324 
  if (slotno == -1)
6325 
    return 0;
6326 
 
6327 
  /* Vector types deserve special treatment because they are polymorphic wrt
6328 
     their mode, depending upon whether VIS instructions are enabled.  */
6329 
  if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
6330 
    {
6331 
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6332 
      gcc_assert ((TARGET_ARCH32 && size <= 8)
6333 
                  || (TARGET_ARCH64 && size <= 16));
6334 
 
6335 
      if (mode == BLKmode)
6336 
        return function_arg_vector_value (size,
6337 
                                          SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST + 2*slotno);
6338 
      else
6339 
        mclass = MODE_FLOAT;
6340 
    }
6341 
 
6342 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
6343 
    return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
6344 
 
6345 
  /* Structures up to 16 bytes in size are passed in arg slots on the stack
6346 
     and are promoted to registers if possible.  */
6347 
  if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
6348 
    {
6349 
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6350 
      gcc_assert (size <= 16);
6351 
 
6352 
      return function_arg_record_value (type, mode, slotno, named, regbase);
6353 
    }
6354 
 
6355 
  /* Unions up to 16 bytes in size are passed in integer registers.  */
6356 
  else if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
6357 
    {
6358 
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6359 
      gcc_assert (size <= 16);
6360 
 
6361 
      return function_arg_union_value (size, mode, slotno, regno);
6362 
    }
6363 
 
6364 
  /* v9 fp args in reg slots beyond the int reg slots get passed in regs
6365 
     but also have the slot allocated for them.
6366 
     If no prototype is in scope fp values in register slots get passed
6367 
     in two places, either fp regs and int regs or fp regs and memory.  */
6368 
  else if ((mclass == MODE_FLOAT || mclass == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
6369 
           && SPARC_FP_REG_P (regno))
6370 
    {
6371 
      rtx reg = gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
6372 
      if (cum->prototype_p || cum->libcall_p)
6373 
        {
6374 
          /* "* 2" because fp reg numbers are recorded in 4 byte
6375 
             quantities.  */
6376 
#if 0
6377 
          /* ??? This will cause the value to be passed in the fp reg and
6378 
             in the stack.  When a prototype exists we want to pass the
6379 
             value in the reg but reserve space on the stack.  That's an
6380 
             optimization, and is deferred [for a bit].  */
6381 
          if ((regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) >= SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX * 2)
6382 
            return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode,
6383 
                            gen_rtvec (2,
6384 
                                       gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
6385 
                                                NULL_RTX, const0_rtx),
6386 
                                       gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode,
6387 
                                                reg, const0_rtx)));
6388 
          else
6389 
#else
6390 
          /* ??? It seems that passing back a register even when past
6391 
             the area declared by REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE will allocate
6392 
             space appropriately, and will not copy the data onto the
6393 
             stack, exactly as we desire.
6394 
 
6395 
             This is due to locate_and_pad_parm being called in
6396 
             expand_call whenever reg_parm_stack_space > 0, which
6397 
             while beneficial to our example here, would seem to be
6398 
             in error from what had been intended.  Ho hum...  -- r~ */
6399 
#endif
6400 
            return reg;
6401 
        }
6402 
      else
6403 
        {
6404 
          rtx v0, v1;
6405 
 
6406 
          if ((regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) < SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX * 2)
6407 
            {
6408 
              int intreg;
6409 
 
6410 
              /* On incoming, we don't need to know that the value
6411 
                 is passed in %f0 and %i0, and it confuses other parts
6412 
                 causing needless spillage even on the simplest cases.  */
6413 
              if (incoming_p)
6414 
                return reg;
6415 
 
6416 
              intreg = (SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST
6417 
                        + (regno - SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST) / 2);
6418 
 
6419 
              v0 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, const0_rtx);
6420 
              v1 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, gen_rtx_REG (mode, intreg),
6421 
                                      const0_rtx);
6422 
              return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec (2, v0, v1));
6423 
            }
6424 
          else
6425 
            {
6426 
              v0 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, NULL_RTX, const0_rtx);
6427 
              v1 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, reg, const0_rtx);
6428 
              return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode, gen_rtvec (2, v0, v1));
6429 
            }
6430 
        }
6431 
    }
6432 
 
6433 
  /* All other aggregate types are passed in an integer register in a mode
6434 
     corresponding to the size of the type.  */
6435 
  else if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
6436 
    {
6437 
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6438 
      gcc_assert (size <= 16);
6439 
 
6440 
      mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
6441 
    }
6442 
 
6443 
  return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
6444 
}
6445 
 
6446 
/* Handle the TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG target hook.  */
6447 
 
6448 
static rtx
6449 
sparc_function_arg (cumulative_args_t cum, enum machine_mode mode,
6450 
                    const_tree type, bool named)
6451 
{
6452 
  return sparc_function_arg_1 (cum, mode, type, named, false);
6453 
}
6454 
 
6455 
/* Handle the TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG target hook.  */
6456 
 
6457 
static rtx
6458 
sparc_function_incoming_arg (cumulative_args_t cum, enum machine_mode mode,
6459 
                             const_tree type, bool named)
6460 
{
6461 
  return sparc_function_arg_1 (cum, mode, type, named, true);
6462 
}
6463 
 
6464 
/* For sparc64, objects requiring 16 byte alignment are passed that way.  */
6465 
 
6466 
static unsigned int
6467 
sparc_function_arg_boundary (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
6468 
{
6469 
  return ((TARGET_ARCH64
6470 
           && (GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (mode) == 128
6471 
               || (type && TYPE_ALIGN (type) == 128)))
6472 
          ? 128
6473 
          : PARM_BOUNDARY);
6474 
}
6475 
 
6476 
/* For an arg passed partly in registers and partly in memory,
6477 
   this is the number of bytes of registers used.
6478 
   For args passed entirely in registers or entirely in memory, zero.
6479 
 
6480 
   Any arg that starts in the first 6 regs but won't entirely fit in them
6481 
   needs partial registers on v8.  On v9, structures with integer
6482 
   values in arg slots 5,6 will be passed in %o5 and SP+176, and complex fp
6483 
   values that begin in the last fp reg [where "last fp reg" varies with the
6484 
   mode] will be split between that reg and memory.  */
6485 
 
6486 
static int
6487 
sparc_arg_partial_bytes (cumulative_args_t cum, enum machine_mode mode,
6488 
                         tree type, bool named)
6489 
{
6490 
  int slotno, regno, padding;
6491 
 
6492 
  /* We pass false for incoming_p here, it doesn't matter.  */
6493 
  slotno = function_arg_slotno (get_cumulative_args (cum), mode, type, named,
6494 
                                false, &regno, &padding);
6495 
 
6496 
  if (slotno == -1)
6497 
    return 0;
6498 
 
6499 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
6500 
    {
6501 
      if ((slotno + (mode == BLKmode
6502 
                     ? ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type))
6503 
                     : ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))))
6504 
          > SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX)
6505 
        return (SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - slotno) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
6506 
    }
6507 
  else
6508 
    {
6509 
      /* We are guaranteed by pass_by_reference that the size of the
6510 
         argument is not greater than 16 bytes, so we only need to return
6511 
         one word if the argument is partially passed in registers.  */
6512 
 
6513 
      if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
6514 
        {
6515 
          int size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6516 
 
6517 
          if (size > UNITS_PER_WORD
6518 
              && slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 1)
6519 
            return UNITS_PER_WORD;
6520 
        }
6521 
      else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_INT
6522 
               || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
6523 
                   && ! (TARGET_FPU && named)))
6524 
        {
6525 
          /* The complex types are passed as packed types.  */
6526 
          if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
6527 
              && slotno == SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX - 1)
6528 
            return UNITS_PER_WORD;
6529 
        }
6530 
      else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
6531 
        {
6532 
          if ((slotno + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / UNITS_PER_WORD)
6533 
              > SPARC_FP_ARG_MAX)
6534 
            return UNITS_PER_WORD;
6535 
        }
6536 
    }
6537 
 
6538 
  return 0;
6539 
}
6540 
 
6541 
/* Handle the TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE target hook.
6542 
   Specify whether to pass the argument by reference.  */
6543 
 
6544 
static bool
6545 
sparc_pass_by_reference (cumulative_args_t cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6546 
                         enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
6547 
                         bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6548 
{
6549 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
6550 
    /* Original SPARC 32-bit ABI says that structures and unions,
6551 
       and quad-precision floats are passed by reference.  For Pascal,
6552 
       also pass arrays by reference.  All other base types are passed
6553 
       in registers.
6554 
 
6555 
       Extended ABI (as implemented by the Sun compiler) says that all
6556 
       complex floats are passed by reference.  Pass complex integers
6557 
       in registers up to 8 bytes.  More generally, enforce the 2-word
6558 
       cap for passing arguments in registers.
6559 
 
6560 
       Vector ABI (as implemented by the Sun VIS SDK) says that vector
6561 
       integers are passed like floats of the same size, that is in
6562 
       registers up to 8 bytes.  Pass all vector floats by reference
6563 
       like structure and unions.  */
6564 
    return ((type && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || VECTOR_FLOAT_TYPE_P (type)))
6565 
            || mode == SCmode
6566 
            /* Catch CDImode, TFmode, DCmode and TCmode.  */
6567 
            || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 8
6568 
            || (type
6569 
                && TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
6570 
                && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 8));
6571 
  else
6572 
    /* Original SPARC 64-bit ABI says that structures and unions
6573 
       smaller than 16 bytes are passed in registers, as well as
6574 
       all other base types.
6575 
 
6576 
       Extended ABI (as implemented by the Sun compiler) says that
6577 
       complex floats are passed in registers up to 16 bytes.  Pass
6578 
       all complex integers in registers up to 16 bytes.  More generally,
6579 
       enforce the 2-word cap for passing arguments in registers.
6580 
 
6581 
       Vector ABI (as implemented by the Sun VIS SDK) says that vector
6582 
       integers are passed like floats of the same size, that is in
6583 
       registers (up to 16 bytes).  Pass all vector floats like structure
6584 
       and unions.  */
6585 
    return ((type
6586 
             && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
6587 
             && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 16)
6588 
            /* Catch CTImode and TCmode.  */
6589 
            || GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) > 16);
6590 
}
6591 
 
6592 
/* Handle the TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE hook.
6593 
   Update the data in CUM to advance over an argument
6594 
   of mode MODE and data type TYPE.
6595 
   TYPE is null for libcalls where that information may not be available.  */
6596 
 
6597 
static void
6598 
sparc_function_arg_advance (cumulative_args_t cum_v, enum machine_mode mode,
6599 
                            const_tree type, bool named)
6600 
{
6601 
  CUMULATIVE_ARGS *cum = get_cumulative_args (cum_v);
6602 
  int regno, padding;
6603 
 
6604 
  /* We pass false for incoming_p here, it doesn't matter.  */
6605 
  function_arg_slotno (cum, mode, type, named, false, &regno, &padding);
6606 
 
6607 
  /* If argument requires leading padding, add it.  */
6608 
  cum->words += padding;
6609 
 
6610 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
6611 
    {
6612 
      cum->words += (mode != BLKmode
6613 
                     ? ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
6614 
                     : ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type)));
6615 
    }
6616 
  else
6617 
    {
6618 
      if (type && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
6619 
        {
6620 
          int size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6621 
 
6622 
          if (size <= 8)
6623 
            ++cum->words;
6624 
          else if (size <= 16)
6625 
            cum->words += 2;
6626 
          else /* passed by reference */
6627 
            ++cum->words;
6628 
        }
6629 
      else
6630 
        {
6631 
          cum->words += (mode != BLKmode
6632 
                         ? ROUND_ADVANCE (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
6633 
                         : ROUND_ADVANCE (int_size_in_bytes (type)));
6634 
        }
6635 
    }
6636 
}
6637 
 
6638 
/* Handle the FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING macro.
6639 
   For the 64 bit ABI structs are always stored left shifted in their
6640 
   argument slot.  */
6641 
 
6642 
enum direction
6643 
function_arg_padding (enum machine_mode mode, const_tree type)
6644 
{
6645 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64 && type != 0 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
6646 
    return upward;
6647 
 
6648 
  /* Fall back to the default.  */
6649 
  return DEFAULT_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING (mode, type);
6650 
}
6651 
 
6652 
/* Handle the TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY target hook.
6653 
   Specify whether to return the return value in memory.  */
6654 
 
6655 
static bool
6656 
sparc_return_in_memory (const_tree type, const_tree fntype ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6657 
{
6658 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
6659 
    /* Original SPARC 32-bit ABI says that structures and unions,
6660 
       and quad-precision floats are returned in memory.  All other
6661 
       base types are returned in registers.
6662 
 
6663 
       Extended ABI (as implemented by the Sun compiler) says that
6664 
       all complex floats are returned in registers (8 FP registers
6665 
       at most for '_Complex long double').  Return all complex integers
6666 
       in registers (4 at most for '_Complex long long').
6667 
 
6668 
       Vector ABI (as implemented by the Sun VIS SDK) says that vector
6669 
       integers are returned like floats of the same size, that is in
6670 
       registers up to 8 bytes and in memory otherwise.  Return all
6671 
       vector floats in memory like structure and unions; note that
6672 
       they always have BLKmode like the latter.  */
6673 
    return (TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode
6674 
            || TYPE_MODE (type) == TFmode
6675 
            || (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE
6676 
                && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 8));
6677 
  else
6678 
    /* Original SPARC 64-bit ABI says that structures and unions
6679 
       smaller than 32 bytes are returned in registers, as well as
6680 
       all other base types.
6681 
 
6682 
       Extended ABI (as implemented by the Sun compiler) says that all
6683 
       complex floats are returned in registers (8 FP registers at most
6684 
       for '_Complex long double').  Return all complex integers in
6685 
       registers (4 at most for '_Complex TItype').
6686 
 
6687 
       Vector ABI (as implemented by the Sun VIS SDK) says that vector
6688 
       integers are returned like floats of the same size, that is in
6689 
       registers.  Return all vector floats like structure and unions;
6690 
       note that they always have BLKmode like the latter.  */
6691 
    return (TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode
6692 
            && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) int_size_in_bytes (type) > 32);
6693 
}
6694 
 
6695 
/* Handle the TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE target hook.
6696 
   Return where to find the structure return value address.  */
6697 
 
6698 
static rtx
6699 
sparc_struct_value_rtx (tree fndecl, int incoming)
6700 
{
6701 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
6702 
    return 0;
6703 
  else
6704 
    {
6705 
      rtx mem;
6706 
 
6707 
      if (incoming)
6708 
        mem = gen_frame_mem (Pmode, plus_constant (frame_pointer_rtx,
6709 
                                                   STRUCT_VALUE_OFFSET));
6710 
      else
6711 
        mem = gen_frame_mem (Pmode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
6712 
                                                   STRUCT_VALUE_OFFSET));
6713 
 
6714 
      /* Only follow the SPARC ABI for fixed-size structure returns.
6715 
         Variable size structure returns are handled per the normal
6716 
         procedures in GCC. This is enabled by -mstd-struct-return */
6717 
      if (incoming == 2
6718 
          && sparc_std_struct_return
6719 
          && TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (fndecl))
6720 
          && TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (fndecl))) == INTEGER_CST)
6721 
        {
6722 
          /* We must check and adjust the return address, as it is
6723 
             optional as to whether the return object is really
6724 
             provided.  */
6725 
          rtx ret_reg = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 31);
6726 
          rtx scratch = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
6727 
          rtx endlab = gen_label_rtx ();
6728 
 
6729 
          /* Calculate the return object size */
6730 
          tree size = TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (fndecl));
6731 
          rtx size_rtx = GEN_INT (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size) & 0xfff);
6732 
          /* Construct a temporary return value */
6733 
          rtx temp_val
6734 
            = assign_stack_local (Pmode, TREE_INT_CST_LOW (size), 0);
6735 
 
6736 
          /* Implement SPARC 32-bit psABI callee return struct checking:
6737 
 
6738 
             Fetch the instruction where we will return to and see if
6739 
             it's an unimp instruction (the most significant 10 bits
6740 
             will be zero).  */
6741 
          emit_move_insn (scratch, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode,
6742 
                                                plus_constant (ret_reg, 8)));
6743 
          /* Assume the size is valid and pre-adjust */
6744 
          emit_insn (gen_add3_insn (ret_reg, ret_reg, GEN_INT (4)));
6745 
          emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (scratch, size_rtx, EQ, const0_rtx, SImode,
6746 
                                   0, endlab);
6747 
          emit_insn (gen_sub3_insn (ret_reg, ret_reg, GEN_INT (4)));
6748 
          /* Write the address of the memory pointed to by temp_val into
6749 
             the memory pointed to by mem */
6750 
          emit_move_insn (mem, XEXP (temp_val, 0));
6751 
          emit_label (endlab);
6752 
        }
6753 
 
6754 
      return mem;
6755 
    }
6756 
}
6757 
 
6758 
/* Handle TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE, and TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE target hook.
6759 
   For v9, function return values are subject to the same rules as arguments,
6760 
   except that up to 32 bytes may be returned in registers.  */
6761 
 
6762 
static rtx
6763 
sparc_function_value_1 (const_tree type, enum machine_mode mode,
6764 
                        bool outgoing)
6765 
{
6766 
  /* Beware that the two values are swapped here wrt function_arg.  */
6767 
  int regbase = (outgoing
6768 
                 ? SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST
6769 
                 : SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST);
6770 
  enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
6771 
  int regno;
6772 
 
6773 
  /* Vector types deserve special treatment because they are polymorphic wrt
6774 
     their mode, depending upon whether VIS instructions are enabled.  */
6775 
  if (type && TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
6776 
    {
6777 
      HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6778 
      gcc_assert ((TARGET_ARCH32 && size <= 8)
6779 
                  || (TARGET_ARCH64 && size <= 32));
6780 
 
6781 
      if (mode == BLKmode)
6782 
        return function_arg_vector_value (size,
6783 
                                          SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST);
6784 
      else
6785 
        mclass = MODE_FLOAT;
6786 
    }
6787 
 
6788 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64 && type)
6789 
    {
6790 
      /* Structures up to 32 bytes in size are returned in registers.  */
6791 
      if (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE)
6792 
        {
6793 
          HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6794 
          gcc_assert (size <= 32);
6795 
 
6796 
          return function_arg_record_value (type, mode, 0, 1, regbase);
6797 
        }
6798 
 
6799 
      /* Unions up to 32 bytes in size are returned in integer registers.  */
6800 
      else if (TREE_CODE (type) == UNION_TYPE)
6801 
        {
6802 
          HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6803 
          gcc_assert (size <= 32);
6804 
 
6805 
          return function_arg_union_value (size, mode, 0, regbase);
6806 
        }
6807 
 
6808 
      /* Objects that require it are returned in FP registers.  */
6809 
      else if (mclass == MODE_FLOAT || mclass == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT)
6810 
        ;
6811 
 
6812 
      /* All other aggregate types are returned in an integer register in a
6813 
         mode corresponding to the size of the type.  */
6814 
      else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
6815 
        {
6816 
          /* All other aggregate types are passed in an integer register
6817 
             in a mode corresponding to the size of the type.  */
6818 
          HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6819 
          gcc_assert (size <= 32);
6820 
 
6821 
          mode = mode_for_size (size * BITS_PER_UNIT, MODE_INT, 0);
6822 
 
6823 
          /* ??? We probably should have made the same ABI change in
6824 
             3.4.0 as the one we made for unions.   The latter was
6825 
             required by the SCD though, while the former is not
6826 
             specified, so we favored compatibility and efficiency.
6827 
 
6828 
             Now we're stuck for aggregates larger than 16 bytes,
6829 
             because OImode vanished in the meantime.  Let's not
6830 
             try to be unduly clever, and simply follow the ABI
6831 
             for unions in that case.  */
6832 
          if (mode == BLKmode)
6833 
            return function_arg_union_value (size, mode, 0, regbase);
6834 
          else
6835 
            mclass = MODE_INT;
6836 
        }
6837 
 
6838 
      /* We should only have pointer and integer types at this point.  This
6839 
         must match sparc_promote_function_mode.  */
6840 
      else if (mclass == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD)
6841 
        mode = word_mode;
6842 
    }
6843 
 
6844 
  /* We should only have pointer and integer types at this point.  This must
6845 
     match sparc_promote_function_mode.  */
6846 
  else if (TARGET_ARCH32
6847 
           && mclass == MODE_INT
6848 
           && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) < UNITS_PER_WORD)
6849 
    mode = word_mode;
6850 
 
6851 
  if ((mclass == MODE_FLOAT || mclass == MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT) && TARGET_FPU)
6852 
    regno = SPARC_FP_ARG_FIRST;
6853 
  else
6854 
    regno = regbase;
6855 
 
6856 
  return gen_rtx_REG (mode, regno);
6857 
}
6858 
 
6859 
/* Handle TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE.
6860 
   On the SPARC, the value is found in the first "output" register, but the
6861 
   called function leaves it in the first "input" register.  */
6862 
 
6863 
static rtx
6864 
sparc_function_value (const_tree valtype,
6865 
                      const_tree fn_decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6866 
                      bool outgoing)
6867 
{
6868 
  return sparc_function_value_1 (valtype, TYPE_MODE (valtype), outgoing);
6869 
}
6870 
 
6871 
/* Handle TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE.  */
6872 
 
6873 
static rtx
6874 
sparc_libcall_value (enum machine_mode mode,
6875 
                     const_rtx fun ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6876 
{
6877 
  return sparc_function_value_1 (NULL_TREE, mode, false);
6878 
}
6879 
 
6880 
/* Handle FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P.
6881 
   On the SPARC, the first "output" reg is used for integer values, and the
6882 
   first floating point register is used for floating point values.  */
6883 
 
6884 
static bool
6885 
sparc_function_value_regno_p (const unsigned int regno)
6886 
{
6887 
  return (regno == 8 || regno == 32);
6888 
}
6889 
 
6890 
/* Do what is necessary for `va_start'.  We look at the current function
6891 
   to determine if stdarg or varargs is used and return the address of
6892 
   the first unnamed parameter.  */
6893 
 
6894 
static rtx
6895 
sparc_builtin_saveregs (void)
6896 
{
6897 
  int first_reg = crtl->args.info.words;
6898 
  rtx address;
6899 
  int regno;
6900 
 
6901 
  for (regno = first_reg; regno < SPARC_INT_ARG_MAX; regno++)
6902 
    emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (word_mode,
6903 
                                 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
6904 
                                               frame_pointer_rtx,
6905 
                                               GEN_INT (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (0)
6906 
                                                        + (UNITS_PER_WORD
6907 
                                                           * regno)))),
6908 
                    gen_rtx_REG (word_mode,
6909 
                                 SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST + regno));
6910 
 
6911 
  address = gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
6912 
                          frame_pointer_rtx,
6913 
                          GEN_INT (FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (0)
6914 
                                   + UNITS_PER_WORD * first_reg));
6915 
 
6916 
  return address;
6917 
}
6918 
 
6919 
/* Implement `va_start' for stdarg.  */
6920 
 
6921 
static void
6922 
sparc_va_start (tree valist, rtx nextarg)
6923 
{
6924 
  nextarg = expand_builtin_saveregs ();
6925 
  std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist, nextarg);
6926 
}
6927 
 
6928 
/* Implement `va_arg' for stdarg.  */
6929 
 
6930 
static tree
6931 
sparc_gimplify_va_arg (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p,
6932 
                       gimple_seq *post_p)
6933 
{
6934 
  HOST_WIDE_INT size, rsize, align;
6935 
  tree addr, incr;
6936 
  bool indirect;
6937 
  tree ptrtype = build_pointer_type (type);
6938 
 
6939 
  if (pass_by_reference (NULL, TYPE_MODE (type), type, false))
6940 
    {
6941 
      indirect = true;
6942 
      size = rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
6943 
      align = 0;
6944 
    }
6945 
  else
6946 
    {
6947 
      indirect = false;
6948 
      size = int_size_in_bytes (type);
6949 
      rsize = (size + UNITS_PER_WORD - 1) & -UNITS_PER_WORD;
6950 
      align = 0;
6951 
 
6952 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64)
6953 
        {
6954 
          /* For SPARC64, objects requiring 16-byte alignment get it.  */
6955 
          if (TYPE_ALIGN (type) >= 2 * (unsigned) BITS_PER_WORD)
6956 
            align = 2 * UNITS_PER_WORD;
6957 
 
6958 
          /* SPARC-V9 ABI states that structures up to 16 bytes in size
6959 
             are left-justified in their slots.  */
6960 
          if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type))
6961 
            {
6962 
              if (size == 0)
6963 
                size = rsize = UNITS_PER_WORD;
6964 
              else
6965 
                size = rsize;
6966 
            }
6967 
        }
6968 
    }
6969 
 
6970 
  incr = valist;
6971 
  if (align)
6972 
    {
6973 
      incr = fold_build_pointer_plus_hwi (incr, align - 1);
6974 
      incr = fold_convert (sizetype, incr);
6975 
      incr = fold_build2 (BIT_AND_EXPR, sizetype, incr,
6976 
                          size_int (-align));
6977 
      incr = fold_convert (ptr_type_node, incr);
6978 
    }
6979 
 
6980 
  gimplify_expr (&incr, pre_p, post_p, is_gimple_val, fb_rvalue);
6981 
  addr = incr;
6982 
 
6983 
  if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN && size < rsize)
6984 
    addr = fold_build_pointer_plus_hwi (incr, rsize - size);
6985 
 
6986 
  if (indirect)
6987 
    {
6988 
      addr = fold_convert (build_pointer_type (ptrtype), addr);
6989 
      addr = build_va_arg_indirect_ref (addr);
6990 
    }
6991 
 
6992 
  /* If the address isn't aligned properly for the type, we need a temporary.
6993 
     FIXME: This is inefficient, usually we can do this in registers.  */
6994 
  else if (align == 0 && TYPE_ALIGN (type) > BITS_PER_WORD)
6995 
    {
6996 
      tree tmp = create_tmp_var (type, "va_arg_tmp");
6997 
      tree dest_addr = build_fold_addr_expr (tmp);
6998 
      tree copy = build_call_expr (builtin_decl_implicit (BUILT_IN_MEMCPY),
6999 
                                   3, dest_addr, addr, size_int (rsize));
7000 
      TREE_ADDRESSABLE (tmp) = 1;
7001 
      gimplify_and_add (copy, pre_p);
7002 
      addr = dest_addr;
7003 
    }
7004 
 
7005 
  else
7006 
    addr = fold_convert (ptrtype, addr);
7007 
 
7008 
  incr = fold_build_pointer_plus_hwi (incr, rsize);
7009 
  gimplify_assign (valist, incr, post_p);
7010 
 
7011 
  return build_va_arg_indirect_ref (addr);
7012 
}
7013 
 
7014 
/* Implement the TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P target hook.
7015 
   Specify whether the vector mode is supported by the hardware.  */
7016 
 
7017 
static bool
7018 
sparc_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode)
7019 
{
7020 
  return TARGET_VIS && VECTOR_MODE_P (mode) ? true : false;
7021 
}
7022 
 
7023 
/* Implement the TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE target hook.  */
7024 
 
7025 
static enum machine_mode
7026 
sparc_preferred_simd_mode (enum machine_mode mode)
7027 
{
7028 
  if (TARGET_VIS)
7029 
    switch (mode)
7030 
      {
7031 
      case SImode:
7032 
        return V2SImode;
7033 
      case HImode:
7034 
        return V4HImode;
7035 
      case QImode:
7036 
        return V8QImode;
7037 
 
7038 
      default:;
7039 
      }
7040 
 
7041 
  return word_mode;
7042 
}
7043 
 
7044 
/* Return the string to output an unconditional branch to LABEL, which is
7045 
   the operand number of the label.
7046 
 
7047 
   DEST is the destination insn (i.e. the label), INSN is the source.  */
7048 
 
7049 
const char *
7050 
output_ubranch (rtx dest, int label, rtx insn)
7051 
{
7052 
  static char string[64];
7053 
  bool v9_form = false;
7054 
  char *p;
7055 
 
7056 
  if (TARGET_V9 && INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P ())
7057 
    {
7058 
      int delta = (INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (dest))
7059 
                   - INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
7060 
      /* Leave some instructions for "slop".  */
7061 
      if (delta >= -260000 && delta < 260000)
7062 
        v9_form = true;
7063 
    }
7064 
 
7065 
  if (v9_form)
7066 
    strcpy (string, "ba%*,pt\t%%xcc, ");
7067 
  else
7068 
    strcpy (string, "b%*\t");
7069 
 
7070 
  p = strchr (string, '\0');
7071 
  *p++ = '%';
7072 
  *p++ = 'l';
7073 
  *p++ = '0' + label;
7074 
  *p++ = '%';
7075 
  *p++ = '(';
7076 
  *p = '\0';
7077 
 
7078 
  return string;
7079 
}
7080 
 
7081 
/* Return the string to output a conditional branch to LABEL, which is
7082 
   the operand number of the label.  OP is the conditional expression.
7083 
   XEXP (OP, 0) is assumed to be a condition code register (integer or
7084 
   floating point) and its mode specifies what kind of comparison we made.
7085 
 
7086 
   DEST is the destination insn (i.e. the label), INSN is the source.
7087 
 
7088 
   REVERSED is nonzero if we should reverse the sense of the comparison.
7089 
 
7090 
   ANNUL is nonzero if we should generate an annulling branch.  */
7091 
 
7092 
const char *
7093 
output_cbranch (rtx op, rtx dest, int label, int reversed, int annul,
7094 
                rtx insn)
7095 
{
7096 
  static char string[64];
7097 
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
7098 
  rtx cc_reg = XEXP (op, 0);
7099 
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (cc_reg);
7100 
  const char *labelno, *branch;
7101 
  int spaces = 8, far;
7102 
  char *p;
7103 
 
7104 
  /* v9 branches are limited to +-1MB.  If it is too far away,
7105 
     change
7106 
 
7107 
     bne,pt %xcc, .LC30
7108 
 
7109 
     to
7110 
 
7111 
     be,pn %xcc, .+12
7112 
      nop
7113 
     ba .LC30
7114 
 
7115 
     and
7116 
 
7117 
     fbne,a,pn %fcc2, .LC29
7118 
 
7119 
     to
7120 
 
7121 
     fbe,pt %fcc2, .+16
7122 
      nop
7123 
     ba .LC29  */
7124 
 
7125 
  far = TARGET_V9 && (get_attr_length (insn) >= 3);
7126 
  if (reversed ^ far)
7127 
    {
7128 
      /* Reversal of FP compares takes care -- an ordered compare
7129 
         becomes an unordered compare and vice versa.  */
7130 
      if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
7131 
        code = reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (code);
7132 
      else
7133 
        code = reverse_condition (code);
7134 
    }
7135 
 
7136 
  /* Start by writing the branch condition.  */
7137 
  if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
7138 
    {
7139 
      switch (code)
7140 
        {
7141 
        case NE:
7142 
          branch = "fbne";
7143 
          break;
7144 
        case EQ:
7145 
          branch = "fbe";
7146 
          break;
7147 
        case GE:
7148 
          branch = "fbge";
7149 
          break;
7150 
        case GT:
7151 
          branch = "fbg";
7152 
          break;
7153 
        case LE:
7154 
          branch = "fble";
7155 
          break;
7156 
        case LT:
7157 
          branch = "fbl";
7158 
          break;
7159 
        case UNORDERED:
7160 
          branch = "fbu";
7161 
          break;
7162 
        case ORDERED:
7163 
          branch = "fbo";
7164 
          break;
7165 
        case UNGT:
7166 
          branch = "fbug";
7167 
          break;
7168 
        case UNLT:
7169 
          branch = "fbul";
7170 
          break;
7171 
        case UNEQ:
7172 
          branch = "fbue";
7173 
          break;
7174 
        case UNGE:
7175 
          branch = "fbuge";
7176 
          break;
7177 
        case UNLE:
7178 
          branch = "fbule";
7179 
          break;
7180 
        case LTGT:
7181 
          branch = "fblg";
7182 
          break;
7183 
 
7184 
        default:
7185 
          gcc_unreachable ();
7186 
        }
7187 
 
7188 
      /* ??? !v9: FP branches cannot be preceded by another floating point
7189 
         insn.  Because there is currently no concept of pre-delay slots,
7190 
         we can fix this only by always emitting a nop before a floating
7191 
         point branch.  */
7192 
 
7193 
      string[0] = '\0';
7194 
      if (! TARGET_V9)
7195 
        strcpy (string, "nop\n\t");
7196 
      strcat (string, branch);
7197 
    }
7198 
  else
7199 
    {
7200 
      switch (code)
7201 
        {
7202 
        case NE:
7203 
          branch = "bne";
7204 
          break;
7205 
        case EQ:
7206 
          branch = "be";
7207 
          break;
7208 
        case GE:
7209 
          if (mode == CC_NOOVmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
7210 
            branch = "bpos";
7211 
          else
7212 
            branch = "bge";
7213 
          break;
7214 
        case GT:
7215 
          branch = "bg";
7216 
          break;
7217 
        case LE:
7218 
          branch = "ble";
7219 
          break;
7220 
        case LT:
7221 
          if (mode == CC_NOOVmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
7222 
            branch = "bneg";
7223 
          else
7224 
            branch = "bl";
7225 
          break;
7226 
        case GEU:
7227 
          branch = "bgeu";
7228 
          break;
7229 
        case GTU:
7230 
          branch = "bgu";
7231 
          break;
7232 
        case LEU:
7233 
          branch = "bleu";
7234 
          break;
7235 
        case LTU:
7236 
          branch = "blu";
7237 
          break;
7238 
 
7239 
        default:
7240 
          gcc_unreachable ();
7241 
        }
7242 
      strcpy (string, branch);
7243 
    }
7244 
  spaces -= strlen (branch);
7245 
  p = strchr (string, '\0');
7246 
 
7247 
  /* Now add the annulling, the label, and a possible noop.  */
7248 
  if (annul && ! far)
7249 
    {
7250 
      strcpy (p, ",a");
7251 
      p += 2;
7252 
      spaces -= 2;
7253 
    }
7254 
 
7255 
  if (TARGET_V9)
7256 
    {
7257 
      rtx note;
7258 
      int v8 = 0;
7259 
 
7260 
      if (! far && insn && INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P ())
7261 
        {
7262 
          int delta = (INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (dest))
7263 
                       - INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
7264 
          /* Leave some instructions for "slop".  */
7265 
          if (delta < -260000 || delta >= 260000)
7266 
            v8 = 1;
7267 
        }
7268 
 
7269 
      if (mode == CCFPmode || mode == CCFPEmode)
7270 
        {
7271 
          static char v9_fcc_labelno[] = "%%fccX, ";
7272 
          /* Set the char indicating the number of the fcc reg to use.  */
7273 
          v9_fcc_labelno[5] = REGNO (cc_reg) - SPARC_FIRST_V9_FCC_REG + '0';
7274 
          labelno = v9_fcc_labelno;
7275 
          if (v8)
7276 
            {
7277 
              gcc_assert (REGNO (cc_reg) == SPARC_FCC_REG);
7278 
              labelno = "";
7279 
            }
7280 
        }
7281 
      else if (mode == CCXmode || mode == CCX_NOOVmode)
7282 
        {
7283 
          labelno = "%%xcc, ";
7284 
          gcc_assert (! v8);
7285 
        }
7286 
      else
7287 
        {
7288 
          labelno = "%%icc, ";
7289 
          if (v8)
7290 
            labelno = "";
7291 
        }
7292 
 
7293 
      if (*labelno && insn && (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, NULL_RTX)))
7294 
        {
7295 
          strcpy (p,
7296 
                  ((INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) >= REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 2) ^ far)
7297 
                  ? ",pt" : ",pn");
7298 
          p += 3;
7299 
          spaces -= 3;
7300 
        }
7301 
    }
7302 
  else
7303 
    labelno = "";
7304 
 
7305 
  if (spaces > 0)
7306 
    *p++ = '\t';
7307 
  else
7308 
    *p++ = ' ';
7309 
  strcpy (p, labelno);
7310 
  p = strchr (p, '\0');
7311 
  if (far)
7312 
    {
7313 
      strcpy (p, ".+12\n\t nop\n\tb\t");
7314 
      /* Skip the next insn if requested or
7315 
         if we know that it will be a nop.  */
7316 
      if (annul || ! final_sequence)
7317 
        p[3] = '6';
7318 
      p += 14;
7319 
    }
7320 
  *p++ = '%';
7321 
  *p++ = 'l';
7322 
  *p++ = label + '0';
7323 
  *p++ = '%';
7324 
  *p++ = '#';
7325 
  *p = '\0';
7326 
 
7327 
  return string;
7328 
}
7329 
 
7330 
/* Emit a library call comparison between floating point X and Y.
7331 
   COMPARISON is the operator to compare with (EQ, NE, GT, etc).
7332 
   Return the new operator to be used in the comparison sequence.
7333 
 
7334 
   TARGET_ARCH64 uses _Qp_* functions, which use pointers to TFmode
7335 
   values as arguments instead of the TFmode registers themselves,
7336 
   that's why we cannot call emit_float_lib_cmp.  */
7337 
 
7338 
rtx
7339 
sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (rtx x, rtx y, enum rtx_code comparison)
7340 
{
7341 
  const char *qpfunc;
7342 
  rtx slot0, slot1, result, tem, tem2, libfunc;
7343 
  enum machine_mode mode;
7344 
  enum rtx_code new_comparison;
7345 
 
7346 
  switch (comparison)
7347 
    {
7348 
    case EQ:
7349 
      qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_feq" : "_Q_feq");
7350 
      break;
7351 
 
7352 
    case NE:
7353 
      qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_fne" : "_Q_fne");
7354 
      break;
7355 
 
7356 
    case GT:
7357 
      qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_fgt" : "_Q_fgt");
7358 
      break;
7359 
 
7360 
    case GE:
7361 
      qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_fge" : "_Q_fge");
7362 
      break;
7363 
 
7364 
    case LT:
7365 
      qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_flt" : "_Q_flt");
7366 
      break;
7367 
 
7368 
    case LE:
7369 
      qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_fle" : "_Q_fle");
7370 
      break;
7371 
 
7372 
    case ORDERED:
7373 
    case UNORDERED:
7374 
    case UNGT:
7375 
    case UNLT:
7376 
    case UNEQ:
7377 
    case UNGE:
7378 
    case UNLE:
7379 
    case LTGT:
7380 
      qpfunc = (TARGET_ARCH64 ? "_Qp_cmp" : "_Q_cmp");
7381 
      break;
7382 
 
7383 
    default:
7384 
      gcc_unreachable ();
7385 
    }
7386 
 
7387 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
7388 
    {
7389 
      if (MEM_P (x))
7390 
        slot0 = x;
7391 
      else
7392 
        {
7393 
          slot0 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0);
7394 
          emit_move_insn (slot0, x);
7395 
        }
7396 
 
7397 
      if (MEM_P (y))
7398 
        slot1 = y;
7399 
      else
7400 
        {
7401 
          slot1 = assign_stack_temp (TFmode, GET_MODE_SIZE(TFmode), 0);
7402 
          emit_move_insn (slot1, y);
7403 
        }
7404 
 
7405 
      libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, qpfunc);
7406 
      emit_library_call (libfunc, LCT_NORMAL,
7407 
                         DImode, 2,
7408 
                         XEXP (slot0, 0), Pmode,
7409 
                         XEXP (slot1, 0), Pmode);
7410 
      mode = DImode;
7411 
    }
7412 
  else
7413 
    {
7414 
      libfunc = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, qpfunc);
7415 
      emit_library_call (libfunc, LCT_NORMAL,
7416 
                         SImode, 2,
7417 
                         x, TFmode, y, TFmode);
7418 
      mode = SImode;
7419 
    }
7420 
 
7421 
 
7422 
  /* Immediately move the result of the libcall into a pseudo
7423 
     register so reload doesn't clobber the value if it needs
7424 
     the return register for a spill reg.  */
7425 
  result = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7426 
  emit_move_insn (result, hard_libcall_value (mode, libfunc));
7427 
 
7428 
  switch (comparison)
7429 
    {
7430 
    default:
7431 
      return gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, result, const0_rtx);
7432 
    case ORDERED:
7433 
    case UNORDERED:
7434 
      new_comparison = (comparison == UNORDERED ? EQ : NE);
7435 
      return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (new_comparison, VOIDmode, result, GEN_INT(3));
7436 
    case UNGT:
7437 
    case UNGE:
7438 
      new_comparison = (comparison == UNGT ? GT : NE);
7439 
      return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (new_comparison, VOIDmode, result, const1_rtx);
7440 
    case UNLE:
7441 
      return gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, result, const2_rtx);
7442 
    case UNLT:
7443 
      tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7444 
      if (TARGET_ARCH32)
7445 
        emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
7446 
      else
7447 
        emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
7448 
      return gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, tem, const0_rtx);
7449 
    case UNEQ:
7450 
    case LTGT:
7451 
      tem = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7452 
      if (TARGET_ARCH32)
7453 
        emit_insn (gen_addsi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
7454 
      else
7455 
        emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tem, result, const1_rtx));
7456 
      tem2 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7457 
      if (TARGET_ARCH32)
7458 
        emit_insn (gen_andsi3 (tem2, tem, const2_rtx));
7459 
      else
7460 
        emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (tem2, tem, const2_rtx));
7461 
      new_comparison = (comparison == UNEQ ? EQ : NE);
7462 
      return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (new_comparison, VOIDmode, tem2, const0_rtx);
7463 
    }
7464 
 
7465 
  gcc_unreachable ();
7466 
}
7467 
 
7468 
/* Generate an unsigned DImode to FP conversion.  This is the same code
7469 
   optabs would emit if we didn't have TFmode patterns.  */
7470 
 
7471 
void
7472 
sparc_emit_floatunsdi (rtx *operands, enum machine_mode mode)
7473 
{
7474 
  rtx neglab, donelab, i0, i1, f0, in, out;
7475 
 
7476 
  out = operands[0];
7477 
  in = force_reg (DImode, operands[1]);
7478 
  neglab = gen_label_rtx ();
7479 
  donelab = gen_label_rtx ();
7480 
  i0 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
7481 
  i1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
7482 
  f0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7483 
 
7484 
  emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (in, const0_rtx, LT, const0_rtx, DImode, 0, neglab);
7485 
 
7486 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, in)));
7487 
  emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (donelab));
7488 
  emit_barrier ();
7489 
 
7490 
  emit_label (neglab);
7491 
 
7492 
  emit_insn (gen_lshrdi3 (i0, in, const1_rtx));
7493 
  emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (i1, in, const1_rtx));
7494 
  emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (i0, i0, i1));
7495 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, f0, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode, i0)));
7496 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, out, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode, f0, f0)));
7497 
 
7498 
  emit_label (donelab);
7499 
}
7500 
 
7501 
/* Generate an FP to unsigned DImode conversion.  This is the same code
7502 
   optabs would emit if we didn't have TFmode patterns.  */
7503 
 
7504 
void
7505 
sparc_emit_fixunsdi (rtx *operands, enum machine_mode mode)
7506 
{
7507 
  rtx neglab, donelab, i0, i1, f0, in, out, limit;
7508 
 
7509 
  out = operands[0];
7510 
  in = force_reg (mode, operands[1]);
7511 
  neglab = gen_label_rtx ();
7512 
  donelab = gen_label_rtx ();
7513 
  i0 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
7514 
  i1 = gen_reg_rtx (DImode);
7515 
  limit = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7516 
  f0 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
7517 
 
7518 
  emit_move_insn (limit,
7519 
                  CONST_DOUBLE_FROM_REAL_VALUE (
7520 
                    REAL_VALUE_ATOF ("9223372036854775808.0", mode), mode));
7521 
  emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (in, limit, GE, NULL_RTX, mode, 0, neglab);
7522 
 
7523 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
7524 
                          out,
7525 
                          gen_rtx_FIX (DImode, gen_rtx_FIX (mode, in))));
7526 
  emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (donelab));
7527 
  emit_barrier ();
7528 
 
7529 
  emit_label (neglab);
7530 
 
7531 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, f0, gen_rtx_MINUS (mode, in, limit)));
7532 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
7533 
                          i0,
7534 
                          gen_rtx_FIX (DImode, gen_rtx_FIX (mode, f0))));
7535 
  emit_insn (gen_movdi (i1, const1_rtx));
7536 
  emit_insn (gen_ashldi3 (i1, i1, GEN_INT (63)));
7537 
  emit_insn (gen_xordi3 (out, i0, i1));
7538 
 
7539 
  emit_label (donelab);
7540 
}
7541 
 
7542 
/* Return the string to output a conditional branch to LABEL, testing
7543 
   register REG.  LABEL is the operand number of the label; REG is the
7544 
   operand number of the reg.  OP is the conditional expression.  The mode
7545 
   of REG says what kind of comparison we made.
7546 
 
7547 
   DEST is the destination insn (i.e. the label), INSN is the source.
7548 
 
7549 
   REVERSED is nonzero if we should reverse the sense of the comparison.
7550 
 
7551 
   ANNUL is nonzero if we should generate an annulling branch.  */
7552 
 
7553 
const char *
7554 
output_v9branch (rtx op, rtx dest, int reg, int label, int reversed,
7555 
                 int annul, rtx insn)
7556 
{
7557 
  static char string[64];
7558 
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (op);
7559 
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (op, 0));
7560 
  rtx note;
7561 
  int far;
7562 
  char *p;
7563 
 
7564 
  /* branch on register are limited to +-128KB.  If it is too far away,
7565 
     change
7566 
 
7567 
     brnz,pt %g1, .LC30
7568 
 
7569 
     to
7570 
 
7571 
     brz,pn %g1, .+12
7572 
      nop
7573 
     ba,pt %xcc, .LC30
7574 
 
7575 
     and
7576 
 
7577 
     brgez,a,pn %o1, .LC29
7578 
 
7579 
     to
7580 
 
7581 
     brlz,pt %o1, .+16
7582 
      nop
7583 
     ba,pt %xcc, .LC29  */
7584 
 
7585 
  far = get_attr_length (insn) >= 3;
7586 
 
7587 
  /* If not floating-point or if EQ or NE, we can just reverse the code.  */
7588 
  if (reversed ^ far)
7589 
    code = reverse_condition (code);
7590 
 
7591 
  /* Only 64 bit versions of these instructions exist.  */
7592 
  gcc_assert (mode == DImode);
7593 
 
7594 
  /* Start by writing the branch condition.  */
7595 
 
7596 
  switch (code)
7597 
    {
7598 
    case NE:
7599 
      strcpy (string, "brnz");
7600 
      break;
7601 
 
7602 
    case EQ:
7603 
      strcpy (string, "brz");
7604 
      break;
7605 
 
7606 
    case GE:
7607 
      strcpy (string, "brgez");
7608 
      break;
7609 
 
7610 
    case LT:
7611 
      strcpy (string, "brlz");
7612 
      break;
7613 
 
7614 
    case LE:
7615 
      strcpy (string, "brlez");
7616 
      break;
7617 
 
7618 
    case GT:
7619 
      strcpy (string, "brgz");
7620 
      break;
7621 
 
7622 
    default:
7623 
      gcc_unreachable ();
7624 
    }
7625 
 
7626 
  p = strchr (string, '\0');
7627 
 
7628 
  /* Now add the annulling, reg, label, and nop.  */
7629 
  if (annul && ! far)
7630 
    {
7631 
      strcpy (p, ",a");
7632 
      p += 2;
7633 
    }
7634 
 
7635 
  if (insn && (note = find_reg_note (insn, REG_BR_PROB, NULL_RTX)))
7636 
    {
7637 
      strcpy (p,
7638 
              ((INTVAL (XEXP (note, 0)) >= REG_BR_PROB_BASE / 2) ^ far)
7639 
              ? ",pt" : ",pn");
7640 
      p += 3;
7641 
    }
7642 
 
7643 
  *p = p < string + 8 ? '\t' : ' ';
7644 
  p++;
7645 
  *p++ = '%';
7646 
  *p++ = '0' + reg;
7647 
  *p++ = ',';
7648 
  *p++ = ' ';
7649 
  if (far)
7650 
    {
7651 
      int veryfar = 1, delta;
7652 
 
7653 
      if (INSN_ADDRESSES_SET_P ())
7654 
        {
7655 
          delta = (INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (dest))
7656 
                   - INSN_ADDRESSES (INSN_UID (insn)));
7657 
          /* Leave some instructions for "slop".  */
7658 
          if (delta >= -260000 && delta < 260000)
7659 
            veryfar = 0;
7660 
        }
7661 
 
7662 
      strcpy (p, ".+12\n\t nop\n\t");
7663 
      /* Skip the next insn if requested or
7664 
         if we know that it will be a nop.  */
7665 
      if (annul || ! final_sequence)
7666 
        p[3] = '6';
7667 
      p += 12;
7668 
      if (veryfar)
7669 
        {
7670 
          strcpy (p, "b\t");
7671 
          p += 2;
7672 
        }
7673 
      else
7674 
        {
7675 
          strcpy (p, "ba,pt\t%%xcc, ");
7676 
          p += 13;
7677 
        }
7678 
    }
7679 
  *p++ = '%';
7680 
  *p++ = 'l';
7681 
  *p++ = '0' + label;
7682 
  *p++ = '%';
7683 
  *p++ = '#';
7684 
  *p = '\0';
7685 
 
7686 
  return string;
7687 
}
7688 
 
7689 
/* Return 1, if any of the registers of the instruction are %l[0-7] or %o[0-7].
7690 
   Such instructions cannot be used in the delay slot of return insn on v9.
7691 
   If TEST is 0, also rename all %i[0-7] registers to their %o[0-7] counterparts.
7692 
 */
7693 
 
7694 
static int
7695 
epilogue_renumber (register rtx *where, int test)
7696 
{
7697 
  register const char *fmt;
7698 
  register int i;
7699 
  register enum rtx_code code;
7700 
 
7701 
  if (*where == 0)
7702 
    return 0;
7703 
 
7704 
  code = GET_CODE (*where);
7705 
 
7706 
  switch (code)
7707 
    {
7708 
    case REG:
7709 
      if (REGNO (*where) >= 8 && REGNO (*where) < 24)      /* oX or lX */
7710 
        return 1;
7711 
      if (! test && REGNO (*where) >= 24 && REGNO (*where) < 32)
7712 
        *where = gen_rtx_REG (GET_MODE (*where), OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO(*where)));
7713 
    case SCRATCH:
7714 
    case CC0:
7715 
    case PC:
7716 
    case CONST_INT:
7717 
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
7718 
      return 0;
7719 
 
7720 
      /* Do not replace the frame pointer with the stack pointer because
7721 
         it can cause the delayed instruction to load below the stack.
7722 
         This occurs when instructions like:
7723 
 
7724 
         (set (reg/i:SI 24 %i0)
7725 
             (mem/f:SI (plus:SI (reg/f:SI 30 %fp)
7726 
                       (const_int -20 [0xffffffec])) 0))
7727 
 
7728 
         are in the return delayed slot.  */
7729 
    case PLUS:
7730 
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 0)) == REG
7731 
          && REGNO (XEXP (*where, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7732 
          && (GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 1)) != CONST_INT
7733 
              || INTVAL (XEXP (*where, 1)) < SPARC_STACK_BIAS))
7734 
        return 1;
7735 
      break;
7736 
 
7737 
    case MEM:
7738 
      if (SPARC_STACK_BIAS
7739 
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (*where, 0)) == REG
7740 
          && REGNO (XEXP (*where, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
7741 
        return 1;
7742 
      break;
7743 
 
7744 
    default:
7745 
      break;
7746 
    }
7747 
 
7748 
  fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
7749 
 
7750 
  for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
7751 
    {
7752 
      if (fmt[i] == 'E')
7753 
        {
7754 
          register int j;
7755 
          for (j = XVECLEN (*where, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
7756 
            if (epilogue_renumber (&(XVECEXP (*where, i, j)), test))
7757 
              return 1;
7758 
        }
7759 
      else if (fmt[i] == 'e'
7760 
               && epilogue_renumber (&(XEXP (*where, i)), test))
7761 
        return 1;
7762 
    }
7763 
  return 0;
7764 
}
7765 
 
7766 
/* Leaf functions and non-leaf functions have different needs.  */
7767 
 
7768 
static const int
7769 
reg_leaf_alloc_order[] = REG_LEAF_ALLOC_ORDER;
7770 
 
7771 
static const int
7772 
reg_nonleaf_alloc_order[] = REG_ALLOC_ORDER;
7773 
 
7774 
static const int *const reg_alloc_orders[] = {
7775 
  reg_leaf_alloc_order,
7776 
  reg_nonleaf_alloc_order};
7777 
 
7778 
void
7779 
order_regs_for_local_alloc (void)
7780 
{
7781 
  static int last_order_nonleaf = 1;
7782 
 
7783 
  if (df_regs_ever_live_p (15) != last_order_nonleaf)
7784 
    {
7785 
      last_order_nonleaf = !last_order_nonleaf;
7786 
      memcpy ((char *) reg_alloc_order,
7787 
              (const char *) reg_alloc_orders[last_order_nonleaf],
7788 
              FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof (int));
7789 
    }
7790 
}
7791 
 
7792 
/* Return 1 if REG and MEM are legitimate enough to allow the various
7793 
   mem<-->reg splits to be run.  */
7794 
 
7795 
int
7796 
sparc_splitdi_legitimate (rtx reg, rtx mem)
7797 
{
7798 
  /* Punt if we are here by mistake.  */
7799 
  gcc_assert (reload_completed);
7800 
 
7801 
  /* We must have an offsettable memory reference.  */
7802 
  if (! offsettable_memref_p (mem))
7803 
    return 0;
7804 
 
7805 
  /* If we have legitimate args for ldd/std, we do not want
7806 
     the split to happen.  */
7807 
  if ((REGNO (reg) % 2) == 0
7808 
      && mem_min_alignment (mem, 8))
7809 
    return 0;
7810 
 
7811 
  /* Success.  */
7812 
  return 1;
7813 
}
7814 
 
7815 
/* Like sparc_splitdi_legitimate but for REG <--> REG moves.  */
7816 
 
7817 
int
7818 
sparc_split_regreg_legitimate (rtx reg1, rtx reg2)
7819 
{
7820 
  int regno1, regno2;
7821 
 
7822 
  if (GET_CODE (reg1) == SUBREG)
7823 
    reg1 = SUBREG_REG (reg1);
7824 
  if (GET_CODE (reg1) != REG)
7825 
    return 0;
7826 
  regno1 = REGNO (reg1);
7827 
 
7828 
  if (GET_CODE (reg2) == SUBREG)
7829 
    reg2 = SUBREG_REG (reg2);
7830 
  if (GET_CODE (reg2) != REG)
7831 
    return 0;
7832 
  regno2 = REGNO (reg2);
7833 
 
7834 
  if (SPARC_INT_REG_P (regno1) && SPARC_INT_REG_P (regno2))
7835 
    return 1;
7836 
 
7837 
  if (TARGET_VIS3)
7838 
    {
7839 
      if ((SPARC_INT_REG_P (regno1) && SPARC_FP_REG_P (regno2))
7840 
          || (SPARC_FP_REG_P (regno1) && SPARC_INT_REG_P (regno2)))
7841 
        return 1;
7842 
    }
7843 
 
7844 
  return 0;
7845 
}
7846 
 
7847 
/* Return 1 if x and y are some kind of REG and they refer to
7848 
   different hard registers.  This test is guaranteed to be
7849 
   run after reload.  */
7850 
 
7851 
int
7852 
sparc_absnegfloat_split_legitimate (rtx x, rtx y)
7853 
{
7854 
  if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
7855 
    return 0;
7856 
  if (GET_CODE (y) != REG)
7857 
    return 0;
7858 
  if (REGNO (x) == REGNO (y))
7859 
    return 0;
7860 
  return 1;
7861 
}
7862 
 
7863 
/* Return 1 if REGNO (reg1) is even and REGNO (reg1) == REGNO (reg2) - 1.
7864 
   This makes them candidates for using ldd and std insns.
7865 
 
7866 
   Note reg1 and reg2 *must* be hard registers.  */
7867 
 
7868 
int
7869 
registers_ok_for_ldd_peep (rtx reg1, rtx reg2)
7870 
{
7871 
  /* We might have been passed a SUBREG.  */
7872 
  if (GET_CODE (reg1) != REG || GET_CODE (reg2) != REG)
7873 
    return 0;
7874 
 
7875 
  if (REGNO (reg1) % 2 != 0)
7876 
    return 0;
7877 
 
7878 
  /* Integer ldd is deprecated in SPARC V9 */
7879 
  if (TARGET_V9 && SPARC_INT_REG_P (REGNO (reg1)))
7880 
    return 0;
7881 
 
7882 
  return (REGNO (reg1) == REGNO (reg2) - 1);
7883 
}
7884 
 
7885 
/* Return 1 if the addresses in mem1 and mem2 are suitable for use in
7886 
   an ldd or std insn.
7887 
 
7888 
   This can only happen when addr1 and addr2, the addresses in mem1
7889 
   and mem2, are consecutive memory locations (addr1 + 4 == addr2).
7890 
   addr1 must also be aligned on a 64-bit boundary.
7891 
 
7892 
   Also iff dependent_reg_rtx is not null it should not be used to
7893 
   compute the address for mem1, i.e. we cannot optimize a sequence
7894 
   like:
7895 
        ld [%o0], %o0
7896 
        ld [%o0 + 4], %o1
7897 
   to
7898 
        ldd [%o0], %o0
7899 
   nor:
7900 
        ld [%g3 + 4], %g3
7901 
        ld [%g3], %g2
7902 
   to
7903 
        ldd [%g3], %g2
7904 
 
7905 
   But, note that the transformation from:
7906 
        ld [%g2 + 4], %g3
7907 
        ld [%g2], %g2
7908 
   to
7909 
        ldd [%g2], %g2
7910 
   is perfectly fine.  Thus, the peephole2 patterns always pass us
7911 
   the destination register of the first load, never the second one.
7912 
 
7913 
   For stores we don't have a similar problem, so dependent_reg_rtx is
7914 
   NULL_RTX.  */
7915 
 
7916 
int
7917 
mems_ok_for_ldd_peep (rtx mem1, rtx mem2, rtx dependent_reg_rtx)
7918 
{
7919 
  rtx addr1, addr2;
7920 
  unsigned int reg1;
7921 
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset1;
7922 
 
7923 
  /* The mems cannot be volatile.  */
7924 
  if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem1) || MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem2))
7925 
    return 0;
7926 
 
7927 
  /* MEM1 should be aligned on a 64-bit boundary.  */
7928 
  if (MEM_ALIGN (mem1) < 64)
7929 
    return 0;
7930 
 
7931 
  addr1 = XEXP (mem1, 0);
7932 
  addr2 = XEXP (mem2, 0);
7933 
 
7934 
  /* Extract a register number and offset (if used) from the first addr.  */
7935 
  if (GET_CODE (addr1) == PLUS)
7936 
    {
7937 
      /* If not a REG, return zero.  */
7938 
      if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr1, 0)) != REG)
7939 
        return 0;
7940 
      else
7941 
        {
7942 
          reg1 = REGNO (XEXP (addr1, 0));
7943 
          /* The offset must be constant!  */
7944 
          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr1, 1)) != CONST_INT)
7945 
            return 0;
7946 
          offset1 = INTVAL (XEXP (addr1, 1));
7947 
        }
7948 
    }
7949 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr1) != REG)
7950 
    return 0;
7951 
  else
7952 
    {
7953 
      reg1 = REGNO (addr1);
7954 
      /* This was a simple (mem (reg)) expression.  Offset is 0.  */
7955 
      offset1 = 0;
7956 
    }
7957 
 
7958 
  /* Make sure the second address is a (mem (plus (reg) (const_int).  */
7959 
  if (GET_CODE (addr2) != PLUS)
7960 
    return 0;
7961 
 
7962 
  if (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr2, 0)) != REG
7963 
      || GET_CODE (XEXP (addr2, 1)) != CONST_INT)
7964 
    return 0;
7965 
 
7966 
  if (reg1 != REGNO (XEXP (addr2, 0)))
7967 
    return 0;
7968 
 
7969 
  if (dependent_reg_rtx != NULL_RTX && reg1 == REGNO (dependent_reg_rtx))
7970 
    return 0;
7971 
 
7972 
  /* The first offset must be evenly divisible by 8 to ensure the
7973 
     address is 64 bit aligned.  */
7974 
  if (offset1 % 8 != 0)
7975 
    return 0;
7976 
 
7977 
  /* The offset for the second addr must be 4 more than the first addr.  */
7978 
  if (INTVAL (XEXP (addr2, 1)) != offset1 + 4)
7979 
    return 0;
7980 
 
7981 
  /* All the tests passed.  addr1 and addr2 are valid for ldd and std
7982 
     instructions.  */
7983 
  return 1;
7984 
}
7985 
 
7986 
/* Return 1 if reg is a pseudo, or is the first register in
7987 
   a hard register pair.  This makes it suitable for use in
7988 
   ldd and std insns.  */
7989 
 
7990 
int
7991 
register_ok_for_ldd (rtx reg)
7992 
{
7993 
  /* We might have been passed a SUBREG.  */
7994 
  if (!REG_P (reg))
7995 
    return 0;
7996 
 
7997 
  if (REGNO (reg) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7998 
    return (REGNO (reg) % 2 == 0);
7999 
 
8000 
  return 1;
8001 
}
8002 
 
8003 
/* Return 1 if OP is a memory whose address is known to be
8004 
   aligned to 8-byte boundary, or a pseudo during reload.
8005 
   This makes it suitable for use in ldd and std insns.  */
8006 
 
8007 
int
8008 
memory_ok_for_ldd (rtx op)
8009 
{
8010 
  if (MEM_P (op))
8011 
    {
8012 
      /* In 64-bit mode, we assume that the address is word-aligned.  */
8013 
      if (TARGET_ARCH32 && !mem_min_alignment (op, 8))
8014 
        return 0;
8015 
 
8016 
      if (! can_create_pseudo_p ()
8017 
          && !strict_memory_address_p (Pmode, XEXP (op, 0)))
8018 
        return 0;
8019 
    }
8020 
  else if (REG_P (op) && REGNO (op) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8021 
    {
8022 
      if (!(reload_in_progress && reg_renumber [REGNO (op)] < 0))
8023 
        return 0;
8024 
    }
8025 
  else
8026 
    return 0;
8027 
 
8028 
  return 1;
8029 
}
8030 
 
8031 
/* Implement TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P.  */
8032 
 
8033 
static bool
8034 
sparc_print_operand_punct_valid_p (unsigned char code)
8035 
{
8036 
  if (code == '#'
8037 
      || code == '*'
8038 
      || code == '('
8039 
      || code == ')'
8040 
      || code == '_'
8041 
      || code == '&')
8042 
    return true;
8043 
 
8044 
  return false;
8045 
}
8046 
 
8047 
/* Implement TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND.
8048 
   Print operand X (an rtx) in assembler syntax to file FILE.
8049 
   CODE is a letter or dot (`z' in `%z0') or 0 if no letter was specified.
8050 
   For `%' followed by punctuation, CODE is the punctuation and X is null.  */
8051 
 
8052 
static void
8053 
sparc_print_operand (FILE *file, rtx x, int code)
8054 
{
8055 
  switch (code)
8056 
    {
8057 
    case '#':
8058 
      /* Output an insn in a delay slot.  */
8059 
      if (final_sequence)
8060 
        sparc_indent_opcode = 1;
8061 
      else
8062 
        fputs ("\n\t nop", file);
8063 
      return;
8064 
    case '*':
8065 
      /* Output an annul flag if there's nothing for the delay slot and we
8066 
         are optimizing.  This is always used with '(' below.
8067 
         Sun OS 4.1.1 dbx can't handle an annulled unconditional branch;
8068 
         this is a dbx bug.  So, we only do this when optimizing.
8069 
         On UltraSPARC, a branch in a delay slot causes a pipeline flush.
8070 
         Always emit a nop in case the next instruction is a branch.  */
8071 
      if (! final_sequence && (optimize && (int)sparc_cpu < PROCESSOR_V9))
8072 
        fputs (",a", file);
8073 
      return;
8074 
    case '(':
8075 
      /* Output a 'nop' if there's nothing for the delay slot and we are
8076 
         not optimizing.  This is always used with '*' above.  */
8077 
      if (! final_sequence && ! (optimize && (int)sparc_cpu < PROCESSOR_V9))
8078 
        fputs ("\n\t nop", file);
8079 
      else if (final_sequence)
8080 
        sparc_indent_opcode = 1;
8081 
      return;
8082 
    case ')':
8083 
      /* Output the right displacement from the saved PC on function return.
8084 
         The caller may have placed an "unimp" insn immediately after the call
8085 
         so we have to account for it.  This insn is used in the 32-bit ABI
8086 
         when calling a function that returns a non zero-sized structure.  The
8087 
         64-bit ABI doesn't have it.  Be careful to have this test be the same
8088 
         as that for the call.  The exception is when sparc_std_struct_return
8089 
         is enabled, the psABI is followed exactly and the adjustment is made
8090 
         by the code in sparc_struct_value_rtx.  The call emitted is the same
8091 
         when sparc_std_struct_return is enabled. */
8092 
     if (!TARGET_ARCH64
8093 
         && cfun->returns_struct
8094 
         && !sparc_std_struct_return
8095 
         && DECL_SIZE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))
8096 
         && TREE_CODE (DECL_SIZE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl)))
8097 
             == INTEGER_CST
8098 
         && !integer_zerop (DECL_SIZE (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl))))
8099 
        fputs ("12", file);
8100 
      else
8101 
        fputc ('8', file);
8102 
      return;
8103 
    case '_':
8104 
      /* Output the Embedded Medium/Anywhere code model base register.  */
8105 
      fputs (EMBMEDANY_BASE_REG, file);
8106 
      return;
8107 
    case '&':
8108 
      /* Print some local dynamic TLS name.  */
8109 
      assemble_name (file, get_some_local_dynamic_name ());
8110 
      return;
8111 
 
8112 
    case 'Y':
8113 
      /* Adjust the operand to take into account a RESTORE operation.  */
8114 
      if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
8115 
        break;
8116 
      else if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
8117 
        output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%Y operand");
8118 
      else if (REGNO (x) < 8)
8119 
        fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
8120 
      else if (REGNO (x) >= 24 && REGNO (x) < 32)
8121 
        fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)-16], file);
8122 
      else
8123 
        output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%Y operand");
8124 
      return;
8125 
    case 'L':
8126 
      /* Print out the low order register name of a register pair.  */
8127 
      if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
8128 
        fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
8129 
      else
8130 
        fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
8131 
      return;
8132 
    case 'H':
8133 
      /* Print out the high order register name of a register pair.  */
8134 
      if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
8135 
        fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
8136 
      else
8137 
        fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
8138 
      return;
8139 
    case 'R':
8140 
      /* Print out the second register name of a register pair or quad.
8141 
         I.e., R (%o0) => %o1.  */
8142 
      fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+1], file);
8143 
      return;
8144 
    case 'S':
8145 
      /* Print out the third register name of a register quad.
8146 
         I.e., S (%o0) => %o2.  */
8147 
      fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+2], file);
8148 
      return;
8149 
    case 'T':
8150 
      /* Print out the fourth register name of a register quad.
8151 
         I.e., T (%o0) => %o3.  */
8152 
      fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)+3], file);
8153 
      return;
8154 
    case 'x':
8155 
      /* Print a condition code register.  */
8156 
      if (REGNO (x) == SPARC_ICC_REG)
8157 
        {
8158 
          /* We don't handle CC[X]_NOOVmode because they're not supposed
8159 
             to occur here.  */
8160 
          if (GET_MODE (x) == CCmode)
8161 
            fputs ("%icc", file);
8162 
          else if (GET_MODE (x) == CCXmode)
8163 
            fputs ("%xcc", file);
8164 
          else
8165 
            gcc_unreachable ();
8166 
        }
8167 
      else
8168 
        /* %fccN register */
8169 
        fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
8170 
      return;
8171 
    case 'm':
8172 
      /* Print the operand's address only.  */
8173 
      output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
8174 
      return;
8175 
    case 'r':
8176 
      /* In this case we need a register.  Use %g0 if the
8177 
         operand is const0_rtx.  */
8178 
      if (x == const0_rtx
8179 
          || (GET_MODE (x) != VOIDmode && x == CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x))))
8180 
        {
8181 
          fputs ("%g0", file);
8182 
          return;
8183 
        }
8184 
      else
8185 
        break;
8186 
 
8187 
    case 'A':
8188 
      switch (GET_CODE (x))
8189 
        {
8190 
        case IOR: fputs ("or", file); break;
8191 
        case AND: fputs ("and", file); break;
8192 
        case XOR: fputs ("xor", file); break;
8193 
        default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%A operand");
8194 
        }
8195 
      return;
8196 
 
8197 
    case 'B':
8198 
      switch (GET_CODE (x))
8199 
        {
8200 
        case IOR: fputs ("orn", file); break;
8201 
        case AND: fputs ("andn", file); break;
8202 
        case XOR: fputs ("xnor", file); break;
8203 
        default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%B operand");
8204 
        }
8205 
      return;
8206 
 
8207 
      /* This is used by the conditional move instructions.  */
8208 
    case 'C':
8209 
      {
8210 
        enum rtx_code rc = GET_CODE (x);
8211 
 
8212 
        switch (rc)
8213 
          {
8214 
          case NE: fputs ("ne", file); break;
8215 
          case EQ: fputs ("e", file); break;
8216 
          case GE: fputs ("ge", file); break;
8217 
          case GT: fputs ("g", file); break;
8218 
          case LE: fputs ("le", file); break;
8219 
          case LT: fputs ("l", file); break;
8220 
          case GEU: fputs ("geu", file); break;
8221 
          case GTU: fputs ("gu", file); break;
8222 
          case LEU: fputs ("leu", file); break;
8223 
          case LTU: fputs ("lu", file); break;
8224 
          case LTGT: fputs ("lg", file); break;
8225 
          case UNORDERED: fputs ("u", file); break;
8226 
          case ORDERED: fputs ("o", file); break;
8227 
          case UNLT: fputs ("ul", file); break;
8228 
          case UNLE: fputs ("ule", file); break;
8229 
          case UNGT: fputs ("ug", file); break;
8230 
          case UNGE: fputs ("uge", file); break;
8231 
          case UNEQ: fputs ("ue", file); break;
8232 
          default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%C operand");
8233 
          }
8234 
        return;
8235 
      }
8236 
 
8237 
      /* This are used by the movr instruction pattern.  */
8238 
    case 'D':
8239 
      {
8240 
        enum rtx_code rc = GET_CODE (x);
8241 
        switch (rc)
8242 
          {
8243 
          case NE: fputs ("ne", file); break;
8244 
          case EQ: fputs ("e", file); break;
8245 
          case GE: fputs ("gez", file); break;
8246 
          case LT: fputs ("lz", file); break;
8247 
          case LE: fputs ("lez", file); break;
8248 
          case GT: fputs ("gz", file); break;
8249 
          default: output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%D operand");
8250 
          }
8251 
        return;
8252 
      }
8253 
 
8254 
    case 'b':
8255 
      {
8256 
        /* Print a sign-extended character.  */
8257 
        int i = trunc_int_for_mode (INTVAL (x), QImode);
8258 
        fprintf (file, "%d", i);
8259 
        return;
8260 
      }
8261 
 
8262 
    case 'f':
8263 
      /* Operand must be a MEM; write its address.  */
8264 
      if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
8265 
        output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%f operand");
8266 
      output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
8267 
      return;
8268 
 
8269 
    case 's':
8270 
      {
8271 
        /* Print a sign-extended 32-bit value.  */
8272 
        HOST_WIDE_INT i;
8273 
        if (GET_CODE(x) == CONST_INT)
8274 
          i = INTVAL (x);
8275 
        else if (GET_CODE(x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
8276 
          i = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x);
8277 
        else
8278 
          {
8279 
            output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s operand");
8280 
            return;
8281 
          }
8282 
        i = trunc_int_for_mode (i, SImode);
8283 
        fprintf (file, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, i);
8284 
        return;
8285 
      }
8286 
 
8287 
    case 0:
8288 
      /* Do nothing special.  */
8289 
      break;
8290 
 
8291 
    default:
8292 
      /* Undocumented flag.  */
8293 
      output_operand_lossage ("invalid operand output code");
8294 
    }
8295 
 
8296 
  if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
8297 
    fputs (reg_names[REGNO (x)], file);
8298 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
8299 
    {
8300 
      fputc ('[', file);
8301 
        /* Poor Sun assembler doesn't understand absolute addressing.  */
8302 
      if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 0)))
8303 
        fputs ("%g0+", file);
8304 
      output_address (XEXP (x, 0));
8305 
      fputc (']', file);
8306 
    }
8307 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == HIGH)
8308 
    {
8309 
      fputs ("%hi(", file);
8310 
      output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 0));
8311 
      fputc (')', file);
8312 
    }
8313 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == LO_SUM)
8314 
    {
8315 
      sparc_print_operand (file, XEXP (x, 0), 0);
8316 
      if (TARGET_CM_MEDMID)
8317 
        fputs ("+%l44(", file);
8318 
      else
8319 
        fputs ("+%lo(", file);
8320 
      output_addr_const (file, XEXP (x, 1));
8321 
      fputc (')', file);
8322 
    }
8323 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE
8324 
           && (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
8325 
               || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x)) == MODE_INT))
8326 
    {
8327 
      if (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == 0)
8328 
        fprintf (file, "%u", (unsigned int) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
8329 
      else if (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == -1
8330 
               && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0)
8331 
        fprintf (file, "%d", (int) CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x));
8332 
      else
8333 
        output_operand_lossage ("long long constant not a valid immediate operand");
8334 
    }
8335 
  else if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_DOUBLE)
8336 
    output_operand_lossage ("floating point constant not a valid immediate operand");
8337 
  else { output_addr_const (file, x); }
8338 
}
8339 
 
8340 
/* Implement TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS.  */
8341 
 
8342 
static void
8343 
sparc_print_operand_address (FILE *file, rtx x)
8344 
{
8345 
  register rtx base, index = 0;
8346 
  int offset = 0;
8347 
  register rtx addr = x;
8348 
 
8349 
  if (REG_P (addr))
8350 
    fputs (reg_names[REGNO (addr)], file);
8351 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
8352 
    {
8353 
      if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (addr, 0)))
8354 
        offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 0)), base = XEXP (addr, 1);
8355 
      else if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (addr, 1)))
8356 
        offset = INTVAL (XEXP (addr, 1)), base = XEXP (addr, 0);
8357 
      else
8358 
        base = XEXP (addr, 0), index = XEXP (addr, 1);
8359 
      if (GET_CODE (base) == LO_SUM)
8360 
        {
8361 
          gcc_assert (USE_AS_OFFSETABLE_LO10
8362 
                      && TARGET_ARCH64
8363 
                      && ! TARGET_CM_MEDMID);
8364 
          output_operand (XEXP (base, 0), 0);
8365 
          fputs ("+%lo(", file);
8366 
          output_address (XEXP (base, 1));
8367 
          fprintf (file, ")+%d", offset);
8368 
        }
8369 
      else
8370 
        {
8371 
          fputs (reg_names[REGNO (base)], file);
8372 
          if (index == 0)
8373 
            fprintf (file, "%+d", offset);
8374 
          else if (REG_P (index))
8375 
            fprintf (file, "+%s", reg_names[REGNO (index)]);
8376 
          else if (GET_CODE (index) == SYMBOL_REF
8377 
                   || GET_CODE (index) == LABEL_REF
8378 
                   || GET_CODE (index) == CONST)
8379 
            fputc ('+', file), output_addr_const (file, index);
8380 
          else gcc_unreachable ();
8381 
        }
8382 
    }
8383 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr) == MINUS
8384 
           && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 1)) == LABEL_REF)
8385 
    {
8386 
      output_addr_const (file, XEXP (addr, 0));
8387 
      fputs ("-(", file);
8388 
      output_addr_const (file, XEXP (addr, 1));
8389 
      fputs ("-.)", file);
8390 
    }
8391 
  else if (GET_CODE (addr) == LO_SUM)
8392 
    {
8393 
      output_operand (XEXP (addr, 0), 0);
8394 
      if (TARGET_CM_MEDMID)
8395 
        fputs ("+%l44(", file);
8396 
      else
8397 
        fputs ("+%lo(", file);
8398 
      output_address (XEXP (addr, 1));
8399 
      fputc (')', file);
8400 
    }
8401 
  else if (flag_pic
8402 
           && GET_CODE (addr) == CONST
8403 
           && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr, 0)) == MINUS
8404 
           && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1)) == CONST
8405 
           && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1), 0)) == MINUS
8406 
           && XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (addr, 0), 1), 0), 1) == pc_rtx)
8407 
    {
8408 
      addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
8409 
      output_addr_const (file, XEXP (addr, 0));
8410 
      /* Group the args of the second CONST in parenthesis.  */
8411 
      fputs ("-(", file);
8412 
      /* Skip past the second CONST--it does nothing for us.  */
8413 
      output_addr_const (file, XEXP (XEXP (addr, 1), 0));
8414 
      /* Close the parenthesis.  */
8415 
      fputc (')', file);
8416 
    }
8417 
  else
8418 
    {
8419 
      output_addr_const (file, addr);
8420 
    }
8421 
}
8422 
 
8423 
/* Target hook for assembling integer objects.  The sparc version has
8424 
   special handling for aligned DI-mode objects.  */
8425 
 
8426 
static bool
8427 
sparc_assemble_integer (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p)
8428 
{
8429 
  /* ??? We only output .xword's for symbols and only then in environments
8430 
     where the assembler can handle them.  */
8431 
  if (aligned_p && size == 8
8432 
      && (GET_CODE (x) != CONST_INT && GET_CODE (x) != CONST_DOUBLE))
8433 
    {
8434 
      if (TARGET_V9)
8435 
        {
8436 
          assemble_integer_with_op ("\t.xword\t", x);
8437 
          return true;
8438 
        }
8439 
      else
8440 
        {
8441 
          assemble_aligned_integer (4, const0_rtx);
8442 
          assemble_aligned_integer (4, x);
8443 
          return true;
8444 
        }
8445 
    }
8446 
  return default_assemble_integer (x, size, aligned_p);
8447 
}
8448 
 
8449 
/* Return the value of a code used in the .proc pseudo-op that says
8450 
   what kind of result this function returns.  For non-C types, we pick
8451 
   the closest C type.  */
8452 
 
8453 
#ifndef SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
8454 
#define SHORT_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_UNIT * 2)
8455 
#endif
8456 
 
8457 
#ifndef INT_TYPE_SIZE
8458 
#define INT_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
8459 
#endif
8460 
 
8461 
#ifndef LONG_TYPE_SIZE
8462 
#define LONG_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
8463 
#endif
8464 
 
8465 
#ifndef LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
8466 
#define LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
8467 
#endif
8468 
 
8469 
#ifndef FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
8470 
#define FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE BITS_PER_WORD
8471 
#endif
8472 
 
8473 
#ifndef DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
8474 
#define DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
8475 
#endif
8476 
 
8477 
#ifndef LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
8478 
#define LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE (BITS_PER_WORD * 2)
8479 
#endif
8480 
 
8481 
unsigned long
8482 
sparc_type_code (register tree type)
8483 
{
8484 
  register unsigned long qualifiers = 0;
8485 
  register unsigned shift;
8486 
 
8487 
  /* Only the first 30 bits of the qualifier are valid.  We must refrain from
8488 
     setting more, since some assemblers will give an error for this.  Also,
8489 
     we must be careful to avoid shifts of 32 bits or more to avoid getting
8490 
     unpredictable results.  */
8491 
 
8492 
  for (shift = 6; shift < 30; shift += 2, type = TREE_TYPE (type))
8493 
    {
8494 
      switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8495 
        {
8496 
        case ERROR_MARK:
8497 
          return qualifiers;
8498 
 
8499 
        case ARRAY_TYPE:
8500 
          qualifiers |= (3 << shift);
8501 
          break;
8502 
 
8503 
        case FUNCTION_TYPE:
8504 
        case METHOD_TYPE:
8505 
          qualifiers |= (2 << shift);
8506 
          break;
8507 
 
8508 
        case POINTER_TYPE:
8509 
        case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8510 
        case OFFSET_TYPE:
8511 
          qualifiers |= (1 << shift);
8512 
          break;
8513 
 
8514 
        case RECORD_TYPE:
8515 
          return (qualifiers | 8);
8516 
 
8517 
        case UNION_TYPE:
8518 
        case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8519 
          return (qualifiers | 9);
8520 
 
8521 
        case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
8522 
          return (qualifiers | 10);
8523 
 
8524 
        case VOID_TYPE:
8525 
          return (qualifiers | 16);
8526 
 
8527 
        case INTEGER_TYPE:
8528 
          /* If this is a range type, consider it to be the underlying
8529 
             type.  */
8530 
          if (TREE_TYPE (type) != 0)
8531 
            break;
8532 
 
8533 
          /* Carefully distinguish all the standard types of C,
8534 
             without messing up if the language is not C.  We do this by
8535 
             testing TYPE_PRECISION and TYPE_UNSIGNED.  The old code used to
8536 
             look at both the names and the above fields, but that's redundant.
8537 
             Any type whose size is between two C types will be considered
8538 
             to be the wider of the two types.  Also, we do not have a
8539 
             special code to use for "long long", so anything wider than
8540 
             long is treated the same.  Note that we can't distinguish
8541 
             between "int" and "long" in this code if they are the same
8542 
             size, but that's fine, since neither can the assembler.  */
8543 
 
8544 
          if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= CHAR_TYPE_SIZE)
8545 
            return (qualifiers | (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 12 : 2));
8546 
 
8547 
          else if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= SHORT_TYPE_SIZE)
8548 
            return (qualifiers | (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 13 : 3));
8549 
 
8550 
          else if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) <= INT_TYPE_SIZE)
8551 
            return (qualifiers | (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 14 : 4));
8552 
 
8553 
          else
8554 
            return (qualifiers | (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type) ? 15 : 5));
8555 
 
8556 
        case REAL_TYPE:
8557 
          /* If this is a range type, consider it to be the underlying
8558 
             type.  */
8559 
          if (TREE_TYPE (type) != 0)
8560 
            break;
8561 
 
8562 
          /* Carefully distinguish all the standard types of C,
8563 
             without messing up if the language is not C.  */
8564 
 
8565 
          if (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE)
8566 
            return (qualifiers | 6);
8567 
 
8568 
          else
8569 
            return (qualifiers | 7);
8570 
 
8571 
        case COMPLEX_TYPE:      /* GNU Fortran COMPLEX type.  */
8572 
          /* ??? We need to distinguish between double and float complex types,
8573 
             but I don't know how yet because I can't reach this code from
8574 
             existing front-ends.  */
8575 
          return (qualifiers | 7);      /* Who knows? */
8576 
 
8577 
        case VECTOR_TYPE:
8578 
        case BOOLEAN_TYPE:      /* Boolean truth value type.  */
8579 
        case LANG_TYPE:
8580 
        case NULLPTR_TYPE:
8581 
          return qualifiers;
8582 
 
8583 
        default:
8584 
          gcc_unreachable ();           /* Not a type! */
8585 
        }
8586 
    }
8587 
 
8588 
  return qualifiers;
8589 
}
8590 
 
8591 
/* Nested function support.  */
8592 
 
8593 
/* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline.
8594 
   FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure code.
8595 
   CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function.
8596 
 
8597 
   This takes 16 insns: 2 shifts & 2 ands (to split up addresses), 4 sethi
8598 
   (to load in opcodes), 4 iors (to merge address and opcodes), and 4 writes
8599 
   (to store insns).  This is a bit excessive.  Perhaps a different
8600 
   mechanism would be better here.
8601 
 
8602 
   Emit enough FLUSH insns to synchronize the data and instruction caches.  */
8603 
 
8604 
static void
8605 
sparc32_initialize_trampoline (rtx m_tramp, rtx fnaddr, rtx cxt)
8606 
{
8607 
  /* SPARC 32-bit trampoline:
8608 
 
8609 
        sethi   %hi(fn), %g1
8610 
        sethi   %hi(static), %g2
8611 
        jmp     %g1+%lo(fn)
8612 
        or      %g2, %lo(static), %g2
8613 
 
8614 
    SETHI i,r  = 00rr rrr1 00ii iiii iiii iiii iiii iiii
8615 
    JMPL r+i,d = 10dd ddd1 1100 0rrr rr1i iiii iiii iiii
8616 
   */
8617 
 
8618 
  emit_move_insn
8619 
    (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 0),
8620 
     expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
8621 
                   expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, SImode, fnaddr, 10, 0, 1),
8622 
                   GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x03000000, SImode)),
8623 
                   NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
8624 
 
8625 
  emit_move_insn
8626 
    (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 4),
8627 
     expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
8628 
                   expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR, SImode, cxt, 10, 0, 1),
8629 
                   GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x05000000, SImode)),
8630 
                   NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
8631 
 
8632 
  emit_move_insn
8633 
    (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 8),
8634 
     expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
8635 
                   expand_and (SImode, fnaddr, GEN_INT (0x3ff), NULL_RTX),
8636 
                   GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x81c06000, SImode)),
8637 
                   NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
8638 
 
8639 
  emit_move_insn
8640 
    (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 12),
8641 
     expand_binop (SImode, ior_optab,
8642 
                   expand_and (SImode, cxt, GEN_INT (0x3ff), NULL_RTX),
8643 
                   GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x8410a000, SImode)),
8644 
                   NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT));
8645 
 
8646 
  /* On UltraSPARC a flush flushes an entire cache line.  The trampoline is
8647 
     aligned on a 16 byte boundary so one flush clears it all.  */
8648 
  emit_insn (gen_flush (validize_mem (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 0))));
8649 
  if (sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
8650 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
8651 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA
8652 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2
8653 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3
8654 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4)
8655 
    emit_insn (gen_flush (validize_mem (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 8))));
8656 
 
8657 
  /* Call __enable_execute_stack after writing onto the stack to make sure
8658 
     the stack address is accessible.  */
8659 
#ifdef HAVE_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
8660 
  emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__enable_execute_stack"),
8661 
                     LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, XEXP (m_tramp, 0), Pmode);
8662 
#endif
8663 
 
8664 
}
8665 
 
8666 
/* The 64-bit version is simpler because it makes more sense to load the
8667 
   values as "immediate" data out of the trampoline.  It's also easier since
8668 
   we can read the PC without clobbering a register.  */
8669 
 
8670 
static void
8671 
sparc64_initialize_trampoline (rtx m_tramp, rtx fnaddr, rtx cxt)
8672 
{
8673 
  /* SPARC 64-bit trampoline:
8674 
 
8675 
        rd      %pc, %g1
8676 
        ldx     [%g1+24], %g5
8677 
        jmp     %g5
8678 
        ldx     [%g1+16], %g5
8679 
        +16 bytes data
8680 
   */
8681 
 
8682 
  emit_move_insn (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 0),
8683 
                  GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x83414000, SImode)));
8684 
  emit_move_insn (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 4),
8685 
                  GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0xca586018, SImode)));
8686 
  emit_move_insn (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 8),
8687 
                  GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0x81c14000, SImode)));
8688 
  emit_move_insn (adjust_address (m_tramp, SImode, 12),
8689 
                  GEN_INT (trunc_int_for_mode (0xca586010, SImode)));
8690 
  emit_move_insn (adjust_address (m_tramp, DImode, 16), cxt);
8691 
  emit_move_insn (adjust_address (m_tramp, DImode, 24), fnaddr);
8692 
  emit_insn (gen_flushdi (validize_mem (adjust_address (m_tramp, DImode, 0))));
8693 
 
8694 
  if (sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
8695 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
8696 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA
8697 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2
8698 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3
8699 
      && sparc_cpu != PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4)
8700 
    emit_insn (gen_flushdi (validize_mem (adjust_address (m_tramp, DImode, 8))));
8701 
 
8702 
  /* Call __enable_execute_stack after writing onto the stack to make sure
8703 
     the stack address is accessible.  */
8704 
#ifdef HAVE_ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
8705 
  emit_library_call (gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, "__enable_execute_stack"),
8706 
                     LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, XEXP (m_tramp, 0), Pmode);
8707 
#endif
8708 
}
8709 
 
8710 
/* Worker for TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT.  */
8711 
 
8712 
static void
8713 
sparc_trampoline_init (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx cxt)
8714 
{
8715 
  rtx fnaddr = force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (DECL_RTL (fndecl), 0));
8716 
  cxt = force_reg (Pmode, cxt);
8717 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
8718 
    sparc64_initialize_trampoline (m_tramp, fnaddr, cxt);
8719 
  else
8720 
    sparc32_initialize_trampoline (m_tramp, fnaddr, cxt);
8721 
}
8722 
 
8723 
/* Adjust the cost of a scheduling dependency.  Return the new cost of
8724 
   a dependency LINK or INSN on DEP_INSN.  COST is the current cost.  */
8725 
 
8726 
static int
8727 
supersparc_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep_insn, int cost)
8728 
{
8729 
  enum attr_type insn_type;
8730 
 
8731 
  if (! recog_memoized (insn))
8732 
    return 0;
8733 
 
8734 
  insn_type = get_attr_type (insn);
8735 
 
8736 
  if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == 0)
8737 
    {
8738 
      /* Data dependency; DEP_INSN writes a register that INSN reads some
8739 
         cycles later.  */
8740 
 
8741 
      /* if a load, then the dependence must be on the memory address;
8742 
         add an extra "cycle".  Note that the cost could be two cycles
8743 
         if the reg was written late in an instruction group; we ca not tell
8744 
         here.  */
8745 
      if (insn_type == TYPE_LOAD || insn_type == TYPE_FPLOAD)
8746 
        return cost + 3;
8747 
 
8748 
      /* Get the delay only if the address of the store is the dependence.  */
8749 
      if (insn_type == TYPE_STORE || insn_type == TYPE_FPSTORE)
8750 
        {
8751 
          rtx pat = PATTERN(insn);
8752 
          rtx dep_pat = PATTERN (dep_insn);
8753 
 
8754 
          if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET)
8755 
            return cost;  /* This should not happen!  */
8756 
 
8757 
          /* The dependency between the two instructions was on the data that
8758 
             is being stored.  Assume that this implies that the address of the
8759 
             store is not dependent.  */
8760 
          if (rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (dep_pat), SET_SRC (pat)))
8761 
            return cost;
8762 
 
8763 
          return cost + 3;  /* An approximation.  */
8764 
        }
8765 
 
8766 
      /* A shift instruction cannot receive its data from an instruction
8767 
         in the same cycle; add a one cycle penalty.  */
8768 
      if (insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
8769 
        return cost + 3;   /* Split before cascade into shift.  */
8770 
    }
8771 
  else
8772 
    {
8773 
      /* Anti- or output- dependency; DEP_INSN reads/writes a register that
8774 
         INSN writes some cycles later.  */
8775 
 
8776 
      /* These are only significant for the fpu unit; writing a fp reg before
8777 
         the fpu has finished with it stalls the processor.  */
8778 
 
8779 
      /* Reusing an integer register causes no problems.  */
8780 
      if (insn_type == TYPE_IALU || insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
8781 
        return 0;
8782 
    }
8783 
 
8784 
  return cost;
8785 
}
8786 
 
8787 
static int
8788 
hypersparc_adjust_cost (rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep_insn, int cost)
8789 
{
8790 
  enum attr_type insn_type, dep_type;
8791 
  rtx pat = PATTERN(insn);
8792 
  rtx dep_pat = PATTERN (dep_insn);
8793 
 
8794 
  if (recog_memoized (insn) < 0 || recog_memoized (dep_insn) < 0)
8795 
    return cost;
8796 
 
8797 
  insn_type = get_attr_type (insn);
8798 
  dep_type = get_attr_type (dep_insn);
8799 
 
8800 
  switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (link))
8801 
    {
8802 
    case 0:
8803 
      /* Data dependency; DEP_INSN writes a register that INSN reads some
8804 
         cycles later.  */
8805 
 
8806 
      switch (insn_type)
8807 
        {
8808 
        case TYPE_STORE:
8809 
        case TYPE_FPSTORE:
8810 
          /* Get the delay iff the address of the store is the dependence.  */
8811 
          if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET)
8812 
            return cost;
8813 
 
8814 
          if (rtx_equal_p (SET_DEST (dep_pat), SET_SRC (pat)))
8815 
            return cost;
8816 
          return cost + 3;
8817 
 
8818 
        case TYPE_LOAD:
8819 
        case TYPE_SLOAD:
8820 
        case TYPE_FPLOAD:
8821 
          /* If a load, then the dependence must be on the memory address.  If
8822 
             the addresses aren't equal, then it might be a false dependency */
8823 
          if (dep_type == TYPE_STORE || dep_type == TYPE_FPSTORE)
8824 
            {
8825 
              if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET || GET_CODE (dep_pat) != SET
8826 
                  || GET_CODE (SET_DEST (dep_pat)) != MEM
8827 
                  || GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)) != MEM
8828 
                  || ! rtx_equal_p (XEXP (SET_DEST (dep_pat), 0),
8829 
                                    XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0)))
8830 
                return cost + 2;
8831 
 
8832 
              return cost + 8;
8833 
            }
8834 
          break;
8835 
 
8836 
        case TYPE_BRANCH:
8837 
          /* Compare to branch latency is 0.  There is no benefit from
8838 
             separating compare and branch.  */
8839 
          if (dep_type == TYPE_COMPARE)
8840 
            return 0;
8841 
          /* Floating point compare to branch latency is less than
8842 
             compare to conditional move.  */
8843 
          if (dep_type == TYPE_FPCMP)
8844 
            return cost - 1;
8845 
          break;
8846 
        default:
8847 
          break;
8848 
        }
8849 
        break;
8850 
 
8851 
    case REG_DEP_ANTI:
8852 
      /* Anti-dependencies only penalize the fpu unit.  */
8853 
      if (insn_type == TYPE_IALU || insn_type == TYPE_SHIFT)
8854 
        return 0;
8855 
      break;
8856 
 
8857 
    default:
8858 
      break;
8859 
    }
8860 
 
8861 
  return cost;
8862 
}
8863 
 
8864 
static int
8865 
sparc_adjust_cost(rtx insn, rtx link, rtx dep, int cost)
8866 
{
8867 
  switch (sparc_cpu)
8868 
    {
8869 
    case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
8870 
      cost = supersparc_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep, cost);
8871 
      break;
8872 
    case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
8873 
    case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
8874 
      cost = hypersparc_adjust_cost (insn, link, dep, cost);
8875 
      break;
8876 
    default:
8877 
      break;
8878 
    }
8879 
  return cost;
8880 
}
8881 
 
8882 
static void
8883 
sparc_sched_init (FILE *dump ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8884 
                  int sched_verbose ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8885 
                  int max_ready ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8886 
{}
8887 
 
8888 
static int
8889 
sparc_use_sched_lookahead (void)
8890 
{
8891 
  if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA
8892 
      || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2
8893 
      || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3
8894 
      || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4)
8895 
    return 0;
8896 
  if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
8897 
      || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3)
8898 
    return 4;
8899 
  if ((1 << sparc_cpu) &
8900 
      ((1 << PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC) | (1 << PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC) |
8901 
       (1 << PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X)))
8902 
    return 3;
8903 
  return 0;
8904 
}
8905 
 
8906 
static int
8907 
sparc_issue_rate (void)
8908 
{
8909 
  switch (sparc_cpu)
8910 
    {
8911 
    case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA:
8912 
    case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2:
8913 
    case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3:
8914 
    case PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4:
8915 
    default:
8916 
      return 1;
8917 
    case PROCESSOR_V9:
8918 
      /* Assume V9 processors are capable of at least dual-issue.  */
8919 
      return 2;
8920 
    case PROCESSOR_SUPERSPARC:
8921 
      return 3;
8922 
    case PROCESSOR_HYPERSPARC:
8923 
    case PROCESSOR_SPARCLITE86X:
8924 
      return 2;
8925 
    case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC:
8926 
    case PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3:
8927 
      return 4;
8928 
    }
8929 
}
8930 
 
8931 
static int
8932 
set_extends (rtx insn)
8933 
{
8934 
  register rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
8935 
 
8936 
  switch (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (pat)))
8937 
    {
8938 
      /* Load and some shift instructions zero extend.  */
8939 
    case MEM:
8940 
    case ZERO_EXTEND:
8941 
      /* sethi clears the high bits */
8942 
    case HIGH:
8943 
      /* LO_SUM is used with sethi.  sethi cleared the high
8944 
         bits and the values used with lo_sum are positive */
8945 
    case LO_SUM:
8946 
      /* Store flag stores 0 or 1 */
8947 
    case LT: case LTU:
8948 
    case GT: case GTU:
8949 
    case LE: case LEU:
8950 
    case GE: case GEU:
8951 
    case EQ:
8952 
    case NE:
8953 
      return 1;
8954 
    case AND:
8955 
      {
8956 
        rtx op0 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0);
8957 
        rtx op1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 1);
8958 
        if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
8959 
          return INTVAL (op1) >= 0;
8960 
        if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG)
8961 
          return 0;
8962 
        if (sparc_check_64 (op0, insn) == 1)
8963 
          return 1;
8964 
        return (GET_CODE (op1) == REG && sparc_check_64 (op1, insn) == 1);
8965 
      }
8966 
    case IOR:
8967 
    case XOR:
8968 
      {
8969 
        rtx op0 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 0);
8970 
        rtx op1 = XEXP (SET_SRC (pat), 1);
8971 
        if (GET_CODE (op0) != REG || sparc_check_64 (op0, insn) <= 0)
8972 
          return 0;
8973 
        if (GET_CODE (op1) == CONST_INT)
8974 
          return INTVAL (op1) >= 0;
8975 
        return (GET_CODE (op1) == REG && sparc_check_64 (op1, insn) == 1);
8976 
      }
8977 
    case LSHIFTRT:
8978 
      return GET_MODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == SImode;
8979 
      /* Positive integers leave the high bits zero.  */
8980 
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
8981 
      return ! (CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (SET_SRC (pat)) & 0x80000000);
8982 
    case CONST_INT:
8983 
      return ! (INTVAL (SET_SRC (pat)) & 0x80000000);
8984 
    case ASHIFTRT:
8985 
    case SIGN_EXTEND:
8986 
      return - (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (pat)) == SImode);
8987 
    case REG:
8988 
      return sparc_check_64 (SET_SRC (pat), insn);
8989 
    default:
8990 
      return 0;
8991 
    }
8992 
}
8993 
 
8994 
/* We _ought_ to have only one kind per function, but...  */
8995 
static GTY(()) rtx sparc_addr_diff_list;
8996 
static GTY(()) rtx sparc_addr_list;
8997 
 
8998 
void
8999 
sparc_defer_case_vector (rtx lab, rtx vec, int diff)
9000 
{
9001 
  vec = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, lab, vec);
9002 
  if (diff)
9003 
    sparc_addr_diff_list
9004 
      = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, vec, sparc_addr_diff_list);
9005 
  else
9006 
    sparc_addr_list = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode, vec, sparc_addr_list);
9007 
}
9008 
 
9009 
static void
9010 
sparc_output_addr_vec (rtx vec)
9011 
{
9012 
  rtx lab = XEXP (vec, 0), body = XEXP (vec, 1);
9013 
  int idx, vlen = XVECLEN (body, 0);
9014 
 
9015 
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START
9016 
  ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START (asm_out_file);
9017 
#endif
9018 
 
9019 
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL
9020 
  ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab),
9021 
                         NEXT_INSN (lab));
9022 
#else
9023 
  (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab));
9024 
#endif
9025 
 
9026 
  for (idx = 0; idx < vlen; idx++)
9027 
    {
9028 
      ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT
9029 
        (asm_out_file, CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body, 0, idx), 0)));
9030 
    }
9031 
 
9032 
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END
9033 
  ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END (asm_out_file);
9034 
#endif
9035 
}
9036 
 
9037 
static void
9038 
sparc_output_addr_diff_vec (rtx vec)
9039 
{
9040 
  rtx lab = XEXP (vec, 0), body = XEXP (vec, 1);
9041 
  rtx base = XEXP (XEXP (body, 0), 0);
9042 
  int idx, vlen = XVECLEN (body, 1);
9043 
 
9044 
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START
9045 
  ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_START (asm_out_file);
9046 
#endif
9047 
 
9048 
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL
9049 
  ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab),
9050 
                         NEXT_INSN (lab));
9051 
#else
9052 
  (*targetm.asm_out.internal_label) (asm_out_file, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab));
9053 
#endif
9054 
 
9055 
  for (idx = 0; idx < vlen; idx++)
9056 
    {
9057 
      ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT
9058 
        (asm_out_file,
9059 
         body,
9060 
         CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body, 1, idx), 0)),
9061 
         CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (base));
9062 
    }
9063 
 
9064 
#ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END
9065 
  ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_END (asm_out_file);
9066 
#endif
9067 
}
9068 
 
9069 
static void
9070 
sparc_output_deferred_case_vectors (void)
9071 
{
9072 
  rtx t;
9073 
  int align;
9074 
 
9075 
  if (sparc_addr_list == NULL_RTX
9076 
      && sparc_addr_diff_list == NULL_RTX)
9077 
    return;
9078 
 
9079 
  /* Align to cache line in the function's code section.  */
9080 
  switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
9081 
 
9082 
  align = floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
9083 
  if (align > 0)
9084 
    ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
9085 
 
9086 
  for (t = sparc_addr_list; t ; t = XEXP (t, 1))
9087 
    sparc_output_addr_vec (XEXP (t, 0));
9088 
  for (t = sparc_addr_diff_list; t ; t = XEXP (t, 1))
9089 
    sparc_output_addr_diff_vec (XEXP (t, 0));
9090 
 
9091 
  sparc_addr_list = sparc_addr_diff_list = NULL_RTX;
9092 
}
9093 
 
9094 
/* Return 0 if the high 32 bits of X (the low word of X, if DImode) are
9095 
   unknown.  Return 1 if the high bits are zero, -1 if the register is
9096 
   sign extended.  */
9097 
int
9098 
sparc_check_64 (rtx x, rtx insn)
9099 
{
9100 
  /* If a register is set only once it is safe to ignore insns this
9101 
     code does not know how to handle.  The loop will either recognize
9102 
     the single set and return the correct value or fail to recognize
9103 
     it and return 0.  */
9104 
  int set_once = 0;
9105 
  rtx y = x;
9106 
 
9107 
  gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == REG);
9108 
 
9109 
  if (GET_MODE (x) == DImode)
9110 
    y = gen_rtx_REG (SImode, REGNO (x) + WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN);
9111 
 
9112 
  if (flag_expensive_optimizations
9113 
      && df && DF_REG_DEF_COUNT (REGNO (y)) == 1)
9114 
    set_once = 1;
9115 
 
9116 
  if (insn == 0)
9117 
    {
9118 
      if (set_once)
9119 
        insn = get_last_insn_anywhere ();
9120 
      else
9121 
        return 0;
9122 
    }
9123 
 
9124 
  while ((insn = PREV_INSN (insn)))
9125 
    {
9126 
      switch (GET_CODE (insn))
9127 
        {
9128 
        case JUMP_INSN:
9129 
        case NOTE:
9130 
          break;
9131 
        case CODE_LABEL:
9132 
        case CALL_INSN:
9133 
        default:
9134 
          if (! set_once)
9135 
            return 0;
9136 
          break;
9137 
        case INSN:
9138 
          {
9139 
            rtx pat = PATTERN (insn);
9140 
            if (GET_CODE (pat) != SET)
9141 
              return 0;
9142 
            if (rtx_equal_p (x, SET_DEST (pat)))
9143 
              return set_extends (insn);
9144 
            if (y && rtx_equal_p (y, SET_DEST (pat)))
9145 
              return set_extends (insn);
9146 
            if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (SET_DEST (pat), y))
9147 
              return 0;
9148 
          }
9149 
        }
9150 
    }
9151 
  return 0;
9152 
}
9153 
 
9154 
/* Output a wide shift instruction in V8+ mode.  INSN is the instruction,
9155 
   OPERANDS are its operands and OPCODE is the mnemonic to be used.  */
9156 
 
9157 
const char *
9158 
output_v8plus_shift (rtx insn, rtx *operands, const char *opcode)
9159 
{
9160 
  static char asm_code[60];
9161 
 
9162 
  /* The scratch register is only required when the destination
9163 
     register is not a 64-bit global or out register.  */
9164 
  if (which_alternative != 2)
9165 
    operands[3] = operands[0];
9166 
 
9167 
  /* We can only shift by constants <= 63. */
9168 
  if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT)
9169 
    operands[2] = GEN_INT (INTVAL (operands[2]) & 0x3f);
9170 
 
9171 
  if (GET_CODE (operands[1]) == CONST_INT)
9172 
    {
9173 
      output_asm_insn ("mov\t%1, %3", operands);
9174 
    }
9175 
  else
9176 
    {
9177 
      output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H1, 32, %3", operands);
9178 
      if (sparc_check_64 (operands[1], insn) <= 0)
9179 
        output_asm_insn ("srl\t%L1, 0, %L1", operands);
9180 
      output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %3, %3", operands);
9181 
    }
9182 
 
9183 
  strcpy (asm_code, opcode);
9184 
 
9185 
  if (which_alternative != 2)
9186 
    return strcat (asm_code, "\t%0, %2, %L0\n\tsrlx\t%L0, 32, %H0");
9187 
  else
9188 
    return
9189 
      strcat (asm_code, "\t%3, %2, %3\n\tsrlx\t%3, 32, %H0\n\tmov\t%3, %L0");
9190 
}
9191 
 
9192 
/* Output rtl to increment the profiler label LABELNO
9193 
   for profiling a function entry.  */
9194 
 
9195 
void
9196 
sparc_profile_hook (int labelno)
9197 
{
9198 
  char buf[32];
9199 
  rtx lab, fun;
9200 
 
9201 
  fun = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, MCOUNT_FUNCTION);
9202 
  if (NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS)
9203 
    {
9204 
      emit_library_call (fun, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 0);
9205 
    }
9206 
  else
9207 
    {
9208 
      ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, "LP", labelno);
9209 
      lab = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, ggc_strdup (buf));
9210 
      emit_library_call (fun, LCT_NORMAL, VOIDmode, 1, lab, Pmode);
9211 
    }
9212 
}
9213 
 
9214 
#ifdef TARGET_SOLARIS
9215 
/* Solaris implementation of TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION.  */
9216 
 
9217 
static void
9218 
sparc_solaris_elf_asm_named_section (const char *name, unsigned int flags,
9219 
                                     tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9220 
{
9221 
  if (HAVE_COMDAT_GROUP && flags & SECTION_LINKONCE)
9222 
    {
9223 
      solaris_elf_asm_comdat_section (name, flags, decl);
9224 
      return;
9225 
    }
9226 
 
9227 
  fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.section\t\"%s\"", name);
9228 
 
9229 
  if (!(flags & SECTION_DEBUG))
9230 
    fputs (",#alloc", asm_out_file);
9231 
  if (flags & SECTION_WRITE)
9232 
    fputs (",#write", asm_out_file);
9233 
  if (flags & SECTION_TLS)
9234 
    fputs (",#tls", asm_out_file);
9235 
  if (flags & SECTION_CODE)
9236 
    fputs (",#execinstr", asm_out_file);
9237 
 
9238 
  /* ??? Handle SECTION_BSS.  */
9239 
 
9240 
  fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
9241 
}
9242 
#endif /* TARGET_SOLARIS */
9243 
 
9244 
/* We do not allow indirect calls to be optimized into sibling calls.
9245 
 
9246 
   We cannot use sibling calls when delayed branches are disabled
9247 
   because they will likely require the call delay slot to be filled.
9248 
 
9249 
   Also, on SPARC 32-bit we cannot emit a sibling call when the
9250 
   current function returns a structure.  This is because the "unimp
9251 
   after call" convention would cause the callee to return to the
9252 
   wrong place.  The generic code already disallows cases where the
9253 
   function being called returns a structure.
9254 
 
9255 
   It may seem strange how this last case could occur.  Usually there
9256 
   is code after the call which jumps to epilogue code which dumps the
9257 
   return value into the struct return area.  That ought to invalidate
9258 
   the sibling call right?  Well, in the C++ case we can end up passing
9259 
   the pointer to the struct return area to a constructor (which returns
9260 
   void) and then nothing else happens.  Such a sibling call would look
9261 
   valid without the added check here.
9262 
 
9263 
   VxWorks PIC PLT entries require the global pointer to be initialized
9264 
   on entry.  We therefore can't emit sibling calls to them.  */
9265 
static bool
9266 
sparc_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl, tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9267 
{
9268 
  return (decl
9269 
          && flag_delayed_branch
9270 
          && (TARGET_ARCH64 || ! cfun->returns_struct)
9271 
          && !(TARGET_VXWORKS_RTP
9272 
               && flag_pic
9273 
               && !targetm.binds_local_p (decl)));
9274 
}
9275 
 
9276 
/* libfunc renaming.  */
9277 
 
9278 
static void
9279 
sparc_init_libfuncs (void)
9280 
{
9281 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32)
9282 
    {
9283 
      /* Use the subroutines that Sun's library provides for integer
9284 
         multiply and divide.  The `*' prevents an underscore from
9285 
         being prepended by the compiler. .umul is a little faster
9286 
         than .mul.  */
9287 
      set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SImode, "*.umul");
9288 
      set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SImode, "*.div");
9289 
      set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, SImode, "*.udiv");
9290 
      set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, SImode, "*.rem");
9291 
      set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, SImode, "*.urem");
9292 
 
9293 
      /* TFmode arithmetic.  These names are part of the SPARC 32bit ABI.  */
9294 
      set_optab_libfunc (add_optab, TFmode, "_Q_add");
9295 
      set_optab_libfunc (sub_optab, TFmode, "_Q_sub");
9296 
      set_optab_libfunc (neg_optab, TFmode, "_Q_neg");
9297 
      set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, TFmode, "_Q_mul");
9298 
      set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, TFmode, "_Q_div");
9299 
 
9300 
      /* We can define the TFmode sqrt optab only if TARGET_FPU.  This
9301 
         is because with soft-float, the SFmode and DFmode sqrt
9302 
         instructions will be absent, and the compiler will notice and
9303 
         try to use the TFmode sqrt instruction for calls to the
9304 
         builtin function sqrt, but this fails.  */
9305 
      if (TARGET_FPU)
9306 
        set_optab_libfunc (sqrt_optab, TFmode, "_Q_sqrt");
9307 
 
9308 
      set_optab_libfunc (eq_optab, TFmode, "_Q_feq");
9309 
      set_optab_libfunc (ne_optab, TFmode, "_Q_fne");
9310 
      set_optab_libfunc (gt_optab, TFmode, "_Q_fgt");
9311 
      set_optab_libfunc (ge_optab, TFmode, "_Q_fge");
9312 
      set_optab_libfunc (lt_optab, TFmode, "_Q_flt");
9313 
      set_optab_libfunc (le_optab, TFmode, "_Q_fle");
9314 
 
9315 
      set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab,   TFmode, SFmode, "_Q_stoq");
9316 
      set_conv_libfunc (sext_optab,   TFmode, DFmode, "_Q_dtoq");
9317 
      set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab,  SFmode, TFmode, "_Q_qtos");
9318 
      set_conv_libfunc (trunc_optab,  DFmode, TFmode, "_Q_qtod");
9319 
 
9320 
      set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab,   SImode, TFmode, "_Q_qtoi");
9321 
      set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab,   SImode, TFmode, "_Q_qtou");
9322 
      set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, TFmode, SImode, "_Q_itoq");
9323 
      set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, TFmode, SImode, "_Q_utoq");
9324 
 
9325 
      if (DITF_CONVERSION_LIBFUNCS)
9326 
        {
9327 
          set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab,   DImode, TFmode, "_Q_qtoll");
9328 
          set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab,   DImode, TFmode, "_Q_qtoull");
9329 
          set_conv_libfunc (sfloat_optab, TFmode, DImode, "_Q_lltoq");
9330 
          set_conv_libfunc (ufloat_optab, TFmode, DImode, "_Q_ulltoq");
9331 
        }
9332 
 
9333 
      if (SUN_CONVERSION_LIBFUNCS)
9334 
        {
9335 
          set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__ftoll");
9336 
          set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__ftoull");
9337 
          set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__dtoll");
9338 
          set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__dtoull");
9339 
        }
9340 
    }
9341 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9342 
    {
9343 
      /* In the SPARC 64bit ABI, SImode multiply and divide functions
9344 
         do not exist in the library.  Make sure the compiler does not
9345 
         emit calls to them by accident.  (It should always use the
9346 
         hardware instructions.)  */
9347 
      set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, SImode, 0);
9348 
      set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, SImode, 0);
9349 
      set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, SImode, 0);
9350 
      set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, SImode, 0);
9351 
      set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, SImode, 0);
9352 
 
9353 
      if (SUN_INTEGER_MULTIPLY_64)
9354 
        {
9355 
          set_optab_libfunc (smul_optab, DImode, "__mul64");
9356 
          set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab, DImode, "__div64");
9357 
          set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab, DImode, "__udiv64");
9358 
          set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab, DImode, "__rem64");
9359 
          set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab, DImode, "__urem64");
9360 
        }
9361 
 
9362 
      if (SUN_CONVERSION_LIBFUNCS)
9363 
        {
9364 
          set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__ftol");
9365 
          set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, SFmode, "__ftoul");
9366 
          set_conv_libfunc (sfix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__dtol");
9367 
          set_conv_libfunc (ufix_optab, DImode, DFmode, "__dtoul");
9368 
        }
9369 
    }
9370 
}
9371 
 
9372 
static tree def_builtin(const char *name, int code, tree type)
9373 
{
9374 
  return add_builtin_function(name, type, code, BUILT_IN_MD, NULL,
9375 
                              NULL_TREE);
9376 
}
9377 
 
9378 
static tree def_builtin_const(const char *name, int code, tree type)
9379 
{
9380 
  tree t = def_builtin(name, code, type);
9381 
 
9382 
  if (t)
9383 
    TREE_READONLY (t) = 1;
9384 
 
9385 
  return t;
9386 
}
9387 
 
9388 
/* Implement the TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS target hook.
9389 
   Create builtin functions for special SPARC instructions.  */
9390 
 
9391 
static void
9392 
sparc_init_builtins (void)
9393 
{
9394 
  if (TARGET_VIS)
9395 
    sparc_vis_init_builtins ();
9396 
}
9397 
 
9398 
/* Create builtin functions for VIS 1.0 instructions.  */
9399 
 
9400 
static void
9401 
sparc_vis_init_builtins (void)
9402 
{
9403 
  tree v4qi = build_vector_type (unsigned_intQI_type_node, 4);
9404 
  tree v8qi = build_vector_type (unsigned_intQI_type_node, 8);
9405 
  tree v4hi = build_vector_type (intHI_type_node, 4);
9406 
  tree v2hi = build_vector_type (intHI_type_node, 2);
9407 
  tree v2si = build_vector_type (intSI_type_node, 2);
9408 
  tree v1si = build_vector_type (intSI_type_node, 1);
9409 
 
9410 
  tree v4qi_ftype_v4hi = build_function_type_list (v4qi, v4hi, 0);
9411 
  tree v8qi_ftype_v2si_v8qi = build_function_type_list (v8qi, v2si, v8qi, 0);
9412 
  tree v2hi_ftype_v2si = build_function_type_list (v2hi, v2si, 0);
9413 
  tree v4hi_ftype_v4qi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v4qi, 0);
9414 
  tree v8qi_ftype_v4qi_v4qi = build_function_type_list (v8qi, v4qi, v4qi, 0);
9415 
  tree v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v4hi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v4qi, v4hi, 0);
9416 
  tree v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v2hi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v4qi, v2hi, 0);
9417 
  tree v2si_ftype_v4qi_v2hi = build_function_type_list (v2si, v4qi, v2hi, 0);
9418 
  tree v4hi_ftype_v8qi_v4hi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v8qi, v4hi, 0);
9419 
  tree v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi = build_function_type_list (v4hi, v4hi, v4hi, 0);
9420 
  tree v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si = build_function_type_list (v2si, v2si, v2si, 0);
9421 
  tree v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi = build_function_type_list (v8qi, v8qi, v8qi, 0);
9422 
  tree v2hi_ftype_v2hi_v2hi = build_function_type_list (v2hi, v2hi, v2hi, 0);
9423 
  tree v1si_ftype_v1si_v1si = build_function_type_list (v1si, v1si, v1si, 0);
9424 
  tree di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_di = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
9425 
                                                         v8qi, v8qi,
9426 
                                                         intDI_type_node, 0);
9427 
  tree di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
9428 
                                                      v8qi, v8qi, 0);
9429 
  tree si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi = build_function_type_list (intSI_type_node,
9430 
                                                      v8qi, v8qi, 0);
9431 
  tree di_ftype_di_di = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
9432 
                                                  intDI_type_node,
9433 
                                                  intDI_type_node, 0);
9434 
  tree si_ftype_si_si = build_function_type_list (intSI_type_node,
9435 
                                                  intSI_type_node,
9436 
                                                  intSI_type_node, 0);
9437 
  tree ptr_ftype_ptr_si = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node,
9438 
                                                    ptr_type_node,
9439 
                                                    intSI_type_node, 0);
9440 
  tree ptr_ftype_ptr_di = build_function_type_list (ptr_type_node,
9441 
                                                    ptr_type_node,
9442 
                                                    intDI_type_node, 0);
9443 
  tree si_ftype_ptr_ptr = build_function_type_list (intSI_type_node,
9444 
                                                    ptr_type_node,
9445 
                                                    ptr_type_node, 0);
9446 
  tree di_ftype_ptr_ptr = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
9447 
                                                    ptr_type_node,
9448 
                                                    ptr_type_node, 0);
9449 
  tree si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi = build_function_type_list (intSI_type_node,
9450 
                                                      v4hi, v4hi, 0);
9451 
  tree si_ftype_v2si_v2si = build_function_type_list (intSI_type_node,
9452 
                                                      v2si, v2si, 0);
9453 
  tree di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
9454 
                                                      v4hi, v4hi, 0);
9455 
  tree di_ftype_v2si_v2si = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
9456 
                                                      v2si, v2si, 0);
9457 
  tree void_ftype_di = build_function_type_list (void_type_node,
9458 
                                                 intDI_type_node, 0);
9459 
  tree di_ftype_void = build_function_type_list (intDI_type_node,
9460 
                                                 void_type_node, 0);
9461 
  tree void_ftype_si = build_function_type_list (void_type_node,
9462 
                                                 intSI_type_node, 0);
9463 
  tree sf_ftype_sf_sf = build_function_type_list (float_type_node,
9464 
                                                  float_type_node,
9465 
                                                  float_type_node, 0);
9466 
  tree df_ftype_df_df = build_function_type_list (double_type_node,
9467 
                                                  double_type_node,
9468 
                                                  double_type_node, 0);
9469 
 
9470 
  /* Packing and expanding vectors.  */
9471 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fpack16", CODE_FOR_fpack16_vis,
9472 
               v4qi_ftype_v4hi);
9473 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fpack32", CODE_FOR_fpack32_vis,
9474 
               v8qi_ftype_v2si_v8qi);
9475 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_fpackfix", CODE_FOR_fpackfix_vis,
9476 
               v2hi_ftype_v2si);
9477 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fexpand", CODE_FOR_fexpand_vis,
9478 
                     v4hi_ftype_v4qi);
9479 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpmerge", CODE_FOR_fpmerge_vis,
9480 
                     v8qi_ftype_v4qi_v4qi);
9481 
 
9482 
  /* Multiplications.  */
9483 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fmul8x16", CODE_FOR_fmul8x16_vis,
9484 
                     v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v4hi);
9485 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fmul8x16au", CODE_FOR_fmul8x16au_vis,
9486 
                     v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v2hi);
9487 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fmul8x16al", CODE_FOR_fmul8x16al_vis,
9488 
                     v4hi_ftype_v4qi_v2hi);
9489 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fmul8sux16", CODE_FOR_fmul8sux16_vis,
9490 
                     v4hi_ftype_v8qi_v4hi);
9491 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fmul8ulx16", CODE_FOR_fmul8ulx16_vis,
9492 
                     v4hi_ftype_v8qi_v4hi);
9493 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fmuld8sux16", CODE_FOR_fmuld8sux16_vis,
9494 
                     v2si_ftype_v4qi_v2hi);
9495 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fmuld8ulx16", CODE_FOR_fmuld8ulx16_vis,
9496 
                     v2si_ftype_v4qi_v2hi);
9497 
 
9498 
  /* Data aligning.  */
9499 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_faligndatav4hi", CODE_FOR_faligndatav4hi_vis,
9500 
               v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9501 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_faligndatav8qi", CODE_FOR_faligndatav8qi_vis,
9502 
               v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9503 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_faligndatav2si", CODE_FOR_faligndatav2si_vis,
9504 
               v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9505 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_faligndatadi", CODE_FOR_faligndatav1di_vis,
9506 
               di_ftype_di_di);
9507 
 
9508 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_write_gsr", CODE_FOR_wrgsr_vis,
9509 
               void_ftype_di);
9510 
  def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_read_gsr", CODE_FOR_rdgsr_vis,
9511 
               di_ftype_void);
9512 
 
9513 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9514 
    {
9515 
      def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_alignaddr", CODE_FOR_alignaddrdi_vis,
9516 
                   ptr_ftype_ptr_di);
9517 
      def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_alignaddrl", CODE_FOR_alignaddrldi_vis,
9518 
                   ptr_ftype_ptr_di);
9519 
    }
9520 
  else
9521 
    {
9522 
      def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_alignaddr", CODE_FOR_alignaddrsi_vis,
9523 
                   ptr_ftype_ptr_si);
9524 
      def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_alignaddrl", CODE_FOR_alignaddrlsi_vis,
9525 
                   ptr_ftype_ptr_si);
9526 
    }
9527 
 
9528 
  /* Pixel distance.  */
9529 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_pdist", CODE_FOR_pdist_vis,
9530 
                     di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi_di);
9531 
 
9532 
  /* Edge handling.  */
9533 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9534 
    {
9535 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge8", CODE_FOR_edge8di_vis,
9536 
                         di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9537 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge8l", CODE_FOR_edge8ldi_vis,
9538 
                         di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9539 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge16", CODE_FOR_edge16di_vis,
9540 
                         di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9541 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge16l", CODE_FOR_edge16ldi_vis,
9542 
                         di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9543 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge32", CODE_FOR_edge32di_vis,
9544 
                         di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9545 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge32l", CODE_FOR_edge32ldi_vis,
9546 
                         di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9547 
      if (TARGET_VIS2)
9548 
        {
9549 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge8n", CODE_FOR_edge8ndi_vis,
9550 
                             di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9551 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge8ln", CODE_FOR_edge8lndi_vis,
9552 
                             di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9553 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge16n", CODE_FOR_edge16ndi_vis,
9554 
                             di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9555 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge16ln", CODE_FOR_edge16lndi_vis,
9556 
                             di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9557 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge32n", CODE_FOR_edge32ndi_vis,
9558 
                             di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9559 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge32ln", CODE_FOR_edge32lndi_vis,
9560 
                             di_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9561 
        }
9562 
    }
9563 
  else
9564 
    {
9565 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge8", CODE_FOR_edge8si_vis,
9566 
                         si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9567 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge8l", CODE_FOR_edge8lsi_vis,
9568 
                         si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9569 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge16", CODE_FOR_edge16si_vis,
9570 
                         si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9571 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge16l", CODE_FOR_edge16lsi_vis,
9572 
                         si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9573 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge32", CODE_FOR_edge32si_vis,
9574 
                         si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9575 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge32l", CODE_FOR_edge32lsi_vis,
9576 
                         si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9577 
      if (TARGET_VIS2)
9578 
        {
9579 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge8n", CODE_FOR_edge8nsi_vis,
9580 
                             si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9581 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge8ln", CODE_FOR_edge8lnsi_vis,
9582 
                             si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9583 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge16n", CODE_FOR_edge16nsi_vis,
9584 
                             si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9585 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge16ln", CODE_FOR_edge16lnsi_vis,
9586 
                             si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9587 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge32n", CODE_FOR_edge32nsi_vis,
9588 
                             si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9589 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_edge32ln", CODE_FOR_edge32lnsi_vis,
9590 
                             si_ftype_ptr_ptr);
9591 
        }
9592 
    }
9593 
 
9594 
  /* Pixel compare.  */
9595 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9596 
    {
9597 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmple16", CODE_FOR_fcmple16di_vis,
9598 
                         di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9599 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmple32", CODE_FOR_fcmple32di_vis,
9600 
                         di_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9601 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpne16", CODE_FOR_fcmpne16di_vis,
9602 
                         di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9603 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpne32", CODE_FOR_fcmpne32di_vis,
9604 
                         di_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9605 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpgt16", CODE_FOR_fcmpgt16di_vis,
9606 
                         di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9607 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpgt32", CODE_FOR_fcmpgt32di_vis,
9608 
                         di_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9609 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpeq16", CODE_FOR_fcmpeq16di_vis,
9610 
                         di_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9611 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpeq32", CODE_FOR_fcmpeq32di_vis,
9612 
                         di_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9613 
    }
9614 
  else
9615 
    {
9616 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmple16", CODE_FOR_fcmple16si_vis,
9617 
                         si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9618 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmple32", CODE_FOR_fcmple32si_vis,
9619 
                         si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9620 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpne16", CODE_FOR_fcmpne16si_vis,
9621 
                         si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9622 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpne32", CODE_FOR_fcmpne32si_vis,
9623 
                         si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9624 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpgt16", CODE_FOR_fcmpgt16si_vis,
9625 
                         si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9626 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpgt32", CODE_FOR_fcmpgt32si_vis,
9627 
                         si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9628 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpeq16", CODE_FOR_fcmpeq16si_vis,
9629 
                         si_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9630 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fcmpeq32", CODE_FOR_fcmpeq32si_vis,
9631 
                         si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9632 
    }
9633 
 
9634 
  /* Addition and subtraction.  */
9635 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadd16", CODE_FOR_addv4hi3,
9636 
                     v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9637 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadd16s", CODE_FOR_addv2hi3,
9638 
                     v2hi_ftype_v2hi_v2hi);
9639 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadd32", CODE_FOR_addv2si3,
9640 
                     v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9641 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadd32s", CODE_FOR_addv1si3,
9642 
                     v1si_ftype_v1si_v1si);
9643 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsub16", CODE_FOR_subv4hi3,
9644 
                     v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9645 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsub16s", CODE_FOR_subv2hi3,
9646 
                     v2hi_ftype_v2hi_v2hi);
9647 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsub32", CODE_FOR_subv2si3,
9648 
                     v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9649 
  def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsub32s", CODE_FOR_subv1si3,
9650 
                     v1si_ftype_v1si_v1si);
9651 
 
9652 
  /* Three-dimensional array addressing.  */
9653 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9654 
    {
9655 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_array8", CODE_FOR_array8di_vis,
9656 
                         di_ftype_di_di);
9657 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_array16", CODE_FOR_array16di_vis,
9658 
                         di_ftype_di_di);
9659 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_array32", CODE_FOR_array32di_vis,
9660 
                         di_ftype_di_di);
9661 
    }
9662 
  else
9663 
    {
9664 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_array8", CODE_FOR_array8si_vis,
9665 
                         si_ftype_si_si);
9666 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_array16", CODE_FOR_array16si_vis,
9667 
                         si_ftype_si_si);
9668 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_array32", CODE_FOR_array32si_vis,
9669 
                         si_ftype_si_si);
9670 
  }
9671 
 
9672 
  if (TARGET_VIS2)
9673 
    {
9674 
      /* Byte mask and shuffle */
9675 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9676 
        def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_bmask", CODE_FOR_bmaskdi_vis,
9677 
                     di_ftype_di_di);
9678 
      else
9679 
        def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_bmask", CODE_FOR_bmasksi_vis,
9680 
                     si_ftype_si_si);
9681 
      def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_bshufflev4hi", CODE_FOR_bshufflev4hi_vis,
9682 
                   v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9683 
      def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_bshufflev8qi", CODE_FOR_bshufflev8qi_vis,
9684 
                   v8qi_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9685 
      def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_bshufflev2si", CODE_FOR_bshufflev2si_vis,
9686 
                   v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9687 
      def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_bshuffledi", CODE_FOR_bshufflev1di_vis,
9688 
                   di_ftype_di_di);
9689 
    }
9690 
 
9691 
  if (TARGET_VIS3)
9692 
    {
9693 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9694 
        {
9695 
          def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_cmask8", CODE_FOR_cmask8di_vis,
9696 
                       void_ftype_di);
9697 
          def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_cmask16", CODE_FOR_cmask16di_vis,
9698 
                       void_ftype_di);
9699 
          def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_cmask32", CODE_FOR_cmask32di_vis,
9700 
                       void_ftype_di);
9701 
        }
9702 
      else
9703 
        {
9704 
          def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_cmask8", CODE_FOR_cmask8si_vis,
9705 
                       void_ftype_si);
9706 
          def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_cmask16", CODE_FOR_cmask16si_vis,
9707 
                       void_ftype_si);
9708 
          def_builtin ("__builtin_vis_cmask32", CODE_FOR_cmask32si_vis,
9709 
                       void_ftype_si);
9710 
        }
9711 
 
9712 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fchksm16", CODE_FOR_fchksm16_vis,
9713 
                         v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9714 
 
9715 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fsll16", CODE_FOR_vashlv4hi3,
9716 
                         v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9717 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fslas16", CODE_FOR_vssashlv4hi3,
9718 
                         v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9719 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fsrl16", CODE_FOR_vlshrv4hi3,
9720 
                         v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9721 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fsra16", CODE_FOR_vashrv4hi3,
9722 
                         v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9723 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fsll32", CODE_FOR_vashlv2si3,
9724 
                         v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9725 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fslas32", CODE_FOR_vssashlv2si3,
9726 
                         v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9727 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fsrl32", CODE_FOR_vlshrv2si3,
9728 
                         v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9729 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fsra32", CODE_FOR_vashrv2si3,
9730 
                         v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9731 
 
9732 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9733 
        def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_pdistn", CODE_FOR_pdistndi_vis,
9734 
                           di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9735 
      else
9736 
        def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_pdistn", CODE_FOR_pdistnsi_vis,
9737 
                           si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9738 
 
9739 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fmean16", CODE_FOR_fmean16_vis,
9740 
                         v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9741 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadd64", CODE_FOR_fpadd64_vis,
9742 
                         di_ftype_di_di);
9743 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsub64", CODE_FOR_fpsub64_vis,
9744 
                         di_ftype_di_di);
9745 
 
9746 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadds16", CODE_FOR_ssaddv4hi3,
9747 
                         v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9748 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadds16s", CODE_FOR_ssaddv2hi3,
9749 
                         v2hi_ftype_v2hi_v2hi);
9750 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsubs16", CODE_FOR_sssubv4hi3,
9751 
                         v4hi_ftype_v4hi_v4hi);
9752 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsubs16s", CODE_FOR_sssubv2hi3,
9753 
                         v2hi_ftype_v2hi_v2hi);
9754 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadds32", CODE_FOR_ssaddv2si3,
9755 
                         v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9756 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpadds32s", CODE_FOR_ssaddv1si3,
9757 
                         v1si_ftype_v1si_v1si);
9758 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsubs32", CODE_FOR_sssubv2si3,
9759 
                         v2si_ftype_v2si_v2si);
9760 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fpsubs32s", CODE_FOR_sssubv1si3,
9761 
                         v1si_ftype_v1si_v1si);
9762 
 
9763 
      if (TARGET_ARCH64)
9764 
        {
9765 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fucmple8", CODE_FOR_fucmple8di_vis,
9766 
                             di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9767 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fucmpne8", CODE_FOR_fucmpne8di_vis,
9768 
                             di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9769 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fucmpgt8", CODE_FOR_fucmpgt8di_vis,
9770 
                             di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9771 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fucmpeq8", CODE_FOR_fucmpeq8di_vis,
9772 
                             di_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9773 
        }
9774 
      else
9775 
        {
9776 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fucmple8", CODE_FOR_fucmple8si_vis,
9777 
                             si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9778 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fucmpne8", CODE_FOR_fucmpne8si_vis,
9779 
                             si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9780 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fucmpgt8", CODE_FOR_fucmpgt8si_vis,
9781 
                             si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9782 
          def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fucmpeq8", CODE_FOR_fucmpeq8si_vis,
9783 
                             si_ftype_v8qi_v8qi);
9784 
        }
9785 
 
9786 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fhadds", CODE_FOR_fhaddsf_vis,
9787 
                         sf_ftype_sf_sf);
9788 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fhaddd", CODE_FOR_fhadddf_vis,
9789 
                         df_ftype_df_df);
9790 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fhsubs", CODE_FOR_fhsubsf_vis,
9791 
                         sf_ftype_sf_sf);
9792 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fhsubd", CODE_FOR_fhsubdf_vis,
9793 
                         df_ftype_df_df);
9794 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fnhadds", CODE_FOR_fnhaddsf_vis,
9795 
                         sf_ftype_sf_sf);
9796 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_fnhaddd", CODE_FOR_fnhadddf_vis,
9797 
                         df_ftype_df_df);
9798 
 
9799 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_umulxhi", CODE_FOR_umulxhi_vis,
9800 
                         di_ftype_di_di);
9801 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_xmulx", CODE_FOR_xmulx_vis,
9802 
                         di_ftype_di_di);
9803 
      def_builtin_const ("__builtin_vis_xmulxhi", CODE_FOR_xmulxhi_vis,
9804 
                         di_ftype_di_di);
9805 
    }
9806 
}
9807 
 
9808 
/* Handle TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN target hook.
9809 
   Expand builtin functions for sparc intrinsics.  */
9810 
 
9811 
static rtx
9812 
sparc_expand_builtin (tree exp, rtx target,
9813 
                      rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9814 
                      enum machine_mode tmode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9815 
                      int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9816 
{
9817 
  tree arg;
9818 
  call_expr_arg_iterator iter;
9819 
  tree fndecl = TREE_OPERAND (CALL_EXPR_FN (exp), 0);
9820 
  unsigned int icode = DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl);
9821 
  rtx pat, op[4];
9822 
  int arg_count = 0;
9823 
  bool nonvoid;
9824 
 
9825 
  nonvoid = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl)) != void_type_node;
9826 
 
9827 
  if (nonvoid)
9828 
    {
9829 
      enum machine_mode tmode = insn_data[icode].operand[0].mode;
9830 
      if (!target
9831 
          || GET_MODE (target) != tmode
9832 
          || ! (*insn_data[icode].operand[0].predicate) (target, tmode))
9833 
        op[0] = gen_reg_rtx (tmode);
9834 
      else
9835 
        op[0] = target;
9836 
    }
9837 
  FOR_EACH_CALL_EXPR_ARG (arg, iter, exp)
9838 
    {
9839 
      const struct insn_operand_data *insn_op;
9840 
      int idx;
9841 
 
9842 
      if (arg == error_mark_node)
9843 
        return NULL_RTX;
9844 
 
9845 
      arg_count++;
9846 
      idx = arg_count - !nonvoid;
9847 
      insn_op = &insn_data[icode].operand[idx];
9848 
      op[arg_count] = expand_normal (arg);
9849 
 
9850 
      if (insn_op->mode == V1DImode
9851 
          && GET_MODE (op[arg_count]) == DImode)
9852 
        op[arg_count] = gen_lowpart (V1DImode, op[arg_count]);
9853 
      else if (insn_op->mode == V1SImode
9854 
          && GET_MODE (op[arg_count]) == SImode)
9855 
        op[arg_count] = gen_lowpart (V1SImode, op[arg_count]);
9856 
 
9857 
      if (! (*insn_data[icode].operand[idx].predicate) (op[arg_count],
9858 
                                                        insn_op->mode))
9859 
        op[arg_count] = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_op->mode, op[arg_count]);
9860 
    }
9861 
 
9862 
  switch (arg_count)
9863 
    {
9864 
    case 0:
9865 
      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0]);
9866 
      break;
9867 
    case 1:
9868 
      if (nonvoid)
9869 
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1]);
9870 
      else
9871 
        pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[1]);
9872 
      break;
9873 
    case 2:
9874 
      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2]);
9875 
      break;
9876 
    case 3:
9877 
      pat = GEN_FCN (icode) (op[0], op[1], op[2], op[3]);
9878 
      break;
9879 
    default:
9880 
      gcc_unreachable ();
9881 
    }
9882 
 
9883 
  if (!pat)
9884 
    return NULL_RTX;
9885 
 
9886 
  emit_insn (pat);
9887 
 
9888 
  if (nonvoid)
9889 
    return op[0];
9890 
  else
9891 
    return const0_rtx;
9892 
}
9893 
 
9894 
static int
9895 
sparc_vis_mul8x16 (int e8, int e16)
9896 
{
9897 
  return (e8 * e16 + 128) / 256;
9898 
}
9899 
 
9900 
/* Multiply the vector elements in ELTS0 to the elements in ELTS1 as specified
9901 
   by FNCODE.  All of the elements in ELTS0 and ELTS1 lists must be integer
9902 
   constants.  A tree list with the results of the multiplications is returned,
9903 
   and each element in the list is of INNER_TYPE.  */
9904 
 
9905 
static tree
9906 
sparc_handle_vis_mul8x16 (int fncode, tree inner_type, tree elts0, tree elts1)
9907 
{
9908 
  tree n_elts = NULL_TREE;
9909 
  int scale;
9910 
 
9911 
  switch (fncode)
9912 
    {
9913 
    case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16_vis:
9914 
      for (; elts0 && elts1;
9915 
           elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0), elts1 = TREE_CHAIN (elts1))
9916 
        {
9917 
          int val
9918 
            = sparc_vis_mul8x16 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts0)),
9919 
                                 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts1)));
9920 
          n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
9921 
                              build_int_cst (inner_type, val),
9922 
                              n_elts);
9923 
        }
9924 
      break;
9925 
 
9926 
    case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16au_vis:
9927 
      scale = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts1));
9928 
 
9929 
      for (; elts0; elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0))
9930 
        {
9931 
          int val
9932 
            = sparc_vis_mul8x16 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts0)),
9933 
                                 scale);
9934 
          n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
9935 
                              build_int_cst (inner_type, val),
9936 
                              n_elts);
9937 
        }
9938 
      break;
9939 
 
9940 
    case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16al_vis:
9941 
      scale = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (TREE_CHAIN (elts1)));
9942 
 
9943 
      for (; elts0; elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0))
9944 
        {
9945 
          int val
9946 
            = sparc_vis_mul8x16 (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts0)),
9947 
                                 scale);
9948 
          n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
9949 
                              build_int_cst (inner_type, val),
9950 
                              n_elts);
9951 
        }
9952 
      break;
9953 
 
9954 
    default:
9955 
      gcc_unreachable ();
9956 
    }
9957 
 
9958 
  return nreverse (n_elts);
9959 
 
9960 
}
9961 
/* Handle TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN target hook.
9962 
   Fold builtin functions for SPARC intrinsics.  If IGNORE is true the
9963 
   result of the function call is ignored.  NULL_TREE is returned if the
9964 
   function could not be folded.  */
9965 
 
9966 
static tree
9967 
sparc_fold_builtin (tree fndecl, int n_args ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9968 
                    tree *args, bool ignore)
9969 
{
9970 
  tree arg0, arg1, arg2;
9971 
  tree rtype = TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl));
9972 
  enum insn_code icode = (enum insn_code) DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl);
9973 
 
9974 
  if (ignore)
9975 
    {
9976 
      /* Note that a switch statement instead of the sequence of tests would
9977 
         be incorrect as many of the CODE_FOR values could be CODE_FOR_nothing
9978 
         and that would yield multiple alternatives with identical values.  */
9979 
      if (icode == CODE_FOR_alignaddrsi_vis
9980 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_alignaddrdi_vis
9981 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_wrgsr_vis
9982 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_bmasksi_vis
9983 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_bmaskdi_vis
9984 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_cmask8si_vis
9985 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_cmask8di_vis
9986 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_cmask16si_vis
9987 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_cmask16di_vis
9988 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_cmask32si_vis
9989 
          || icode == CODE_FOR_cmask32di_vis)
9990 
        ;
9991 
      else
9992 
        return build_zero_cst (rtype);
9993 
    }
9994 
 
9995 
  switch (icode)
9996 
    {
9997 
    case CODE_FOR_fexpand_vis:
9998 
      arg0 = args[0];
9999 
      STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
10000 
 
10001 
      if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == VECTOR_CST)
10002 
        {
10003 
          tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (rtype);
10004 
          tree elts = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg0);
10005 
          tree n_elts = NULL_TREE;
10006 
 
10007 
          for (; elts; elts = TREE_CHAIN (elts))
10008 
            {
10009 
              unsigned int val = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts)) << 4;
10010 
              n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE,
10011 
                                  build_int_cst (inner_type, val),
10012 
                                  n_elts);
10013 
            }
10014 
          return build_vector (rtype, nreverse (n_elts));
10015 
        }
10016 
      break;
10017 
 
10018 
    case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16_vis:
10019 
    case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16au_vis:
10020 
    case CODE_FOR_fmul8x16al_vis:
10021 
      arg0 = args[0];
10022 
      arg1 = args[1];
10023 
      STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
10024 
      STRIP_NOPS (arg1);
10025 
 
10026 
      if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == VECTOR_CST && TREE_CODE (arg1) == VECTOR_CST)
10027 
        {
10028 
          tree inner_type = TREE_TYPE (rtype);
10029 
          tree elts0 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg0);
10030 
          tree elts1 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg1);
10031 
          tree n_elts = sparc_handle_vis_mul8x16 (icode, inner_type, elts0,
10032 
                                                  elts1);
10033 
 
10034 
          return build_vector (rtype, n_elts);
10035 
        }
10036 
      break;
10037 
 
10038 
    case CODE_FOR_fpmerge_vis:
10039 
      arg0 = args[0];
10040 
      arg1 = args[1];
10041 
      STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
10042 
      STRIP_NOPS (arg1);
10043 
 
10044 
      if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == VECTOR_CST && TREE_CODE (arg1) == VECTOR_CST)
10045 
        {
10046 
          tree elts0 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg0);
10047 
          tree elts1 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg1);
10048 
          tree n_elts = NULL_TREE;
10049 
 
10050 
          for (; elts0 && elts1;
10051 
               elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0), elts1 = TREE_CHAIN (elts1))
10052 
            {
10053 
              n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, TREE_VALUE (elts0), n_elts);
10054 
              n_elts = tree_cons (NULL_TREE, TREE_VALUE (elts1), n_elts);
10055 
            }
10056 
 
10057 
          return build_vector (rtype, nreverse (n_elts));
10058 
        }
10059 
      break;
10060 
 
10061 
    case CODE_FOR_pdist_vis:
10062 
      arg0 = args[0];
10063 
      arg1 = args[1];
10064 
      arg2 = args[2];
10065 
      STRIP_NOPS (arg0);
10066 
      STRIP_NOPS (arg1);
10067 
      STRIP_NOPS (arg2);
10068 
 
10069 
      if (TREE_CODE (arg0) == VECTOR_CST
10070 
          && TREE_CODE (arg1) == VECTOR_CST
10071 
          && TREE_CODE (arg2) == INTEGER_CST)
10072 
        {
10073 
          int overflow = 0;
10074 
          unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (arg2);
10075 
          HOST_WIDE_INT high = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (arg2);
10076 
          tree elts0 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg0);
10077 
          tree elts1 = TREE_VECTOR_CST_ELTS (arg1);
10078 
 
10079 
          for (; elts0 && elts1;
10080 
               elts0 = TREE_CHAIN (elts0), elts1 = TREE_CHAIN (elts1))
10081 
            {
10082 
              unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
10083 
                low0 = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts0)),
10084 
                low1 = TREE_INT_CST_LOW (TREE_VALUE (elts1));
10085 
              HOST_WIDE_INT high0 = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_VALUE (elts0));
10086 
              HOST_WIDE_INT high1 = TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (TREE_VALUE (elts1));
10087 
 
10088 
              unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l;
10089 
              HOST_WIDE_INT h;
10090 
 
10091 
              overflow |= neg_double (low1, high1, &l, &h);
10092 
              overflow |= add_double (low0, high0, l, h, &l, &h);
10093 
              if (h < 0)
10094 
                overflow |= neg_double (l, h, &l, &h);
10095 
 
10096 
              overflow |= add_double (low, high, l, h, &low, &high);
10097 
            }
10098 
 
10099 
          gcc_assert (overflow == 0);
10100 
 
10101 
          return build_int_cst_wide (rtype, low, high);
10102 
        }
10103 
 
10104 
    default:
10105 
      break;
10106 
    }
10107 
 
10108 
  return NULL_TREE;
10109 
}
10110 
 
10111 
/* ??? This duplicates information provided to the compiler by the
10112 
   ??? scheduler description.  Some day, teach genautomata to output
10113 
   ??? the latencies and then CSE will just use that.  */
10114 
 
10115 
static bool
10116 
sparc_rtx_costs (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int opno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10117 
                 int *total, bool speed ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10118 
{
10119 
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
10120 
  bool float_mode_p = FLOAT_MODE_P (mode);
10121 
 
10122 
  switch (code)
10123 
    {
10124 
    case CONST_INT:
10125 
      if (INTVAL (x) < 0x1000 && INTVAL (x) >= -0x1000)
10126 
        {
10127 
          *total = 0;
10128 
          return true;
10129 
        }
10130 
      /* FALLTHRU */
10131 
 
10132 
    case HIGH:
10133 
      *total = 2;
10134 
      return true;
10135 
 
10136 
    case CONST:
10137 
    case LABEL_REF:
10138 
    case SYMBOL_REF:
10139 
      *total = 4;
10140 
      return true;
10141 
 
10142 
    case CONST_DOUBLE:
10143 
      if (GET_MODE (x) == VOIDmode
10144 
          && ((CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == 0
10145 
               && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0x1000)
10146 
              || (CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x) == -1
10147 
                  && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) < 0
10148 
                  && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x) >= -0x1000)))
10149 
        *total = 0;
10150 
      else
10151 
        *total = 8;
10152 
      return true;
10153 
 
10154 
    case MEM:
10155 
      /* If outer-code was a sign or zero extension, a cost
10156 
         of COSTS_N_INSNS (1) was already added in.  This is
10157 
         why we are subtracting it back out.  */
10158 
      if (outer_code == ZERO_EXTEND)
10159 
        {
10160 
          *total = sparc_costs->int_zload - COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
10161 
        }
10162 
      else if (outer_code == SIGN_EXTEND)
10163 
        {
10164 
          *total = sparc_costs->int_sload - COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
10165 
        }
10166 
      else if (float_mode_p)
10167 
        {
10168 
          *total = sparc_costs->float_load;
10169 
        }
10170 
      else
10171 
        {
10172 
          *total = sparc_costs->int_load;
10173 
        }
10174 
 
10175 
      return true;
10176 
 
10177 
    case PLUS:
10178 
    case MINUS:
10179 
      if (float_mode_p)
10180 
        *total = sparc_costs->float_plusminus;
10181 
      else
10182 
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
10183 
      return false;
10184 
 
10185 
    case FMA:
10186 
      {
10187 
        rtx sub;
10188 
 
10189 
        gcc_assert (float_mode_p);
10190 
        *total = sparc_costs->float_mul;
10191 
 
10192 
        sub = XEXP (x, 0);
10193 
        if (GET_CODE (sub) == NEG)
10194 
          sub = XEXP (sub, 0);
10195 
        *total += rtx_cost (sub, FMA, 0, speed);
10196 
 
10197 
        sub = XEXP (x, 2);
10198 
        if (GET_CODE (sub) == NEG)
10199 
          sub = XEXP (sub, 0);
10200 
        *total += rtx_cost (sub, FMA, 2, speed);
10201 
        return true;
10202 
      }
10203 
 
10204 
    case MULT:
10205 
      if (float_mode_p)
10206 
        *total = sparc_costs->float_mul;
10207 
      else if (! TARGET_HARD_MUL)
10208 
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (25);
10209 
      else
10210 
        {
10211 
          int bit_cost;
10212 
 
10213 
          bit_cost = 0;
10214 
          if (sparc_costs->int_mul_bit_factor)
10215 
            {
10216 
              int nbits;
10217 
 
10218 
              if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_INT)
10219 
                {
10220 
                  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value = INTVAL (XEXP (x, 1));
10221 
                  for (nbits = 0; value != 0; value &= value - 1)
10222 
                    nbits++;
10223 
                }
10224 
              else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == CONST_DOUBLE
10225 
                       && GET_MODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == VOIDmode)
10226 
                {
10227 
                  rtx x1 = XEXP (x, 1);
10228 
                  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value1 = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x1);
10229 
                  unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value2 = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x1);
10230 
 
10231 
                  for (nbits = 0; value1 != 0; value1 &= value1 - 1)
10232 
                    nbits++;
10233 
                  for (; value2 != 0; value2 &= value2 - 1)
10234 
                    nbits++;
10235 
                }
10236 
              else
10237 
                nbits = 7;
10238 
 
10239 
              if (nbits < 3)
10240 
                nbits = 3;
10241 
              bit_cost = (nbits - 3) / sparc_costs->int_mul_bit_factor;
10242 
              bit_cost = COSTS_N_INSNS (bit_cost);
10243 
            }
10244 
 
10245 
          if (mode == DImode)
10246 
            *total = sparc_costs->int_mulX + bit_cost;
10247 
          else
10248 
            *total = sparc_costs->int_mul + bit_cost;
10249 
        }
10250 
      return false;
10251 
 
10252 
    case ASHIFT:
10253 
    case ASHIFTRT:
10254 
    case LSHIFTRT:
10255 
      *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + sparc_costs->shift_penalty;
10256 
      return false;
10257 
 
10258 
    case DIV:
10259 
    case UDIV:
10260 
    case MOD:
10261 
    case UMOD:
10262 
      if (float_mode_p)
10263 
        {
10264 
          if (mode == DFmode)
10265 
            *total = sparc_costs->float_div_df;
10266 
          else
10267 
            *total = sparc_costs->float_div_sf;
10268 
        }
10269 
      else
10270 
        {
10271 
          if (mode == DImode)
10272 
            *total = sparc_costs->int_divX;
10273 
          else
10274 
            *total = sparc_costs->int_div;
10275 
        }
10276 
      return false;
10277 
 
10278 
    case NEG:
10279 
      if (! float_mode_p)
10280 
        {
10281 
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
10282 
          return false;
10283 
        }
10284 
      /* FALLTHRU */
10285 
 
10286 
    case ABS:
10287 
    case FLOAT:
10288 
    case UNSIGNED_FLOAT:
10289 
    case FIX:
10290 
    case UNSIGNED_FIX:
10291 
    case FLOAT_EXTEND:
10292 
    case FLOAT_TRUNCATE:
10293 
      *total = sparc_costs->float_move;
10294 
      return false;
10295 
 
10296 
    case SQRT:
10297 
      if (mode == DFmode)
10298 
        *total = sparc_costs->float_sqrt_df;
10299 
      else
10300 
        *total = sparc_costs->float_sqrt_sf;
10301 
      return false;
10302 
 
10303 
    case COMPARE:
10304 
      if (float_mode_p)
10305 
        *total = sparc_costs->float_cmp;
10306 
      else
10307 
        *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
10308 
      return false;
10309 
 
10310 
    case IF_THEN_ELSE:
10311 
      if (float_mode_p)
10312 
        *total = sparc_costs->float_cmove;
10313 
      else
10314 
        *total = sparc_costs->int_cmove;
10315 
      return false;
10316 
 
10317 
    case IOR:
10318 
      /* Handle the NAND vector patterns.  */
10319 
      if (sparc_vector_mode_supported_p (GET_MODE (x))
10320 
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == NOT
10321 
          && GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 1)) == NOT)
10322 
        {
10323 
          *total = COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
10324 
          return true;
10325 
        }
10326 
      else
10327 
        return false;
10328 
 
10329 
    default:
10330 
      return false;
10331 
    }
10332 
}
10333 
 
10334 
/* Return true if CLASS is either GENERAL_REGS or I64_REGS.  */
10335 
 
10336 
static inline bool
10337 
general_or_i64_p (reg_class_t rclass)
10338 
{
10339 
  return (rclass == GENERAL_REGS || rclass == I64_REGS);
10340 
}
10341 
 
10342 
/* Implement TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST.  */
10343 
 
10344 
static int
10345 
sparc_register_move_cost (enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10346 
                          reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to)
10347 
{
10348 
  bool need_memory = false;
10349 
 
10350 
  if (from == FPCC_REGS || to == FPCC_REGS)
10351 
    need_memory = true;
10352 
  else if ((FP_REG_CLASS_P (from) && general_or_i64_p (to))
10353 
           || (general_or_i64_p (from) && FP_REG_CLASS_P (to)))
10354 
    {
10355 
      if (TARGET_VIS3)
10356 
        {
10357 
          int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
10358 
          if (size == 8 || size == 4)
10359 
            {
10360 
              if (! TARGET_ARCH32 || size == 4)
10361 
                return 4;
10362 
              else
10363 
                return 6;
10364 
            }
10365 
        }
10366 
      need_memory = true;
10367 
    }
10368 
 
10369 
  if (need_memory)
10370 
    {
10371 
      if (sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC
10372 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_ULTRASPARC3
10373 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA
10374 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA2
10375 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA3
10376 
          || sparc_cpu == PROCESSOR_NIAGARA4)
10377 
        return 12;
10378 
 
10379 
      return 6;
10380 
    }
10381 
 
10382 
  return 2;
10383 
}
10384 
 
10385 
/* Emit the sequence of insns SEQ while preserving the registers REG and REG2.
10386 
   This is achieved by means of a manual dynamic stack space allocation in
10387 
   the current frame.  We make the assumption that SEQ doesn't contain any
10388 
   function calls, with the possible exception of calls to the GOT helper.  */
10389 
 
10390 
static void
10391 
emit_and_preserve (rtx seq, rtx reg, rtx reg2)
10392 
{
10393 
  /* We must preserve the lowest 16 words for the register save area.  */
10394 
  HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 16*UNITS_PER_WORD;
10395 
  /* We really need only 2 words of fresh stack space.  */
10396 
  HOST_WIDE_INT size = SPARC_STACK_ALIGN (offset + 2*UNITS_PER_WORD);
10397 
 
10398 
  rtx slot
10399 
    = gen_rtx_MEM (word_mode, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx,
10400 
                                             SPARC_STACK_BIAS + offset));
10401 
 
10402 
  emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_dec (GEN_INT (size)));
10403 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, slot, reg));
10404 
  if (reg2)
10405 
    emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
10406 
                            adjust_address (slot, word_mode, UNITS_PER_WORD),
10407 
                            reg2));
10408 
  emit_insn (seq);
10409 
  if (reg2)
10410 
    emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
10411 
                            reg2,
10412 
                            adjust_address (slot, word_mode, UNITS_PER_WORD)));
10413 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, reg, slot));
10414 
  emit_insn (gen_stack_pointer_inc (GEN_INT (size)));
10415 
}
10416 
 
10417 
/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function.  THUNK_DECL is the
10418 
   declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
10419 
   the target function.  DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
10420 
   added to THIS.  If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at address
10421 
   (*THIS + VCALL_OFFSET) should be additionally added to THIS.  */
10422 
 
10423 
static void
10424 
sparc_output_mi_thunk (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10425 
                       HOST_WIDE_INT delta, HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset,
10426 
                       tree function)
10427 
{
10428 
  rtx this_rtx, insn, funexp;
10429 
  unsigned int int_arg_first;
10430 
 
10431 
  reload_completed = 1;
10432 
  epilogue_completed = 1;
10433 
 
10434 
  emit_note (NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END);
10435 
 
10436 
  if (TARGET_FLAT)
10437 
    {
10438 
      sparc_leaf_function_p = 1;
10439 
 
10440 
      int_arg_first = SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST;
10441 
    }
10442 
  else if (flag_delayed_branch)
10443 
    {
10444 
      /* We will emit a regular sibcall below, so we need to instruct
10445 
         output_sibcall that we are in a leaf function.  */
10446 
      sparc_leaf_function_p = current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs = 1;
10447 
 
10448 
      /* This will cause final.c to invoke leaf_renumber_regs so we
10449 
         must behave as if we were in a not-yet-leafified function.  */
10450 
      int_arg_first = SPARC_INCOMING_INT_ARG_FIRST;
10451 
    }
10452 
  else
10453 
    {
10454 
      /* We will emit the sibcall manually below, so we will need to
10455 
         manually spill non-leaf registers.  */
10456 
      sparc_leaf_function_p = current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs = 0;
10457 
 
10458 
      /* We really are in a leaf function.  */
10459 
      int_arg_first = SPARC_OUTGOING_INT_ARG_FIRST;
10460 
    }
10461 
 
10462 
  /* Find the "this" pointer.  Normally in %o0, but in ARCH64 if the function
10463 
     returns a structure, the structure return pointer is there instead.  */
10464 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64
10465 
      && aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function)), function))
10466 
    this_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, int_arg_first + 1);
10467 
  else
10468 
    this_rtx = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, int_arg_first);
10469 
 
10470 
  /* Add DELTA.  When possible use a plain add, otherwise load it into
10471 
     a register first.  */
10472 
  if (delta)
10473 
    {
10474 
      rtx delta_rtx = GEN_INT (delta);
10475 
 
10476 
      if (! SPARC_SIMM13_P (delta))
10477 
        {
10478 
          rtx scratch = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
10479 
          emit_move_insn (scratch, delta_rtx);
10480 
          delta_rtx = scratch;
10481 
        }
10482 
 
10483 
      /* THIS_RTX += DELTA.  */
10484 
      emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (this_rtx, delta_rtx));
10485 
    }
10486 
 
10487 
  /* Add the word at address (*THIS_RTX + VCALL_OFFSET).  */
10488 
  if (vcall_offset)
10489 
    {
10490 
      rtx vcall_offset_rtx = GEN_INT (vcall_offset);
10491 
      rtx scratch = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
10492 
 
10493 
      gcc_assert (vcall_offset < 0);
10494 
 
10495 
      /* SCRATCH = *THIS_RTX.  */
10496 
      emit_move_insn (scratch, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode, this_rtx));
10497 
 
10498 
      /* Prepare for adding VCALL_OFFSET.  The difficulty is that we
10499 
         may not have any available scratch register at this point.  */
10500 
      if (SPARC_SIMM13_P (vcall_offset))
10501 
        ;
10502 
      /* This is the case if ARCH64 (unless -ffixed-g5 is passed).  */
10503 
      else if (! fixed_regs[5]
10504 
               /* The below sequence is made up of at least 2 insns,
10505 
                  while the default method may need only one.  */
10506 
               && vcall_offset < -8192)
10507 
        {
10508 
          rtx scratch2 = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 5);
10509 
          emit_move_insn (scratch2, vcall_offset_rtx);
10510 
          vcall_offset_rtx = scratch2;
10511 
        }
10512 
      else
10513 
        {
10514 
          rtx increment = GEN_INT (-4096);
10515 
 
10516 
          /* VCALL_OFFSET is a negative number whose typical range can be
10517 
             estimated as -32768..0 in 32-bit mode.  In almost all cases
10518 
             it is therefore cheaper to emit multiple add insns than
10519 
             spilling and loading the constant into a register (at least
10520 
             6 insns).  */
10521 
          while (! SPARC_SIMM13_P (vcall_offset))
10522 
            {
10523 
              emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (scratch, increment));
10524 
              vcall_offset += 4096;
10525 
            }
10526 
          vcall_offset_rtx = GEN_INT (vcall_offset); /* cannot be 0 */
10527 
        }
10528 
 
10529 
      /* SCRATCH = *(*THIS_RTX + VCALL_OFFSET).  */
10530 
      emit_move_insn (scratch, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode,
10531 
                                            gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode,
10532 
                                                          scratch,
10533 
                                                          vcall_offset_rtx)));
10534 
 
10535 
      /* THIS_RTX += *(*THIS_RTX + VCALL_OFFSET).  */
10536 
      emit_insn (gen_add2_insn (this_rtx, scratch));
10537 
    }
10538 
 
10539 
  /* Generate a tail call to the target function.  */
10540 
  if (! TREE_USED (function))
10541 
    {
10542 
      assemble_external (function);
10543 
      TREE_USED (function) = 1;
10544 
    }
10545 
  funexp = XEXP (DECL_RTL (function), 0);
10546 
 
10547 
  if (flag_delayed_branch)
10548 
    {
10549 
      funexp = gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE, funexp);
10550 
      insn = emit_call_insn (gen_sibcall (funexp));
10551 
      SIBLING_CALL_P (insn) = 1;
10552 
    }
10553 
  else
10554 
    {
10555 
      /* The hoops we have to jump through in order to generate a sibcall
10556 
         without using delay slots...  */
10557 
      rtx spill_reg, seq, scratch = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode, 1);
10558 
 
10559 
      if (flag_pic)
10560 
        {
10561 
          spill_reg = gen_rtx_REG (word_mode, 15);  /* %o7 */
10562 
          start_sequence ();
10563 
          load_got_register ();  /* clobbers %o7 */
10564 
          scratch = sparc_legitimize_pic_address (funexp, scratch);
10565 
          seq = get_insns ();
10566 
          end_sequence ();
10567 
          emit_and_preserve (seq, spill_reg, pic_offset_table_rtx);
10568 
        }
10569 
      else if (TARGET_ARCH32)
10570 
        {
10571 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
10572 
                                  scratch,
10573 
                                  gen_rtx_HIGH (SImode, funexp)));
10574 
          emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode,
10575 
                                  scratch,
10576 
                                  gen_rtx_LO_SUM (SImode, scratch, funexp)));
10577 
        }
10578 
      else  /* TARGET_ARCH64 */
10579 
        {
10580 
          switch (sparc_cmodel)
10581 
            {
10582 
            case CM_MEDLOW:
10583 
            case CM_MEDMID:
10584 
              /* The destination can serve as a temporary.  */
10585 
              sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (scratch, funexp, scratch);
10586 
              break;
10587 
 
10588 
            case CM_MEDANY:
10589 
            case CM_EMBMEDANY:
10590 
              /* The destination cannot serve as a temporary.  */
10591 
              spill_reg = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, 15);  /* %o7 */
10592 
              start_sequence ();
10593 
              sparc_emit_set_symbolic_const64 (scratch, funexp, spill_reg);
10594 
              seq = get_insns ();
10595 
              end_sequence ();
10596 
              emit_and_preserve (seq, spill_reg, 0);
10597 
              break;
10598 
 
10599 
            default:
10600 
              gcc_unreachable ();
10601 
            }
10602 
        }
10603 
 
10604 
      emit_jump_insn (gen_indirect_jump (scratch));
10605 
    }
10606 
 
10607 
  emit_barrier ();
10608 
 
10609 
  /* Run just enough of rest_of_compilation to get the insns emitted.
10610 
     There's not really enough bulk here to make other passes such as
10611 
     instruction scheduling worth while.  Note that use_thunk calls
10612 
     assemble_start_function and assemble_end_function.  */
10613 
  insn = get_insns ();
10614 
  insn_locators_alloc ();
10615 
  shorten_branches (insn);
10616 
  final_start_function (insn, file, 1);
10617 
  final (insn, file, 1);
10618 
  final_end_function ();
10619 
 
10620 
  reload_completed = 0;
10621 
  epilogue_completed = 0;
10622 
}
10623 
 
10624 
/* Return true if sparc_output_mi_thunk would be able to output the
10625 
   assembler code for the thunk function specified by the arguments
10626 
   it is passed, and false otherwise.  */
10627 
static bool
10628 
sparc_can_output_mi_thunk (const_tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10629 
                           HOST_WIDE_INT delta ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10630 
                           HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset,
10631 
                           const_tree function ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10632 
{
10633 
  /* Bound the loop used in the default method above.  */
10634 
  return (vcall_offset >= -32768 || ! fixed_regs[5]);
10635 
}
10636 
 
10637 
/* We use the machine specific reorg pass to enable workarounds for errata.  */
10638 
 
10639 
static void
10640 
sparc_reorg (void)
10641 
{
10642 
  rtx insn, next;
10643 
 
10644 
  /* The only erratum we handle for now is that of the AT697F processor.  */
10645 
  if (!sparc_fix_at697f)
10646 
    return;
10647 
 
10648 
  /* We need to have the (essentially) final form of the insn stream in order
10649 
     to properly detect the various hazards.  Run delay slot scheduling.  */
10650 
  if (optimize > 0 && flag_delayed_branch)
10651 
    dbr_schedule (get_insns ());
10652 
 
10653 
  /* Now look for specific patterns in the insn stream.  */
10654 
  for (insn = get_insns (); insn; insn = next)
10655 
    {
10656 
      bool insert_nop = false;
10657 
      rtx set;
10658 
 
10659 
      /* Look for a single-word load into an odd-numbered FP register.  */
10660 
      if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn)
10661 
          && (set = single_set (insn)) != NULL_RTX
10662 
          && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SET_SRC (set))) == 4
10663 
          && MEM_P (SET_SRC (set))
10664 
          && REG_P (SET_DEST (set))
10665 
          && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) > 31
10666 
          && REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) % 2 != 0)
10667 
        {
10668 
          /* The wrong dependency is on the enclosing double register.  */
10669 
          unsigned int x = REGNO (SET_DEST (set)) - 1;
10670 
          unsigned int src1, src2, dest;
10671 
          int code;
10672 
 
10673 
          /* If the insn has a delay slot, then it cannot be problematic.  */
10674 
          next = next_active_insn (insn);
10675 
          if (NONJUMP_INSN_P (next) && GET_CODE (PATTERN (next)) == SEQUENCE)
10676 
            code = -1;
10677 
          else
10678 
            {
10679 
              extract_insn (next);
10680 
              code = INSN_CODE (next);
10681 
            }
10682 
 
10683 
          switch (code)
10684 
            {
10685 
            case CODE_FOR_adddf3:
10686 
            case CODE_FOR_subdf3:
10687 
            case CODE_FOR_muldf3:
10688 
            case CODE_FOR_divdf3:
10689 
              dest = REGNO (recog_data.operand[0]);
10690 
              src1 = REGNO (recog_data.operand[1]);
10691 
              src2 = REGNO (recog_data.operand[2]);
10692 
              if (src1 != src2)
10693 
                {
10694 
                  /* Case [1-4]:
10695 
                                 ld [address], %fx+1
10696 
                                 FPOPd %f{x,y}, %f{y,x}, %f{x,y}  */
10697 
                  if ((src1 == x || src2 == x)
10698 
                      && (dest == src1 || dest == src2))
10699 
                    insert_nop = true;
10700 
                }
10701 
              else
10702 
                {
10703 
                  /* Case 5:
10704 
                             ld [address], %fx+1
10705 
                             FPOPd %fx, %fx, %fx  */
10706 
                  if (src1 == x
10707 
                      && dest == src1
10708 
                      && (code == CODE_FOR_adddf3 || code == CODE_FOR_muldf3))
10709 
                    insert_nop = true;
10710 
                }
10711 
              break;
10712 
 
10713 
            case CODE_FOR_sqrtdf2:
10714 
              dest = REGNO (recog_data.operand[0]);
10715 
              src1 = REGNO (recog_data.operand[1]);
10716 
              /* Case 6:
10717 
                         ld [address], %fx+1
10718 
                         fsqrtd %fx, %fx  */
10719 
              if (src1 == x && dest == src1)
10720 
                insert_nop = true;
10721 
              break;
10722 
 
10723 
            default:
10724 
              break;
10725 
            }
10726 
        }
10727 
      else
10728 
        next = NEXT_INSN (insn);
10729 
 
10730 
      if (insert_nop)
10731 
        emit_insn_after (gen_nop (), insn);
10732 
    }
10733 
}
10734 
 
10735 
/* How to allocate a 'struct machine_function'.  */
10736 
 
10737 
static struct machine_function *
10738 
sparc_init_machine_status (void)
10739 
{
10740 
  return ggc_alloc_cleared_machine_function ();
10741 
}
10742 
 
10743 
/* Locate some local-dynamic symbol still in use by this function
10744 
   so that we can print its name in local-dynamic base patterns.  */
10745 
 
10746 
static const char *
10747 
get_some_local_dynamic_name (void)
10748 
{
10749 
  rtx insn;
10750 
 
10751 
  if (cfun->machine->some_ld_name)
10752 
    return cfun->machine->some_ld_name;
10753 
 
10754 
  for (insn = get_insns (); insn ; insn = NEXT_INSN (insn))
10755 
    if (INSN_P (insn)
10756 
        && for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn), get_some_local_dynamic_name_1, 0))
10757 
      return cfun->machine->some_ld_name;
10758 
 
10759 
  gcc_unreachable ();
10760 
}
10761 
 
10762 
static int
10763 
get_some_local_dynamic_name_1 (rtx *px, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10764 
{
10765 
  rtx x = *px;
10766 
 
10767 
  if (x
10768 
      && GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF
10769 
      && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x) == TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC)
10770 
    {
10771 
      cfun->machine->some_ld_name = XSTR (x, 0);
10772 
      return 1;
10773 
    }
10774 
 
10775 
  return 0;
10776 
}
10777 
 
10778 
/* This is called from dwarf2out.c via TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL.
10779 
   We need to emit DTP-relative relocations.  */
10780 
 
10781 
static void
10782 
sparc_output_dwarf_dtprel (FILE *file, int size, rtx x)
10783 
{
10784 
  switch (size)
10785 
    {
10786 
    case 4:
10787 
      fputs ("\t.word\t%r_tls_dtpoff32(", file);
10788 
      break;
10789 
    case 8:
10790 
      fputs ("\t.xword\t%r_tls_dtpoff64(", file);
10791 
      break;
10792 
    default:
10793 
      gcc_unreachable ();
10794 
    }
10795 
  output_addr_const (file, x);
10796 
  fputs (")", file);
10797 
}
10798 
 
10799 
/* Do whatever processing is required at the end of a file.  */
10800 
 
10801 
static void
10802 
sparc_file_end (void)
10803 
{
10804 
  /* If we need to emit the special GOT helper function, do so now.  */
10805 
  if (got_helper_rtx)
10806 
    {
10807 
      const char *name = XSTR (got_helper_rtx, 0);
10808 
      const char *reg_name = reg_names[GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM];
10809 
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
10810 
      bool do_cfi;
10811 
#endif
10812 
 
10813 
      if (USE_HIDDEN_LINKONCE)
10814 
        {
10815 
          tree decl = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION, FUNCTION_DECL,
10816 
                                  get_identifier (name),
10817 
                                  build_function_type_list (void_type_node,
10818 
                                                            NULL_TREE));
10819 
          DECL_RESULT (decl) = build_decl (BUILTINS_LOCATION, RESULT_DECL,
10820 
                                           NULL_TREE, void_type_node);
10821 
          TREE_STATIC (decl) = 1;
10822 
          make_decl_one_only (decl, DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl));
10823 
          DECL_VISIBILITY (decl) = VISIBILITY_HIDDEN;
10824 
          DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED (decl) = 1;
10825 
          resolve_unique_section (decl, 0, flag_function_sections);
10826 
          allocate_struct_function (decl, true);
10827 
          cfun->is_thunk = 1;
10828 
          current_function_decl = decl;
10829 
          init_varasm_status ();
10830 
          assemble_start_function (decl, name);
10831 
        }
10832 
      else
10833 
        {
10834 
          const int align = floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY / BITS_PER_UNIT);
10835 
          switch_to_section (text_section);
10836 
          if (align > 0)
10837 
            ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, align);
10838 
          ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, name);
10839 
        }
10840 
 
10841 
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
10842 
      do_cfi = dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ();
10843 
      if (do_cfi)
10844 
        fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
10845 
#endif
10846 
      if (flag_delayed_branch)
10847 
        fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tjmp\t%%o7+8\n\t add\t%%o7, %s, %s\n",
10848 
                 reg_name, reg_name);
10849 
      else
10850 
        fprintf (asm_out_file, "\tadd\t%%o7, %s, %s\n\tjmp\t%%o7+8\n\t nop\n",
10851 
                 reg_name, reg_name);
10852 
#ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
10853 
      if (do_cfi)
10854 
        fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
10855 
#endif
10856 
    }
10857 
 
10858 
  if (NEED_INDICATE_EXEC_STACK)
10859 
    file_end_indicate_exec_stack ();
10860 
 
10861 
#ifdef TARGET_SOLARIS
10862 
  solaris_file_end ();
10863 
#endif
10864 
}
10865 
 
10866 
#ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING
10867 
/* Implement TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE.  */
10868 
 
10869 
static const char *
10870 
sparc_mangle_type (const_tree type)
10871 
{
10872 
  if (!TARGET_64BIT
10873 
      && TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type) == long_double_type_node
10874 
      && TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_128)
10875 
    return "g";
10876 
 
10877 
  /* For all other types, use normal C++ mangling.  */
10878 
  return NULL;
10879 
}
10880 
#endif
10881 
 
10882 
/* Expand a membar instruction for various use cases.  Both the LOAD_STORE
10883 
   and BEFORE_AFTER arguments of the form X_Y.  They are two-bit masks where
10884 
   bit 0 indicates that X is true, and bit 1 indicates Y is true.  */
10885 
 
10886 
void
10887 
sparc_emit_membar_for_model (enum memmodel model,
10888 
                             int load_store, int before_after)
10889 
{
10890 
  /* Bits for the MEMBAR mmask field.  */
10891 
  const int LoadLoad = 1;
10892 
  const int StoreLoad = 2;
10893 
  const int LoadStore = 4;
10894 
  const int StoreStore = 8;
10895 
 
10896 
  int mm = 0, implied = 0;
10897 
 
10898 
  switch (sparc_memory_model)
10899 
    {
10900 
    case SMM_SC:
10901 
      /* Sequential Consistency.  All memory transactions are immediately
10902 
         visible in sequential execution order.  No barriers needed.  */
10903 
      implied = LoadLoad | StoreLoad | LoadStore | StoreStore;
10904 
      break;
10905 
 
10906 
    case SMM_TSO:
10907 
      /* Total Store Ordering: all memory transactions with store semantics
10908 
         are followed by an implied StoreStore.  */
10909 
      implied |= StoreStore;
10910 
      /* FALLTHRU */
10911 
 
10912 
    case SMM_PSO:
10913 
      /* Partial Store Ordering: all memory transactions with load semantics
10914 
         are followed by an implied LoadLoad | LoadStore.  */
10915 
      implied |= LoadLoad | LoadStore;
10916 
 
10917 
      /* If we're not looking for a raw barrer (before+after), then atomic
10918 
         operations get the benefit of being both load and store.  */
10919 
      if (load_store == 3 && before_after == 2)
10920 
        implied |= StoreLoad | StoreStore;
10921 
      /* FALLTHRU */
10922 
 
10923 
    case SMM_RMO:
10924 
      /* Relaxed Memory Ordering: no implicit bits.  */
10925 
      break;
10926 
 
10927 
    default:
10928 
      gcc_unreachable ();
10929 
    }
10930 
 
10931 
  if (before_after & 1)
10932 
    {
10933 
      if (model == MEMMODEL_ACQUIRE
10934 
          || model == MEMMODEL_ACQ_REL
10935 
          || model == MEMMODEL_SEQ_CST)
10936 
        {
10937 
          if (load_store & 1)
10938 
            mm |= LoadLoad | LoadStore;
10939 
          if (load_store & 2)
10940 
            mm |= StoreLoad | StoreStore;
10941 
        }
10942 
    }
10943 
  if (before_after & 2)
10944 
    {
10945 
      if (model == MEMMODEL_RELEASE
10946 
          || model == MEMMODEL_ACQ_REL
10947 
          || model == MEMMODEL_SEQ_CST)
10948 
        {
10949 
          if (load_store & 1)
10950 
            mm |= LoadLoad | StoreLoad;
10951 
          if (load_store & 2)
10952 
            mm |= LoadStore | StoreStore;
10953 
        }
10954 
    }
10955 
 
10956 
  /* Remove the bits implied by the system memory model.  */
10957 
  mm &= ~implied;
10958 
 
10959 
  /* For raw barriers (before+after), always emit a barrier.
10960 
     This will become a compile-time barrier if needed.  */
10961 
  if (mm || before_after == 3)
10962 
    emit_insn (gen_membar (GEN_INT (mm)));
10963 
}
10964 
 
10965 
/* Expand code to perform a 8 or 16-bit compare and swap by doing 32-bit
10966 
   compare and swap on the word containing the byte or half-word.  */
10967 
 
10968 
static void
10969 
sparc_expand_compare_and_swap_12 (rtx bool_result, rtx result, rtx mem,
10970 
                                  rtx oldval, rtx newval)
10971 
{
10972 
  rtx addr1 = force_reg (Pmode, XEXP (mem, 0));
10973 
  rtx addr = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
10974 
  rtx off = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
10975 
  rtx oldv = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
10976 
  rtx newv = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
10977 
  rtx oldvalue = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
10978 
  rtx newvalue = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
10979 
  rtx res = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
10980 
  rtx resv = gen_reg_rtx (SImode);
10981 
  rtx memsi, val, mask, end_label, loop_label, cc;
10982 
 
10983 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, addr,
10984 
                          gen_rtx_AND (Pmode, addr1, GEN_INT (-4))));
10985 
 
10986 
  if (Pmode != SImode)
10987 
    addr1 = gen_lowpart (SImode, addr1);
10988 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, off,
10989 
                          gen_rtx_AND (SImode, addr1, GEN_INT (3))));
10990 
 
10991 
  memsi = gen_rtx_MEM (SImode, addr);
10992 
  set_mem_alias_set (memsi, ALIAS_SET_MEMORY_BARRIER);
10993 
  MEM_VOLATILE_P (memsi) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem);
10994 
 
10995 
  val = copy_to_reg (memsi);
10996 
 
10997 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, off,
10998 
                          gen_rtx_XOR (SImode, off,
10999 
                                       GEN_INT (GET_MODE (mem) == QImode
11000 
                                                ? 3 : 2))));
11001 
 
11002 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, off,
11003 
                          gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, off, GEN_INT (3))));
11004 
 
11005 
  if (GET_MODE (mem) == QImode)
11006 
    mask = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (0xff));
11007 
  else
11008 
    mask = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (0xffff));
11009 
 
11010 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mask,
11011 
                          gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, mask, off)));
11012 
 
11013 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, val,
11014 
                          gen_rtx_AND (SImode, gen_rtx_NOT (SImode, mask),
11015 
                                       val)));
11016 
 
11017 
  oldval = gen_lowpart (SImode, oldval);
11018 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, oldv,
11019 
                          gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, oldval, off)));
11020 
 
11021 
  newval = gen_lowpart_common (SImode, newval);
11022 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newv,
11023 
                          gen_rtx_ASHIFT (SImode, newval, off)));
11024 
 
11025 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, oldv,
11026 
                          gen_rtx_AND (SImode, oldv, mask)));
11027 
 
11028 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newv,
11029 
                          gen_rtx_AND (SImode, newv, mask)));
11030 
 
11031 
  end_label = gen_label_rtx ();
11032 
  loop_label = gen_label_rtx ();
11033 
  emit_label (loop_label);
11034 
 
11035 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, oldvalue,
11036 
                          gen_rtx_IOR (SImode, oldv, val)));
11037 
 
11038 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, newvalue,
11039 
                          gen_rtx_IOR (SImode, newv, val)));
11040 
 
11041 
  emit_move_insn (bool_result, const1_rtx);
11042 
 
11043 
  emit_insn (gen_atomic_compare_and_swapsi_1 (res, memsi, oldvalue, newvalue));
11044 
 
11045 
  emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (res, oldvalue, EQ, NULL, SImode, 0, end_label);
11046 
 
11047 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, resv,
11048 
                          gen_rtx_AND (SImode, gen_rtx_NOT (SImode, mask),
11049 
                                       res)));
11050 
 
11051 
  emit_move_insn (bool_result, const0_rtx);
11052 
 
11053 
  cc = gen_compare_reg_1 (NE, resv, val);
11054 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, val, resv));
11055 
 
11056 
  /* Use cbranchcc4 to separate the compare and branch!  */
11057 
  emit_jump_insn (gen_cbranchcc4 (gen_rtx_NE (VOIDmode, cc, const0_rtx),
11058 
                                  cc, const0_rtx, loop_label));
11059 
 
11060 
  emit_label (end_label);
11061 
 
11062 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, res,
11063 
                          gen_rtx_AND (SImode, res, mask)));
11064 
 
11065 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, res,
11066 
                          gen_rtx_LSHIFTRT (SImode, res, off)));
11067 
 
11068 
  emit_move_insn (result, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (result), res));
11069 
}
11070 
 
11071 
/* Expand code to perform a compare-and-swap.  */
11072 
 
11073 
void
11074 
sparc_expand_compare_and_swap (rtx operands[])
11075 
{
11076 
  rtx bval, retval, mem, oldval, newval;
11077 
  enum machine_mode mode;
11078 
  enum memmodel model;
11079 
 
11080 
  bval = operands[0];
11081 
  retval = operands[1];
11082 
  mem = operands[2];
11083 
  oldval = operands[3];
11084 
  newval = operands[4];
11085 
  model = (enum memmodel) INTVAL (operands[6]);
11086 
  mode = GET_MODE (mem);
11087 
 
11088 
  sparc_emit_membar_for_model (model, 3, 1);
11089 
 
11090 
  if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (retval, oldval))
11091 
    oldval = copy_to_reg (oldval);
11092 
 
11093 
  if (mode == QImode || mode == HImode)
11094 
    sparc_expand_compare_and_swap_12 (bval, retval, mem, oldval, newval);
11095 
  else
11096 
    {
11097 
      rtx (*gen) (rtx, rtx, rtx, rtx);
11098 
      rtx x;
11099 
 
11100 
      if (mode == SImode)
11101 
        gen = gen_atomic_compare_and_swapsi_1;
11102 
      else
11103 
        gen = gen_atomic_compare_and_swapdi_1;
11104 
      emit_insn (gen (retval, mem, oldval, newval));
11105 
 
11106 
      x = emit_store_flag (bval, EQ, retval, oldval, mode, 1, 1);
11107 
      if (x != bval)
11108 
        convert_move (bval, x, 1);
11109 
    }
11110 
 
11111 
  sparc_emit_membar_for_model (model, 3, 2);
11112 
}
11113 
 
11114 
void
11115 
sparc_expand_vec_perm_bmask (enum machine_mode vmode, rtx sel)
11116 
{
11117 
  rtx t_1, t_2, t_3;
11118 
 
11119 
  sel = gen_lowpart (DImode, sel);
11120 
  switch (vmode)
11121 
    {
11122 
    case V2SImode:
11123 
      /* inp = xxxxxxxAxxxxxxxB */
11124 
      t_1 = expand_simple_binop (DImode, LSHIFTRT, sel, GEN_INT (16),
11125 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11126 
      /* t_1 = ....xxxxxxxAxxx. */
11127 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (SImode, AND, gen_lowpart (SImode, sel),
11128 
                                 GEN_INT (3), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11129 
      t_1 = expand_simple_binop (SImode, AND, gen_lowpart (SImode, t_1),
11130 
                                 GEN_INT (0x30000), NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11131 
      /* sel = .......B */
11132 
      /* t_1 = ...A.... */
11133 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (SImode, IOR, sel, t_1, sel, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11134 
      /* sel = ...A...B */
11135 
      sel = expand_mult (SImode, sel, GEN_INT (0x4444), sel, 1);
11136 
      /* sel = AAAABBBB * 4 */
11137 
      t_1 = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (0x01230123));
11138 
      /* sel = { A*4, A*4+1, A*4+2, ... } */
11139 
      break;
11140 
 
11141 
    case V4HImode:
11142 
      /* inp = xxxAxxxBxxxCxxxD */
11143 
      t_1 = expand_simple_binop (DImode, LSHIFTRT, sel, GEN_INT (8),
11144 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11145 
      t_2 = expand_simple_binop (DImode, LSHIFTRT, sel, GEN_INT (16),
11146 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11147 
      t_3 = expand_simple_binop (DImode, LSHIFTRT, sel, GEN_INT (24),
11148 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11149 
      /* t_1 = ..xxxAxxxBxxxCxx */
11150 
      /* t_2 = ....xxxAxxxBxxxC */
11151 
      /* t_3 = ......xxxAxxxBxx */
11152 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (SImode, AND, gen_lowpart (SImode, sel),
11153 
                                 GEN_INT (0x07),
11154 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11155 
      t_1 = expand_simple_binop (SImode, AND, gen_lowpart (SImode, t_1),
11156 
                                 GEN_INT (0x0700),
11157 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11158 
      t_2 = expand_simple_binop (SImode, AND, gen_lowpart (SImode, t_2),
11159 
                                 GEN_INT (0x070000),
11160 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11161 
      t_3 = expand_simple_binop (SImode, AND, gen_lowpart (SImode, t_3),
11162 
                                 GEN_INT (0x07000000),
11163 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11164 
      /* sel = .......D */
11165 
      /* t_1 = .....C.. */
11166 
      /* t_2 = ...B.... */
11167 
      /* t_3 = .A...... */
11168 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (SImode, IOR, sel, t_1, sel, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11169 
      t_2 = expand_simple_binop (SImode, IOR, t_2, t_3, t_2, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11170 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (SImode, IOR, sel, t_2, sel, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11171 
      /* sel = .A.B.C.D */
11172 
      sel = expand_mult (SImode, sel, GEN_INT (0x22), sel, 1);
11173 
      /* sel = AABBCCDD * 2 */
11174 
      t_1 = force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (0x01010101));
11175 
      /* sel = { A*2, A*2+1, B*2, B*2+1, ... } */
11176 
      break;
11177 
 
11178 
    case V8QImode:
11179 
      /* input = xAxBxCxDxExFxGxH */
11180 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (DImode, AND, sel,
11181 
                                 GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT)0x0f0f0f0f << 32
11182 
                                          | 0x0f0f0f0f),
11183 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11184 
      /* sel = .A.B.C.D.E.F.G.H */
11185 
      t_1 = expand_simple_binop (DImode, LSHIFTRT, sel, GEN_INT (4),
11186 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11187 
      /* t_1 = ..A.B.C.D.E.F.G. */
11188 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (DImode, IOR, sel, t_1,
11189 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11190 
      /* sel = .AABBCCDDEEFFGGH */
11191 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (DImode, AND, sel,
11192 
                                 GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT)0xff00ff << 32
11193 
                                          | 0xff00ff),
11194 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11195 
      /* sel = ..AB..CD..EF..GH */
11196 
      t_1 = expand_simple_binop (DImode, LSHIFTRT, sel, GEN_INT (8),
11197 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11198 
      /* t_1 = ....AB..CD..EF.. */
11199 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (DImode, IOR, sel, t_1,
11200 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11201 
      /* sel = ..ABABCDCDEFEFGH */
11202 
      sel = expand_simple_binop (DImode, AND, sel,
11203 
                                 GEN_INT ((HOST_WIDE_INT)0xffff << 32 | 0xffff),
11204 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11205 
      /* sel = ....ABCD....EFGH */
11206 
      t_1 = expand_simple_binop (DImode, LSHIFTRT, sel, GEN_INT (16),
11207 
                                 NULL_RTX, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT);
11208 
      /* t_1 = ........ABCD.... */
11209 
      sel = gen_lowpart (SImode, sel);
11210 
      t_1 = gen_lowpart (SImode, t_1);
11211 
      break;
11212 
 
11213 
    default:
11214 
      gcc_unreachable ();
11215 
    }
11216 
 
11217 
  /* Always perform the final addition/merge within the bmask insn.  */
11218 
  emit_insn (gen_bmasksi_vis (gen_reg_rtx (SImode), sel, t_1));
11219 
}
11220 
 
11221 
/* Implement TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED.  */
11222 
 
11223 
static bool
11224 
sparc_frame_pointer_required (void)
11225 
{
11226 
  /* If the stack pointer is dynamically modified in the function, it cannot
11227 
     serve as the frame pointer.  */
11228 
  if (cfun->calls_alloca)
11229 
    return true;
11230 
 
11231 
  /* If the function receives nonlocal gotos, it needs to save the frame
11232 
     pointer in the nonlocal_goto_save_area object.  */
11233 
  if (cfun->has_nonlocal_label)
11234 
    return true;
11235 
 
11236 
  /* In flat mode, that's it.  */
11237 
  if (TARGET_FLAT)
11238 
    return false;
11239 
 
11240 
  /* Otherwise, the frame pointer is required if the function isn't leaf.  */
11241 
  return !(current_function_is_leaf && only_leaf_regs_used ());
11242 
}
11243 
 
11244 
/* The way this is structured, we can't eliminate SFP in favor of SP
11245 
   if the frame pointer is required: we want to use the SFP->HFP elimination
11246 
   in that case.  But the test in update_eliminables doesn't know we are
11247 
   assuming below that we only do the former elimination.  */
11248 
 
11249 
static bool
11250 
sparc_can_eliminate (const int from ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const int to)
11251 
{
11252 
  return to == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM || !sparc_frame_pointer_required ();
11253 
}
11254 
 
11255 
/* Return the hard frame pointer directly to bypass the stack bias.  */
11256 
 
11257 
static rtx
11258 
sparc_builtin_setjmp_frame_value (void)
11259 
{
11260 
  return hard_frame_pointer_rtx;
11261 
}
11262 
 
11263 
/* If !TARGET_FPU, then make the fp registers and fp cc regs fixed so that
11264 
   they won't be allocated.  */
11265 
 
11266 
static void
11267 
sparc_conditional_register_usage (void)
11268 
{
11269 
  if (PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM != INVALID_REGNUM)
11270 
    {
11271 
      fixed_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;
11272 
      call_used_regs[PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM] = 1;
11273 
    }
11274 
  /* If the user has passed -f{fixed,call-{used,saved}}-g5 */
11275 
  /* then honor it.  */
11276 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32 && fixed_regs[5])
11277 
    fixed_regs[5] = 1;
11278 
  else if (TARGET_ARCH64 && fixed_regs[5] == 2)
11279 
    fixed_regs[5] = 0;
11280 
  if (! TARGET_V9)
11281 
    {
11282 
      int regno;
11283 
      for (regno = SPARC_FIRST_V9_FP_REG;
11284 
           regno <= SPARC_LAST_V9_FP_REG;
11285 
           regno++)
11286 
        fixed_regs[regno] = 1;
11287 
      /* %fcc0 is used by v8 and v9.  */
11288 
      for (regno = SPARC_FIRST_V9_FCC_REG + 1;
11289 
           regno <= SPARC_LAST_V9_FCC_REG;
11290 
           regno++)
11291 
        fixed_regs[regno] = 1;
11292 
    }
11293 
  if (! TARGET_FPU)
11294 
    {
11295 
      int regno;
11296 
      for (regno = 32; regno < SPARC_LAST_V9_FCC_REG; regno++)
11297 
        fixed_regs[regno] = 1;
11298 
    }
11299 
  /* If the user has passed -f{fixed,call-{used,saved}}-g2 */
11300 
  /* then honor it.  Likewise with g3 and g4.  */
11301 
  if (fixed_regs[2] == 2)
11302 
    fixed_regs[2] = ! TARGET_APP_REGS;
11303 
  if (fixed_regs[3] == 2)
11304 
    fixed_regs[3] = ! TARGET_APP_REGS;
11305 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32 && fixed_regs[4] == 2)
11306 
    fixed_regs[4] = ! TARGET_APP_REGS;
11307 
  else if (TARGET_CM_EMBMEDANY)
11308 
    fixed_regs[4] = 1;
11309 
  else if (fixed_regs[4] == 2)
11310 
    fixed_regs[4] = 0;
11311 
  if (TARGET_FLAT)
11312 
    {
11313 
      int regno;
11314 
      /* Disable leaf functions.  */
11315 
      memset (sparc_leaf_regs, 0, FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
11316 
      for (regno = 0; regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; regno++)
11317 
        leaf_reg_remap [regno] = regno;
11318 
    }
11319 
  if (TARGET_VIS)
11320 
    global_regs[SPARC_GSR_REG] = 1;
11321 
}
11322 
 
11323 
/* Implement TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS:
11324 
 
11325 
   - We can't load constants into FP registers.
11326 
   - We can't load FP constants into integer registers when soft-float,
11327 
     because there is no soft-float pattern with a r/F constraint.
11328 
   - We can't load FP constants into integer registers for TFmode unless
11329 
     it is 0.0L, because there is no movtf pattern with a r/F constraint.
11330 
   - Try and reload integer constants (symbolic or otherwise) back into
11331 
     registers directly, rather than having them dumped to memory.  */
11332 
 
11333 
static reg_class_t
11334 
sparc_preferred_reload_class (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass)
11335 
{
11336 
  enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
11337 
  if (CONSTANT_P (x))
11338 
    {
11339 
      if (FP_REG_CLASS_P (rclass)
11340 
          || rclass == GENERAL_OR_FP_REGS
11341 
          || rclass == GENERAL_OR_EXTRA_FP_REGS
11342 
          || (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT && ! TARGET_FPU)
11343 
          || (mode == TFmode && ! const_zero_operand (x, mode)))
11344 
        return NO_REGS;
11345 
 
11346 
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT)
11347 
        return GENERAL_REGS;
11348 
 
11349 
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_VECTOR_INT)
11350 
        {
11351 
          if (! FP_REG_CLASS_P (rclass)
11352 
              || !(const_zero_operand (x, mode)
11353 
                   || const_all_ones_operand (x, mode)))
11354 
            return NO_REGS;
11355 
        }
11356 
    }
11357 
 
11358 
  if (TARGET_VIS3
11359 
      && ! TARGET_ARCH64
11360 
      && (rclass == EXTRA_FP_REGS
11361 
          || rclass == GENERAL_OR_EXTRA_FP_REGS))
11362 
    {
11363 
      int regno = true_regnum (x);
11364 
 
11365 
      if (SPARC_INT_REG_P (regno))
11366 
        return (rclass == EXTRA_FP_REGS
11367 
                ? FP_REGS : GENERAL_OR_FP_REGS);
11368 
    }
11369 
 
11370 
  return rclass;
11371 
}
11372 
 
11373 
/* Output a wide multiply instruction in V8+ mode.  INSN is the instruction,
11374 
   OPERANDS are its operands and OPCODE is the mnemonic to be used.  */
11375 
 
11376 
const char *
11377 
output_v8plus_mult (rtx insn, rtx *operands, const char *opcode)
11378 
{
11379 
  char mulstr[32];
11380 
 
11381 
  gcc_assert (! TARGET_ARCH64);
11382 
 
11383 
  if (sparc_check_64 (operands[1], insn) <= 0)
11384 
    output_asm_insn ("srl\t%L1, 0, %L1", operands);
11385 
  if (which_alternative == 1)
11386 
    output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H1, 32, %H1", operands);
11387 
  if (GET_CODE (operands[2]) == CONST_INT)
11388 
    {
11389 
      if (which_alternative == 1)
11390 
        {
11391 
          output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %H1, %H1", operands);
11392 
          sprintf (mulstr, "%s\t%%H1, %%2, %%L0", opcode);
11393 
          output_asm_insn (mulstr, operands);
11394 
          return "srlx\t%L0, 32, %H0";
11395 
        }
11396 
      else
11397 
        {
11398 
          output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H1, 32, %3", operands);
11399 
          output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %3, %3", operands);
11400 
          sprintf (mulstr, "%s\t%%3, %%2, %%3", opcode);
11401 
          output_asm_insn (mulstr, operands);
11402 
          output_asm_insn ("srlx\t%3, 32, %H0", operands);
11403 
          return "mov\t%3, %L0";
11404 
        }
11405 
    }
11406 
  else if (rtx_equal_p (operands[1], operands[2]))
11407 
    {
11408 
      if (which_alternative == 1)
11409 
        {
11410 
          output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %H1, %H1", operands);
11411 
          sprintf (mulstr, "%s\t%%H1, %%H1, %%L0", opcode);
11412 
          output_asm_insn (mulstr, operands);
11413 
          return "srlx\t%L0, 32, %H0";
11414 
        }
11415 
      else
11416 
        {
11417 
          output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H1, 32, %3", operands);
11418 
          output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %3, %3", operands);
11419 
          sprintf (mulstr, "%s\t%%3, %%3, %%3", opcode);
11420 
          output_asm_insn (mulstr, operands);
11421 
          output_asm_insn ("srlx\t%3, 32, %H0", operands);
11422 
          return "mov\t%3, %L0";
11423 
        }
11424 
    }
11425 
  if (sparc_check_64 (operands[2], insn) <= 0)
11426 
    output_asm_insn ("srl\t%L2, 0, %L2", operands);
11427 
  if (which_alternative == 1)
11428 
    {
11429 
      output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %H1, %H1", operands);
11430 
      output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H2, 32, %L1", operands);
11431 
      output_asm_insn ("or\t%L2, %L1, %L1", operands);
11432 
      sprintf (mulstr, "%s\t%%H1, %%L1, %%L0", opcode);
11433 
      output_asm_insn (mulstr, operands);
11434 
      return "srlx\t%L0, 32, %H0";
11435 
    }
11436 
  else
11437 
    {
11438 
      output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H1, 32, %3", operands);
11439 
      output_asm_insn ("sllx\t%H2, 32, %4", operands);
11440 
      output_asm_insn ("or\t%L1, %3, %3", operands);
11441 
      output_asm_insn ("or\t%L2, %4, %4", operands);
11442 
      sprintf (mulstr, "%s\t%%3, %%4, %%3", opcode);
11443 
      output_asm_insn (mulstr, operands);
11444 
      output_asm_insn ("srlx\t%3, 32, %H0", operands);
11445 
      return "mov\t%3, %L0";
11446 
    }
11447 
}
11448 
 
11449 
/* Subroutine of sparc_expand_vector_init.  Emit code to initialize
11450 
   all fields of TARGET to ELT by means of VIS2 BSHUFFLE insn.  MODE
11451 
   and INNER_MODE are the modes describing TARGET.  */
11452 
 
11453 
static void
11454 
vector_init_bshuffle (rtx target, rtx elt, enum machine_mode mode,
11455 
                      enum machine_mode inner_mode)
11456 
{
11457 
  rtx t1, final_insn;
11458 
  int bmask;
11459 
 
11460 
  t1 = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
11461 
 
11462 
  elt = convert_modes (SImode, inner_mode, elt, true);
11463 
  emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart(SImode, t1), elt);
11464 
 
11465 
  switch (mode)
11466 
    {
11467 
    case V2SImode:
11468 
      final_insn = gen_bshufflev2si_vis (target, t1, t1);
11469 
      bmask = 0x45674567;
11470 
      break;
11471 
    case V4HImode:
11472 
      final_insn = gen_bshufflev4hi_vis (target, t1, t1);
11473 
      bmask = 0x67676767;
11474 
      break;
11475 
    case V8QImode:
11476 
      final_insn = gen_bshufflev8qi_vis (target, t1, t1);
11477 
      bmask = 0x77777777;
11478 
      break;
11479 
    default:
11480 
      gcc_unreachable ();
11481 
    }
11482 
 
11483 
  emit_insn (gen_bmasksi_vis (gen_reg_rtx (SImode), CONST0_RTX (SImode),
11484 
                              force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (bmask))));
11485 
  emit_insn (final_insn);
11486 
}
11487 
 
11488 
/* Subroutine of sparc_expand_vector_init.  Emit code to initialize
11489 
   all fields of TARGET to ELT in V8QI by means of VIS FPMERGE insn.  */
11490 
 
11491 
static void
11492 
vector_init_fpmerge (rtx target, rtx elt)
11493 
{
11494 
  rtx t1, t2, t2_low, t3, t3_low;
11495 
 
11496 
  t1 = gen_reg_rtx (V4QImode);
11497 
  elt = convert_modes (SImode, QImode, elt, true);
11498 
  emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (SImode, t1), elt);
11499 
 
11500 
  t2 = gen_reg_rtx (V8QImode);
11501 
  t2_low = gen_lowpart (V4QImode, t2);
11502 
  emit_insn (gen_fpmerge_vis (t2, t1, t1));
11503 
 
11504 
  t3 = gen_reg_rtx (V8QImode);
11505 
  t3_low = gen_lowpart (V4QImode, t3);
11506 
  emit_insn (gen_fpmerge_vis (t3, t2_low, t2_low));
11507 
 
11508 
  emit_insn (gen_fpmerge_vis (target, t3_low, t3_low));
11509 
}
11510 
 
11511 
/* Subroutine of sparc_expand_vector_init.  Emit code to initialize
11512 
   all fields of TARGET to ELT in V4HI by means of VIS FALIGNDATA insn.  */
11513 
 
11514 
static void
11515 
vector_init_faligndata (rtx target, rtx elt)
11516 
{
11517 
  rtx t1 = gen_reg_rtx (V4HImode);
11518 
  int i;
11519 
 
11520 
  elt = convert_modes (SImode, HImode, elt, true);
11521 
  emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (SImode, t1), elt);
11522 
 
11523 
  emit_insn (gen_alignaddrsi_vis (gen_reg_rtx (SImode),
11524 
                                  force_reg (SImode, GEN_INT (6)),
11525 
                                  const0_rtx));
11526 
 
11527 
  for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
11528 
    emit_insn (gen_faligndatav4hi_vis (target, t1, target));
11529 
}
11530 
 
11531 
/* Emit code to initialize TARGET to values for individual fields VALS.  */
11532 
 
11533 
void
11534 
sparc_expand_vector_init (rtx target, rtx vals)
11535 
{
11536 
  const enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (target);
11537 
  const enum machine_mode inner_mode = GET_MODE_INNER (mode);
11538 
  const int n_elts = GET_MODE_NUNITS (mode);
11539 
  int i, n_var = 0;
11540 
  bool all_same;
11541 
  rtx mem;
11542 
 
11543 
  all_same = true;
11544 
  for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
11545 
    {
11546 
      rtx x = XVECEXP (vals, 0, i);
11547 
      if (!CONSTANT_P (x))
11548 
        n_var++;
11549 
 
11550 
      if (i > 0 && !rtx_equal_p (x, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0)))
11551 
        all_same = false;
11552 
    }
11553 
 
11554 
  if (n_var == 0)
11555 
    {
11556 
      emit_move_insn (target, gen_rtx_CONST_VECTOR (mode, XVEC (vals, 0)));
11557 
      return;
11558 
    }
11559 
 
11560 
  if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode))
11561 
    {
11562 
      if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) == 4)
11563 
        {
11564 
          emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (SImode, target),
11565 
                          gen_lowpart (SImode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0)));
11566 
          return;
11567 
        }
11568 
      else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) == 8)
11569 
        {
11570 
          emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (DImode, target),
11571 
                          gen_lowpart (DImode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0)));
11572 
          return;
11573 
        }
11574 
    }
11575 
  else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode) == GET_MODE_SIZE (word_mode)
11576 
           && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 2 * GET_MODE_SIZE (word_mode))
11577 
    {
11578 
      emit_move_insn (gen_highpart (word_mode, target),
11579 
                      gen_lowpart (word_mode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0)));
11580 
      emit_move_insn (gen_lowpart (word_mode, target),
11581 
                      gen_lowpart (word_mode, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 1)));
11582 
      return;
11583 
    }
11584 
 
11585 
  if (all_same && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 8)
11586 
    {
11587 
      if (TARGET_VIS2)
11588 
        {
11589 
          vector_init_bshuffle (target, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0), mode, inner_mode);
11590 
          return;
11591 
        }
11592 
      if (mode == V8QImode)
11593 
        {
11594 
          vector_init_fpmerge (target, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0));
11595 
          return;
11596 
        }
11597 
      if (mode == V4HImode)
11598 
        {
11599 
          vector_init_faligndata (target, XVECEXP (vals, 0, 0));
11600 
          return;
11601 
        }
11602 
    }
11603 
 
11604 
  mem = assign_stack_temp (mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
11605 
  for (i = 0; i < n_elts; i++)
11606 
    emit_move_insn (adjust_address_nv (mem, inner_mode,
11607 
                                       i * GET_MODE_SIZE (inner_mode)),
11608 
                    XVECEXP (vals, 0, i));
11609 
  emit_move_insn (target, mem);
11610 
}
11611 
 
11612 
/* Implement TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD.  */
11613 
 
11614 
static reg_class_t
11615 
sparc_secondary_reload (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t rclass_i,
11616 
                        enum machine_mode mode, secondary_reload_info *sri)
11617 
{
11618 
  enum reg_class rclass = (enum reg_class) rclass_i;
11619 
 
11620 
  sri->icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
11621 
  sri->extra_cost = 0;
11622 
 
11623 
  /* We need a temporary when loading/storing a HImode/QImode value
11624 
     between memory and the FPU registers.  This can happen when combine puts
11625 
     a paradoxical subreg in a float/fix conversion insn.  */
11626 
  if (FP_REG_CLASS_P (rclass)
11627 
      && (mode == HImode || mode == QImode)
11628 
      && (GET_CODE (x) == MEM
11629 
          || ((GET_CODE (x) == REG || GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
11630 
              && true_regnum (x) == -1)))
11631 
    return GENERAL_REGS;
11632 
 
11633 
  /* On 32-bit we need a temporary when loading/storing a DFmode value
11634 
     between unaligned memory and the upper FPU registers.  */
11635 
  if (TARGET_ARCH32
11636 
      && rclass == EXTRA_FP_REGS
11637 
      && mode == DFmode
11638 
      && GET_CODE (x) == MEM
11639 
      && ! mem_min_alignment (x, 8))
11640 
    return FP_REGS;
11641 
 
11642 
  if (((TARGET_CM_MEDANY
11643 
        && symbolic_operand (x, mode))
11644 
       || (TARGET_CM_EMBMEDANY
11645 
           && text_segment_operand (x, mode)))
11646 
      && ! flag_pic)
11647 
    {
11648 
      if (in_p)
11649 
        sri->icode = direct_optab_handler (reload_in_optab, mode);
11650 
      else
11651 
        sri->icode = direct_optab_handler (reload_out_optab, mode);
11652 
      return NO_REGS;
11653 
    }
11654 
 
11655 
  if (TARGET_VIS3 && TARGET_ARCH32)
11656 
    {
11657 
      int regno = true_regnum (x);
11658 
 
11659 
      /* When using VIS3 fp<-->int register moves, on 32-bit we have
11660 
         to move 8-byte values in 4-byte pieces.  This only works via
11661 
         FP_REGS, and not via EXTRA_FP_REGS.  Therefore if we try to
11662 
         move between EXTRA_FP_REGS and GENERAL_REGS, we will need
11663 
         an FP_REGS intermediate move.  */
11664 
      if ((rclass == EXTRA_FP_REGS && SPARC_INT_REG_P (regno))
11665 
          || ((general_or_i64_p (rclass)
11666 
               || rclass == GENERAL_OR_FP_REGS)
11667 
              && SPARC_FP_REG_P (regno)))
11668 
        {
11669 
          sri->extra_cost = 2;
11670 
          return FP_REGS;
11671 
        }
11672 
    }
11673 
 
11674 
  return NO_REGS;
11675 
}
11676 
 
11677 
/* Emit code to conditionally move either OPERANDS[2] or OPERANDS[3] into
11678 
   OPERANDS[0] in MODE.  OPERANDS[1] is the operator of the condition.  */
11679 
 
11680 
bool
11681 
sparc_expand_conditional_move (enum machine_mode mode, rtx *operands)
11682 
{
11683 
  enum rtx_code rc = GET_CODE (operands[1]);
11684 
  enum machine_mode cmp_mode;
11685 
  rtx cc_reg, dst, cmp;
11686 
 
11687 
  cmp = operands[1];
11688 
  if (GET_MODE (XEXP (cmp, 0)) == DImode && !TARGET_ARCH64)
11689 
    return false;
11690 
 
11691 
  if (GET_MODE (XEXP (cmp, 0)) == TFmode && !TARGET_HARD_QUAD)
11692 
    cmp = sparc_emit_float_lib_cmp (XEXP (cmp, 0), XEXP (cmp, 1), rc);
11693 
 
11694 
  cmp_mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (cmp, 0));
11695 
  rc = GET_CODE (cmp);
11696 
 
11697 
  dst = operands[0];
11698 
  if (! rtx_equal_p (operands[2], dst)
11699 
      && ! rtx_equal_p (operands[3], dst))
11700 
    {
11701 
      if (reg_overlap_mentioned_p (dst, cmp))
11702 
        dst = gen_reg_rtx (mode);
11703 
 
11704 
      emit_move_insn (dst, operands[3]);
11705 
    }
11706 
  else if (operands[2] == dst)
11707 
    {
11708 
      operands[2] = operands[3];
11709 
 
11710 
      if (GET_MODE_CLASS (cmp_mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
11711 
        rc = reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (rc);
11712 
      else
11713 
        rc = reverse_condition (rc);
11714 
    }
11715 
 
11716 
  if (XEXP (cmp, 1) == const0_rtx
11717 
      && GET_CODE (XEXP (cmp, 0)) == REG
11718 
      && cmp_mode == DImode
11719 
      && v9_regcmp_p (rc))
11720 
    cc_reg = XEXP (cmp, 0);
11721 
  else
11722 
    cc_reg = gen_compare_reg_1 (rc, XEXP (cmp, 0), XEXP (cmp, 1));
11723 
 
11724 
  cmp = gen_rtx_fmt_ee (rc, GET_MODE (cc_reg), cc_reg, const0_rtx);
11725 
 
11726 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, dst,
11727 
                          gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (mode, cmp, operands[2], dst)));
11728 
 
11729 
  if (dst != operands[0])
11730 
    emit_move_insn (operands[0], dst);
11731 
 
11732 
  return true;
11733 
}
11734 
 
11735 
/* Emit code to conditionally move a combination of OPERANDS[1] and OPERANDS[2]
11736 
   into OPERANDS[0] in MODE, depending on the outcome of the comparison of
11737 
   OPERANDS[4] and OPERANDS[5].  OPERANDS[3] is the operator of the condition.
11738 
   FCODE is the machine code to be used for OPERANDS[3] and CCODE the machine
11739 
   code to be used for the condition mask.  */
11740 
 
11741 
void
11742 
sparc_expand_vcond (enum machine_mode mode, rtx *operands, int ccode, int fcode)
11743 
{
11744 
  rtx mask, cop0, cop1, fcmp, cmask, bshuf, gsr;
11745 
  enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (operands[3]);
11746 
 
11747 
  mask = gen_reg_rtx (Pmode);
11748 
  cop0 = operands[4];
11749 
  cop1 = operands[5];
11750 
  if (code == LT || code == GE)
11751 
    {
11752 
      rtx t;
11753 
 
11754 
      code = swap_condition (code);
11755 
      t = cop0; cop0 = cop1; cop1 = t;
11756 
    }
11757 
 
11758 
  gsr = gen_rtx_REG (DImode, SPARC_GSR_REG);
11759 
 
11760 
  fcmp = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode,
11761 
                         gen_rtvec (1, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code, mode, cop0, cop1)),
11762 
                         fcode);
11763 
 
11764 
  cmask = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (DImode,
11765 
                          gen_rtvec (2, mask, gsr),
11766 
                          ccode);
11767 
 
11768 
  bshuf = gen_rtx_UNSPEC (mode,
11769 
                          gen_rtvec (3, operands[1], operands[2], gsr),
11770 
                          UNSPEC_BSHUFFLE);
11771 
 
11772 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, mask, fcmp));
11773 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, gsr, cmask));
11774 
 
11775 
  emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode, operands[0], bshuf));
11776 
}
11777 
 
11778 
/* On sparc, any mode which naturally allocates into the float
11779 
   registers should return 4 here.  */
11780 
 
11781 
unsigned int
11782 
sparc_regmode_natural_size (enum machine_mode mode)
11783 
{
11784 
  int size = UNITS_PER_WORD;
11785 
 
11786 
  if (TARGET_ARCH64)
11787 
    {
11788 
      enum mode_class mclass = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode);
11789 
 
11790 
      if (mclass == MODE_FLOAT || mclass == MODE_VECTOR_INT)
11791 
        size = 4;
11792 
    }
11793 
 
11794 
  return size;
11795 
}
11796 
 
11797 
/* Return TRUE if it is a good idea to tie two pseudo registers
11798 
   when one has mode MODE1 and one has mode MODE2.
11799 
   If HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK could produce different values for MODE1 and MODE2,
11800 
   for any hard reg, then this must be FALSE for correct output.
11801 
 
11802 
   For V9 we have to deal with the fact that only the lower 32 floating
11803 
   point registers are 32-bit addressable.  */
11804 
 
11805 
bool
11806 
sparc_modes_tieable_p (enum machine_mode mode1, enum machine_mode mode2)
11807 
{
11808 
  enum mode_class mclass1, mclass2;
11809 
  unsigned short size1, size2;
11810 
 
11811 
  if (mode1 == mode2)
11812 
    return true;
11813 
 
11814 
  mclass1 = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode1);
11815 
  mclass2 = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode2);
11816 
  if (mclass1 != mclass2)
11817 
    return false;
11818 
 
11819 
  if (! TARGET_V9)
11820 
    return true;
11821 
 
11822 
  /* Classes are the same and we are V9 so we have to deal with upper
11823 
     vs. lower floating point registers.  If one of the modes is a
11824 
     4-byte mode, and the other is not, we have to mark them as not
11825 
     tieable because only the lower 32 floating point register are
11826 
     addressable 32-bits at a time.
11827 
 
11828 
     We can't just test explicitly for SFmode, otherwise we won't
11829 
     cover the vector mode cases properly.  */
11830 
 
11831 
  if (mclass1 != MODE_FLOAT && mclass1 != MODE_VECTOR_INT)
11832 
    return true;
11833 
 
11834 
  size1 = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode1);
11835 
  size2 = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode2);
11836 
  if ((size1 > 4 && size2 == 4)
11837 
      || (size2 > 4 && size1 == 4))
11838 
    return false;
11839 
 
11840 
  return true;
11841 
}
11842 
 
11843 
#include "gt-sparc.h"

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.